Academic Catalog Professional Skills Institute

Transcription

Professional Skills Institute
College of Allied Health
School of Physical Therapist Assisting
School of Practical Nursing
Academic Catalog
Career education for a lifetime of success!
2016-2017
Academic Catalog
Institutionally Accredited by
Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES)
Approved to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees
State - Approved by the
State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools
Approved to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees
Registration Number: 84-11-0916B
PSI Campus
1505 Holland Road
Maumee, Ohio, 43537
Phone: 419-720-6670
Fax: 419-720-6674
www.proskills.edu
U
As of May 2, 2016, Professional Skills Institute is a wholly owned subsidiary of Education Evolve, LLC.
This catalog is published for informational purposes only. It creates no contractual rights for either students or staff. All questions
concerning the application of any stated policy to an individual must be referred to the appropriate school officials for final
determination.
(Revision Date: July 7, 2016)
2016-2017 Academic Catalog
1|P a g e
2|P a g e
Table of Contents
Page
Academic Calendars
General Information
Mission and Philosophy
PSI Divisions
History of Professional Skills Institute
Non-discrimination
Voters Registration Information
Informed Consent
Employment Opportunities
Admissions Acknowledgment Statement
Program Delivery
PSI Management and Staff Members
PSI Directors and Faculty Members
Approvals/Accreditations/Licensure/Certifications
National Level
State Level
CAPTE / PTA Licensure/ NPTE Early Testing Policy
Ohio Board of Nursing/ PN Licensure
Medical Assistants Credentials
Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Certification
Pharmacy Technician Certification
PSI Campus
Location, Geography
Hours of Operation, Facility, Student Parking, Handicapped Parking/Campus Access
Bus Stop
Student Lounge
PSI Campus Smoking Policy, Weapons Policy, Reception Area
Library, Library Pamphlet
University of Toledo Library Agreement
Non-solicitation
Financial Aid
7
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
13
15
15
16
17-18
19
19
19
19-20
20
20
20
21
23
23
23
24
24
24
25
25
26
27
Title IV Financial Aid Information
Federal Pell Grant
Federal Direct Stafford Loans
Direct Subsidized Stafford Loans
Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans
Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans
Undergraduate Loan Aggregate Limits
First Time Borrower & All New Students Policy
Federal Direct Subsidized Loan (Federal Regulations)
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
Federal Work-Study
Non-Title IV Financial Aid
Veterans Benefits, Ohio National Guard, AmeriCorps
Workforce Investment Act, Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation (BVR)
Private Alternative Loans
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress & Maintaining Financial Aid Eligibility
Academic Satisfactory Progress (SAP) Appeal Notification
Regaining Financial Aid Eligibility
Federal Aid Office Re-Taking Course Policy
Return of Financial Aid Funds for Withdrawn Students R2T4
Institutional and Financial Aid Refund Policy
U
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
U
28
28
28
29-32
32
32
32
32-33
34
Business Information
35
35
36
36
U
Tuition and Fees
Textbooks Options/ Student Supplies
PSI Uniforms (Purchase and Return)
Students Accounts Payable
Student Billing
Third Party Billing/Outside Sources
Additional Fees
Payment Methods
Student Account Overages
Student Tax Forms and Information
U
36
36
37
37
38
39
3|P a g e
Educational/Academic Information
41
Credit Hour Conversion Formulas/Outside Clock Hours
ABHES Quarter Credit Hour Description
State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools --AAS Degree Quarter Credit Hour Description
Additional Outside Clock Hours Description
Confidentiality Policy/ Confidentiality of Student Records/FERPA
PSI Student Procedure of Access of Academic Records
PSI Procedure of Academic Accommodations Due to a Documented Disability
PSI Disability Discrimination Grievance Procedure
Correspondence Courses
Experiential Learning/Advanced Placement /Ability to Benefit
Transportation
Malpractice Insurance
Student Health Services
Transfer of Credits/Proficiency
College of Allied Health (AH) – Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency
School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency
School of Practical Nursing - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency
Procedure for Proficiency Exam
Grading Policies
PSI Grading Scale
Grade Point Average (GPA) Calculation
Failure of a Course with a Lab Competency Component
Incomplete
Academic Transcripts
Dean’s List
Graduation/Graduation Requirements
Career Services
Student Registration (Registrar)
Newly Enrolled Student Registration
Currently Enrolled Students
Changing Program Schedule; Adding a Course, Dropping a Course
Withdrawal from a Course/Program
Part-time Status
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
Satisfactory Academic Progress for All Students
SAP Warnings, Probations, Terminations and Appeals
Attendance
Procedure for Handling Academic Difficulty
U
U
Dean of Education (DOE) End of the Quarter Review of Transcripts
Guidelines for Transcript Review
Academic Hold
Plans of Study (POS)–Due to Failure of a Course(s)
Procedure for Plans of Study
Academic/ Attendance Termination All Programs
Re-Entry (Second Attempt) Enrollment Criteria
Policy Testing, Quizzes and Exams
Instructor/Course Evaluation
Institutional Student Satisfactions Surveys
PSI Student Conduct
Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior
Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior
Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure
Sexual Assault Education and Prevention Program
Student Suggestion or Complaints
Suspension Policy
PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy
U
41
41
41
42-44
45
46
47-48
48
48
48
49
49
49
49-50
50
51
51
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
53
53
53
54
54
55
55
55-56
56-57
57
58
U
58
59
59
59
60
60-61
61-66
64
64
64
65-66
66-67
67-68
68-69
71
71
71-76
77
79
79
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
85--86
86
Admission Requirements
Application Process Requirements
Pre-Acceptance Required Documents
Acceptance Process/Orientation/Probationary Admission
AMA
Medical Office Assistant (Associate Degree)
AMA Curriculum Sequence
MA
Medical Office Assistant (Diploma)
MA Curriculum Sequence
Medical Assistant Clinical/Clerical Skills
AAMA Mission and Core Values
Goals and Objectives for the AMA and MA Programs
4|P a g e
MBCS
Medical Billing and Coding Specialist (Diploma)
MBCS Curriculum Sequences
Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Clerical Skills
Goals and Objectives for the MBCS Program
Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics
PhT
Pharmacy Technician (Diploma)
PhT Curriculum Sequence
Goals and Objectives for the PhT Program
Code of Ethics for Pharmacy Technicians
College of Allied Health (AH) ---Course Descriptions
College of Allied Health (AH) ---General Information
Competency Evaluation Policy
AH Externship
Externship Personnel Descriptions/Roles/Responsibilities
Grading for Externship
AH Advisory Board Members
87
88
89
89
89
91
92
93
93
95-102
103
103
103
103-104
104
105
107
109
109
109-110
110
111
112
113
113
113-115
115
115
116
116-117
119-126
127
127
127
128
128
128
129
129
129
130
130
128
131-135
136
PTA
Physical Therapist Assistant (Associate Degree)
PTA Curriculum Sequence
PTA Clinical Skills
PTA Mission Statement and Philosophy
Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
Goals, Objectives and Outcomes of the PTA Curriculum
Professional Development Aspirations
PTA Generic Abilities
Essential Job Functions of the Student
School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) --- Course Descriptions
School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) --- General Information
PTA Class Dress Code
Student Roles and Responsibilities for Laboratory Class
Care of Laboratory Equipment & Supplies
Complaints Outside of the Published Policies
Clinical Practicum Requirements
Clinical Personnel Descriptions
Qualifications of Clinical Instructor (CI)
Clinical Personnel Roles
Clinical Personnel Responsibilities
Clinical Practicum Dress Code
Grading for Clinical Practicum
PTA Clinical Site and Educator Information
PTA Advisory Board Members
137
139
139
139-140
140
140
140
141
142
143
143
143
144
144-145
145-146
147-152
153
153-154
154
154
155
156
157
157
Probationary Admission
PN Part-Time Status
PN
Practical Nurse- (Diploma)
PN Curriculum Sequence
Practical Nurse Clinical Skills
Terminal Objectives for Graduates of the PN Program
Goals for the PN Program
School of Practical Nursing Philosophy
Conceptual Model/Threads of the Practical Nurse
PN Student Conduct Policy
School of Practical Nursing (PN) --- Course Descriptions
School of Practical Nursing (PN) --- General Information
PN Clinical Rotation Policy Acknowledgment
Cell Phone/Electronic Device Policy for Clinical
PN Policy Revision for Nursing/Medication Labs
Grading for Clinical Rotations
PN Clinical Requirements
PN Lab Competency
Medical Release for PN Program
5|P a g e
Curriculum Content Rule 4723-5-14 ©) (5) ©
Failure of a Nursing Course Seat Availability Process
PN Advisory Board Members
157
157-158
159
Inserts: The Admissions Representative, during the first meeting, will give the applicant updated program cost sheets and the
Retention, Placement and Licensure Program Disclosure forms as an insert to this catalog.
AMA
MA
MBCS
PhT
PTA
PN
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Cost
Cost
Cost
Cost
Cost
Cost
Sheet
Sheet
Sheet
Sheet
Sheet
Sheet
and
and
and
and
and
and
Retention and Placement Program Disclosure
Retention, Placement and Licensure Program
Retention, Placement and Licensure Program
Form
Form
Form
Form
Disclosure Form
Disclosure Form
6|P a g e
Academic Calendars
(Revised 7-2016)
2016 Winter Quarter
January 1
January 4
January 18
February 15
February 29
March 25
March 26 to April 3
PSI Closed-New Year Holiday
First Day of the Quarter
PSI Closed-Martin Luther
King Day
PSI Closed-President’s Day
Spring Registration
Last Day of the Quarter
Spring Break
2016 Spring Quarter
April 4
May 30
June 6
PSI Closed-Memorial Day
Summer Registration
June 24
June 25 to July 1
Summer Break
2016 Summer Quarter
July 4
July 5
September
September
September
September
5
12
25
26 to October 4
PSI Closed-Fourth of July
PSI Closed-Labor Day
Fall Registration
Fall Break
2016 Fall Quarter
October 3
November 24 and 25
November 28
December 23
December 26
December 24 to January 1
2017 Winter Quarter
January 2
January 16
February 20
March 24
March 25 to April 2
King Day
Spring Registration
Spring Break
2017 Spring Quarter
April 3
May 29
June 5
June 23
June 24 to July 2
Summer Registration
Summer Break
2017 Summer Quarter
July 3
July 4
September
September
September
September
4
5
22
23 to October 1
PSI Closed- Labor Day
Fall Registration
Fall Break
2017 Fall Quarter
October 2
November 23 and 24
November 27
December 22
January 1, 2018
2018 Winter Quarter
January 1
January 2 (Tuesday)
January 15
February 26
March 23
March 24 to April 1
PSI Closed-New Year’s
Holiday
King Day
Spring Registration
Spring Break
2018 Summer Quarter
July 2
July 4
September 3
September 21
September
September 22 to 30
PSI Closed- Labor Day
Fall Registration
Fall Break
PSI Closed-Thanksgiving Holiday
Winter Registration
PSI Closed-Christmas Holiday
Winter Break
Winter Registration
Winter Break
PSI-Closed New Year’s Day
2018 Spring Quarter
April 2
May 28
June 4
Summer Registration
June 22
June 23 to July 1
Summer Break
2018 Fall Quarter
October 1
November 22 and 23
November 26
December 21
December 25
Winter Registration
Winter Break
PSI Closed-Christmas Holiday
7|P a g e
8|P a g e
General Information
Mission and Philosophy
Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is a private, proprietary, post-secondary, degree-granting institution that offers medical,
clerical and general education courses to a culturally diverse adult student population. PSI uses a blend of theory, lab practice,
and externship or clinical practicum experiences to produce competent entry level medical professionals for the community.
PSI’s mission statement is, “Career education for a lifetime of success.” PSI uses the following objectives to fulfill its mission
statement and to continuously improve and enhance expected program outcomes; to hire qualified administrative and faculty
personnel.

To provide innovative learning environments.

To guide the student in becoming an entry level competent health care professional.

To maintain quality classroom equipment and classroom environment.

To offer group tutoring to students in need.

To monitor student’s satisfactory academic and attendance progress throughout his/her program.

To analyze student satisfaction, graduate, and employer surveys to aid in updating and improving the curriculum during
the annual review of each program.

To monitor each division's retention and placement statistics to maintain the 70% rate required by ABHES and to
develop a plan of action, if needed.
PSI Divisions
Diploma programs:
Associate of Applied Science Degree program:
Medical Office Assistant--- (MA)
Medical Billing and Coding Specialist--- (MBCS)
Pharmacy Technician--- (PhT)
Associate Medical Office Assistant--- (AMA)
Associate of Applied Science Degree program:
Physical Therapist Assistant--- (PTA)
Diploma program:
Practical Nurse--- (PN)
PSI has a strong commitment to educate students for rewarding medical careers. Professional attitudes are instilled, along with
high academic standards, to provide the medical community with qualified, competent medical personnel.
History of Professional Skills Institute
Professional Skills Institute was established in April of 1984 as an allied health personnel training facility by Patricia A. Finch,
Founder/President.
In 1984, a registered nurse from the South end of Toledo had a vision of creating a college unique from the sprawling institutions
in the region. This was to be a college for everyone; A college as rich in diversity as opportunity for success. Her dream was a
school where students came first and were respected as individuals and for their vision of one day entering the medical profession
as she had. The college began in April of 1984 with only two students. Nearly 30 years have passed and thousands of successful
graduates later her philosophy still remains.
PSI is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) as an allied health educational
institution and approved by ABHES to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has been continuously
accredited by ABHES since May 2, 1986. PSI has current ABHES accreditation through December of 2016.
PSI has been granted state approval by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools to confer Diplomas and Associate
of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has current approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools through March
of 2016.
In 1989 PSI received State of Ohio Board of Proprietary School Registration now named State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and
Schools and ABHES approval for our first Associate of Applied Science Degree program in Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA).
On April 15, 1992 the PTA program was granted programmatic accreditation by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy
Education (CAPTE). The PTA program is programmatically accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy
Education through December 2019. This accreditation grants eligibility to the graduates to sit for the National Physical Therapy
Examination (NPTE) PTA.
9|P a g e
In January of 2002, PSI realized the shortage of Licensed Practical Nurses (LPN) not only in the Toledo area but nationwide, began
working with the Nursing Board of the State of Ohio and developed a Practical Nurse Program. The first class entered in August of
2002. Professional Skills Institute School of Practical Nursing Program (PN) was granted approval by the Ohio Board of Nursing in
September 2003. PSI has current approval from the Ohio Board of Nursing through July 2018.
In 2004, PSI applied for, and received, approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools and ABHES for a new
associate degree program for the Medical Office Assistant.
In 2014, PSI applied for, and received, approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools and ABHES for a new
diploma program for Pharmacy Technician (PhT).
On May 2, 2016 Professional Skills Institute changed ownership from Patricia A. Finch (Professional Skills Inc.) to Professional Skills,
LLC owned by Education Evolve, LLC. The change in ownership does not change the daily operation of PSI, the program
requirements or accreditations, the current student completion dates or affect new student enrollment.
Non-Discrimination
PSI does not discriminate with regard to age, race, color, sex, marital status, disability, religion, political affiliation, or national
origin. This institution, in compliance with Section 504 of the 1973 Rehabilitation Act, does not discriminate against disabled
persons. This policy pertains to admissions, classroom instruction, employment, and all other PSI personnel actions and functions.
Voters Registration Information
PSI has voter registration information available in the student lounge area at the 1505 Holland Rd., Maumee, OH location, at the
front desk and in the student orientation packet. For more information about becoming a registered voter, the student may also
may call 1-877-767-6446 or go to www.OhioSecretaryofState.gov/boards.htm
4TU
U4T
Informed Consent
By reviewing and signing the PSI Enrollment Agreement, the student gives PSI the right and permission to use audio taping,
photographic portraits, pictures, or videos of them in character or form for education, advertising, art trade, or any other lawful
purpose whatsoever; the student gives PSI the right and permission to do drug testing and background checks for the purpose of
maintaining a drug and crime free environment; clinical or externship placement.
By reviewing and signing the PSI Release of Information Statement, the student gives PSI the right and permission to release
information regarding his/her academic and attendance progress; clinical practicum, externship, or nursing clinical rotation grades
to potential employers for employment purpose;, the student gives PSI the right and permission to release the preceding
information for the purpose of applying for registry or certification exams and placement for clinical practicum, externship, or
nursing clinical rotation.
By reviewing and signing the PSI Student Clinical Participation Statement, the student releases PSI from any and all responsibilities
in regard to participating in parenteral procedures, including venipuncture, blood testing, injections, and physical therapy
procedures; the student gives PSI permission and understands that other students will be given the right to practice applicable
procedures on them as well as being practiced upon.
By reviewing and signing the PSI Off-Campus Participation Wavier the student releases PSI from any and all responsibilities in
regard to participation in any off-campus educational experiences.
Employment Opportunities
The College of Allied Health (AH) graduates qualify to work in, but not limited to, hospitals, clinics, doctors’ offices, insurance
offices or transcription offices, depending on the program completed. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting
salary.
To find the most current employment trends for the AH Programs go to the following websites: www.bls.gov and
www.onetonline.org.
3T
3T
3T
3T
10 | P a g e
The School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) graduates qualify to work in, but not limited to, hospital physical therapy
departments, private physical therapy facilities, nursing homes, home health care agencies or other health related centers under
the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist (PT). There is a strong need for PTs and PTAs to carry out rehabilitation for people
who suffer from a degenerative musculoskeletal disease or injury, brain/spinal injury or stroke, a birth defect, like spina bifida; an
acute trauma, like a sport’s injury or amputation; a neurological disease, like multiple sclerosis; generalized debility following an
illness or be a part of a fitness/prevention program. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary.
To find the most current employment trends for the PTA Program go to the following websites: www.bls.gov and
www.onetonline.org.
3T
3T
3T
3T
The School of Practical Nursing (PN) employment opportunities for LPNs are in a variety of facilities. Some of these settings
consist of, but are not limited to, long-term care facilities, skilled care facilities, hospitals and medical centers, outpatient clinics,
occupational health care centers, community mental health centers, rehabilitation centers, hospices, doctors’ offices, and private
duty nursing. PSI does not guarantee employment or a minimum starting salary.
To find the most current employment trends for the PN Program go to the following websites: www.bls.gov and www.onetonline.org.
3T
3T
3T
3T
PSI Admissions Acknowledgment Statement
As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or
employment related Professional Skills Institute strives to accept only students who exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for
others. From the applicant’s initial contact with the School, the School will begin its evaluation to appraise the applicant’s behavior
as responsible and appropriate. If any conduct is demonstrated that is inappropriate for the professional and academic
environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for others, admission may be denied or enrollment terminated.
Professional Skills Institute reserves the right to use any and all information gathered, printed or otherwise, during the admission
process to appropriately determine an applicant’s suitability for enrollment. If behaviors or a past pattern of behaviors are revealed
during this assessment, that are immoral, unlawful or unbecoming of a student of Professional Skills Institute, admission may be
denied or enrollment terminated.
Program Delivery
PSI programs are completely residential in nature and no components are done through distance learning.
11 | P a g e
12 | P a g e
PSI Management and Administrative Staff
(Revised July 6, 2016)
Management Staff
Position
Michael Marino
CEO/Campus Director
Joe Graham, BA
Assistant Campus Director/ Director of Admissions
Mary Wells, AAS, RMA, CMA, CPT
Director of Compliance
Kimberly Osburn, MSN/ed
Dean of Education
AH Program Director
Annette Martin, MSN, BSN, RN
PN Program Director
Deanna Lamb, PT, BS, MA
PTA Program Director
Tony Dickens, BA
Director of Career Services
Terri Kinder, AAB
Director of Finances/Student Accounts Officer
Kelly Sanders, AAS, BAAS
Director of Financial Aid
Jack Wells, MCSE, CCNA
Director of Information Technology
Sue Burton
Registrar
Administrative Staff
Position
Bonnie Mason, RPH
PhT Program Coordinator
Megan McClellan
Financial Aid Assistant
Kristina (Fuller) Gilson, BA
Admissions Representative
Melissa Couture, BA
Abby Czaja, BA
Barb Hansen
Administrative Assistant
Cheryl Smith
Administrative Assistant
13 | P a g e
14 | P a g e
PSI Directors and Faculty Members
Name
Title
Course Instructor
Kimberly Osburn, MSN/ed
MSN-- Lourdes University, Ohio
BSN-- Lourdes College, Ohio
AND-- University of Toledo, Ohio
MA–Spring Arbor University, Michigan
BS--PT–Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
Bonnie Mason, RPH
BS–Pharmacy-University of Toledo
College of Pharmacy, Ohio
AH Program Director
(Full-Time)
Irma Cordero-Carter, RMA
AAS–MA–Stautzenberger College, Ohio
AAS–MLT–Stautzenberger College, Ohio
Diploma–MA–Professional Skills
Institute, Ohio
AH Instructor
(Full-Time)
Hazel Hart, RMA
AAS-- Professional Skills Institute, Ohio
AH Instructor
AMA/MA Externship Coordinator
(Full-Time)
MED102/ 102-M Medical Terminology I
MED111/111-M MA Clinical III
MED114/114-M AMA/MA Externship
MED 135/135-M A and P I
MED155-155-M Disease/Pharmacology
Martha Davis, BS, RHIT
BS- University of Toledo, Ohio
AAS- Mercy College, Ohio
AH Instructor
MBCS Externship Coordinator
AH Advisory Committee Chairman
(Full-Time)
Mildred Stundon-Waterford, BSN
BSN- Spring Arbor
ADN- Mercy College, Ohio
Melissa Rybka, CPhT
PhT Certificate --Owens Community
College, Ohio
Cassandra Bensch
MA–Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
BA–Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
AH Instructor
(Adjunct)
MED103/103-M Keyboarding
MED105/105-M Medical Office Procedures
MED106/106-M Medical Insurance I
108-M Fundamentals of Psychology
MED115/115-M Electronic Health Records
MED118/118-M Medical Insurance II
119-M MBCS Externship
153-M Medical Insurance III
MED154/154-M Computer Applications
MED152/152-M Job Readiness
104-M Office Communications
MTH101 Basic Mathematics
MTH102 Business Mathematics
Tamara Pahl
BA- University of Findlay, Ohio
AH General Education Coordinator
(Full-Time)
PhT Program Coordinator/Instructor
(Part-Time)
MED101/101-M Medical Law & Ethics
156-M Introduction to Pharmacy
Technician
157-M PhT Clinical I
158-M PhT Clinical II
159-M PhT Externship
160-M PhT Pharmacology I
161-M PhT Pharmacology II
162-M PhT Pharmacology III
MED109/109-M MA Clinical I
MED110/110-M MA Clinical II
MED 116/116-M Medical Terminology II
MED 136/136-M A and P II
PhT Lab Assistant
(Adjunct)
162-M PhT Pharmacology III
General Education Instructor
(Adjunct)
PSY101 Introduction of Psychology
SOC101 Introduction to Sociology
COM102 Interpersonal Communications
(Adjunct)
ENG101 English Composition
Note: Full-Time and Part-Time faculty may change due to student enrollment or instructor availability. Published are the current
instructional assignments as of this catalog revision.
15 | P a g e
Name
Title
Course Instructor
MA–Spring Arbor University, Michigan
BS—PT–Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
(Full-Time)
General Education Coordinator
(Full-Time)
PTA101
KIN101
PTA204
PTA411
Introduction to Physical Therapy
Kinesiology I
Musculoskeletal I
PTA Seminar
Credentialed by the American Physical
Therapy Association as a Credentialed Clinical
Instructor
Denise Stevens, M.Ed., PTA, BA
M.Ed.--American InterContinental
University, Illinois
BA–Spring Arbor University, Michigan
AAS--Professional Skills Institute, Ohio
PTA ACCE
PTA Advisory Committee Co-Chairman
PTA In-service Coordinator
(Full-Time)
PTA306-A
PTA306-B
PTA410-A
PTA410-B
Clinical
Clinical
Clinical
Clinical
Practicum
Practicum
Practicum
Practicum
I-A
I-B
II-A
II-B
Karen Sims, PTA
A.A.S.–Professional Skills Institute, Ohio
Teaching Assistant
(Full-Time)
Mario Baker, PT, MS
MS–University of Toledo, Ohio
Ohio
PTA Instructor
(Part-Time)
Roger Lewis, PTA
Teaching Assistant
(Adjunct)
Dana Steele, PTA
Teaching Assistant
(Adjunct)
Heidi Wallace, LPTA, ATC/L
BS–University of Toledo, Ohio
PTA Instructor
(Full-Time)
Laurie Livingston, PT, MEd
MEd-Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
BS-PT- University of Findlay, Ohio
AAS-Owens Technical College, Ohio
PTA Instructor
(Part-Time)
Cassandra Bensch
MA–Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
Ohio
(Adjunct)
PSY101 Introduction of Psychology
Tamara Pahl
BA- University of Findlay, Ohio
(Adjunct)
Instructor
Instructor
BIO306
PTA203
PTA204
PTA305
PTA409
PTA102
Fundamentals of Disease
PTA Techniques
Musculoskeletal I
Musculoskeletal II
Special Topics
Rehabilitation I
BIO102
BIO103
BIO307
KIN101
KIN201
PTA203
PTA409
BIO306
PTA102
PTA305
Anatomy & Physiology I
Anatomy & Physiology II
Growth & Development
Kinesiology I
Kinesiology II
PTA Techniques
Special Topics
Rehabilitation Therapy I
Musculoskeletal II
16 | P a g e
Name
Title
Annette Martin, MSN, BSN, RN
MSN-- Medical College of Ohio
BSN-- Lourdes College, Ohio
RN Diploma-- St. Vincent School of
Nursing, Ohio
PN Program Director
PN Clinical Education Coordinator
PN Advisory Committee Chairman
Ohio Board of Nursing Administrator
(Full-time)
Becky Dent, BSN
BSN–Spring Arbor University, Michigan
ADN-Owens Community College, Ohio
PN-NWO Practical Nurse Training
Center, Ohio
PN Instructor
(Full-Time)
Melissa Falk, RN
ADN–Owens Community College, Ohio
PN Lab Instructor
PN205
PN304
PN306
PN205
PN Clinical Instructor
PN205 Med/Surg Nursing
PN Instructor
(Full-Time)
201-H Principles of Psychology
PN Lab Instructor
PN204
PN305
PN105
PN105
PN205
PN305
PN105
Martha Berry, BSN, RN, CWOCN
BSN—Lourdes College, Ohio
RN-Diploma-Mercy School of Nursing
CWOCN- R.B. Turnbull School of
Enterostomal Therapy
Brandi Breseman, MSN, BSN
MSN—Lourdes University, Ohio
BSN—University of Toledo, Ohio
Arica Gogel, BSN, RN
BSN—Spring Arbor University, Michigan
RN-AAS—Owens Community College,
Ohio
Jacqueline Hansen, BSN, RN
BSN-- University of Toledo, Ohio/
Medical College of Ohio
Sandra Leopold, BSN, RN
BSN--Mercy College of Northwest Ohio
ADN--Mercy College of Northwest Ohio
Sharon Miller, BSN, RN
BSN—Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
Course Instructor
PN Instructor
(Part-time)
Med/Surg Nursing
Mental Health Nursing
Pharmacology II
Med/Surg Nursing
Medication Administration
Advanced Med/Surg Nursing
Fundamentals of Nursing
Med/Surg Nursing
Advanced Med/Surg Nursing
PN Lab Instructor
PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing
PN Instructor
(Part-time)
102-H Math for Meds
PN305 Advanced Med/Surg Nursing
PN Lab Instructor
PN Instructor
(Part-time)
PN Lab Instructor
PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing
PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN Review
106-H Student Success in Academics
PN Instructor
(Part-Time)
203-H Anatomy and Physiology II
PN405 Pediatric Nursing
PN Lab Instructor
PN Instructor
(Part-Time)
302-H Basic Nutrition & Diet Therapy
103-H Anatomy and Physiology I
PN204 Medication Administration
PN Lab Instructor
PN Instructor
(Part-Time)
101-H Medical Terminology
PN104 Gerontological Nursing
17 | P a g e
Name
Title
Course Instructor
Emily Niedzwiecki, MSN, RN
MSN--University of Phoenix, Arizona
BSN--University of Toledo, Ohio
ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio
PN Instructor
PN Co-Clinical Education Coordinator
(Part-Time)
PN Lab Instructor
PN104 Gerontological Nursing
PN Instructor
(Part-time)
PN Instructor
(Part-time)
PN307 Electronic Charting in Nursing
302-H Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy
PN304 Mental Health Nursing
(Adjunct)
PN Lab Assistant
(Adjunct)
(Adjunct)
PN Instructor
(Part-time)
PN202 Pharmacology I
Kimberly Post, RN
ADN--Owens Community College, Ohio
(Adjunct)
Laura Rybarczyk RN
Diploma-- St. Vincent Medical Center
School of Nursing, Ohio
PN Lab Instructor
(Adjunct)
Jera Shehorn, BSN, RN
BSN–Bowling Green State University,
Ohio
ADN–Northwest State Community
College, Ohio
Brianne Wymer, RN
RN-AAS—Northwest State Community
College, Ohio
(Adjunct)
(Adjunct)
Melissa Windsor, RN
RN-AAS—Owens Community College,
Ohio
(Adjunct)
Carrie Dutton, RN
Diploma–St. Vincent School of Nursing,
Ohio
(Adjunct)
Michelle Pyle, MSN, BSN, RN,
MSN-Lourdes University, Ohio
BSN—Spring Arbor University, Michigan
AAS—Owens Community College, Ohio
PN Lab Instructor
Mildred Stundon-Waterford, BSN,
RN
BSN—Spring Harbor University,
Michigan
RN—AAS-Mercy College of Northwest
Ohio, Ohio
LeAnn Baker, BSN, RN
BSN—Ohio University, Ohio
RN—ADN Owens Community College,
Ohio
Sharon Bayles, RN
Diploma-- Uniontown Hospital School of
Nursing, Pennsylvania
Ashley Kolling-Hill, BSN, RN
BSN–University of Toledo Medical
College, Ohio
LaTonya Parker, MSN, BSN
MSN—Lourdes University, Ohio
BSN—Lourdes University, Ohio
18 | P a g e
Approvals/Accreditations/Licensure/Certifications
National Level
PSI is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES) as an allied health educational
institution and approved by ABHES to confer Diplomas and Associate of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has been continuously
accredited by ABHES since May 2, 1986. PSI has current ABHES accreditation through December of 2016.
ABHES Contact Information:
Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools, 7777 Leesburg Pike Suite 314-N,
Falls Church, VA 22043
(703) 917-9503) Website: www.abhes.org
3T
3T
ABHES Disclosure: Accreditation by ABHES signifies that the institution or program has met eligibility criteria and evaluation
standards of ABHES as evidenced during its most recent on-site review and continues to comply with policy and procedures for
maintenance of accreditation as established by ABHES.
While ABHES is recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education, various credentialing bodies and post-secondary institutions
throughout the country, accreditation does not guarantee Title IV or other financial aid eligibility, credentialing opportunities for
graduates, or the ability to transfer credits to other institutions. It is the responsibility of institutions and programs accredited by
ABHES and individuals seeking to train at an ABHES accredited institution or program to explore all necessary aspects associated
with their objectives.
State Level
PSI has been granted state approval by the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools to confer Diplomas and Associate
of Applied Science Degrees. PSI has current approval from the State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools through
March of 2017.
State Contact Information:
State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481
Columbus, OH 43215-3414 (614) 466-2762
Website: http://scr.ohio.gov
3T
Fax (614) 466-2219
Toll Free (877) 275-4219 Email: [email protected]
CAPTE
The Physical Therapist Assistant program at Professional Skills Institute is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Physical
Therapy Education (CAPTE). The PTA program is accredited by the CAPTE through December 2019.
CAPTE Contact Information:
Commission on Accreditation of Physical Therapy Education, 1111 North Fairfax Street
Alexandria, VA 22314
(703-706-3245) Website: www.capteonline.org
Email: [email protected]
3T
3T
Physical Therapist Assistant Licensure
To practice physical therapist assisting in the State of Ohio, graduates of PSI’s PTA program must successfully complete the NPTE:
PTA licensing examination owned by the Federation of State Boards of Physical Therapy. The license is issued by Ohio Occupational
Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board. The graduate will then be qualified to practice as a Licensed Physical
Therapist Assistant (PTA). The PTA may be eligible to work in other states, but before relocating must communicate with that state
for its regulations on practice and licensure. Ohio licensure does not guarantee licensure in other states.
Ohio Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board, Riffe Center, 77 S. High Street, 16th Floor, Columbus,
OH, 43215-6108, (614) 466-3774.
NPTE Early Testing Policy
In order to be licensed as a Physical Therapist Assistant, a graduate must take the National Physical Therapy Examination (NPTE)
for PTAs. A minimum passing score is 600. In order to be eligible to take the NPTE, an application must be made to the state in
which the student plans to become employed.
At the time of application, the PTA Program Director will submit the necessary Certification of Entry-Level Education form directly
to the Board office. If a student wants to request approval to sit for the NPTE prior to completion of the entry level PTA program,
the Ohio OTPTAT Board policy states the student must request the PTA program to submit the Entry-Level Education Pre-Completion
Form directly to the Board office. Forms received from the applicant will not be accepted.
19 | P a g e
“Each PTA program has the discretion to establish its own criteria to determine if a student is a bona fide candidate to graduate.
Therefore, PT/PTA programs are not required to complete the Entry-Level Education Pre-Completion Form.” (Ohio PT Board)
It is the policy of the PTA Program at Professional Skills Institute to require faculty approval for a student to sit for the NPTE prior
to graduation. Students are eligible to apply for consideration if (1) their current, cumulative GPA is 3.5 or higher (2) There is a
substantial circumstance why the student will be unavailable for the preferred testing date (i.e. getting married, childbirth, etc.).
The student must inform the Program Director of their request for approval. The Program Director will meet with the faculty and
review the request. If, the faculty gives no objection, the request will be approved, and the Program Director will complete the
necessary Entry-Level Education Pre-Completion Form.
Possible reasons why faculty may disapprove of the student’s request may include: Interference with Clinical Practicum experiences
that are occurring at the same time as the NPTE test date, resulting in missed clinical time; deficiencies in student’s demonstrated
test-taking skills that can be improved with PTA Seminar activities that will occur prior to the preferred testing date; deficiencies in
student’s overall academic or clinical skills that can be addressed prior to the preferred testing date. Students will be notified of
their request status within 10 days of submission.
Ohio Board of Nursing
Professional Skills Institute School of Practical Nursing (PN) program was granted Full Approval by the Ohio Board of Nursing on
July 25, 2013, for a period of five years (until July 2018) in accordance with Section 4723.06(A)(5) of the Ohio Revised Code.
OBN Contact Information:
Ohio Board of Nursing, 17 South High Street, Suite 400,
Columbus, OH, 43215-3413 (614) 466-3947 Website: www.nursing.ohio.gov
3T
3T
Practical Nurse Licensure
Upon successful completion of the diploma PN program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will be
eligible to sit for National Council Licensure Examination for Practical/Vocational Nurses (NCLEX-PN®) developed by The National
Council of State Boards of Nursing, Inc., to become a Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN). The address will depend on which state the
student is applying for licensure.
Ohio Applicants: Ohio Board of Nursing, 17 South High Street, Suite 400, Columbus, OH, 43215-3413, (614) 466-3947.
Michigan Applicants: Michigan Dept. of Consumer & Industry Services, c/o Board of Nursing, 611 W. Ottawa St. 1st Floor, Lansing
MI, 48933.
Medical Assistant Credentials
Upon successful completion of either the diploma or associate degree AMA/MA programs, providing all requirements for graduation
are met, the graduates are eligible to sit for a credentialing examination administered by the American Medical Technologists to
become an RMA (Registered Medical Assistant and/or for the credentialing examination administered by the Commission on
Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) to become a CMA (Certified Medical Assistant); and my elect sit for a
certification examination administered by the International Academy of Phlebotomy Sciences to become a CPT (Certified
Phlebotomy Technician).
RMA Contact Information:
American Medical Technologist, 710 Higgins Road, Park Ridge, Illinois, 60068-5745
(847)-823-5169 Website: www.americanmedtech.org
3T
CMA Contact Information:
3T
American Association of Medical Assistants Inc., 20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 1575
Chicago, IL 60606
(800) 228-2262 Website: www.aama-ntl.org
3T
CPT Contact Information:
3T
International Academy of Phlebotomy Sciences, 629 D’Lyn Street, Columbus, OH, 43228
(614) 878-7751
Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Certification
Upon successful completion of the diploma MBCS program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate is
eligible to sit for a credentialing examination administered by the National HealthCareer Association to become CBCS (Certified
Billing and Coding Specialist).
CBCS Contact Information:
National HealthCareer Association, 11161 Overbrook Rd., Leawood, KS 66211
(800) 499-9092 Website: www.nhanow.com/certifications/billing-coding
3T
3T
20 | P a g e
Pharmacy Technician Certification
Upon successful completion of the diploma PhT program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate is
eligible to sit for a credentialing examination ExCPT (Exam for the Certification of Pharmacy Technicians) administered by the
National HealthCareer Association and/or the PTCE (Pharmacy Technician Certification Exam) exam given through the Pharmacy
Technician Certification Board (PTCB).
ExCPT Contact Information:
National HealthCareer Association, 11161 Overbrook Rd., Leawood, KS 66211
(800) 499-9092
www.nhanow.com/pharmacy-technician
3T
PTCE Contact Information:
3T
Pharmacy Technician Certification Board, 2200 C Street, NW Suite 101
Washington, DC 20037
(800) 363-8012 www.ptcb.org/
3T
3T
21 | P a g e
22 | P a g e
PSI Campus
Location/Geography
Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is a privately owned and controlled, single institution with the geographical on-campus location
at 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, Ohio, 43537. PSI does not have on-campus student housing. PSI does not share or lease campus
space to other Title IV institutions. Students, faculty, and administrative employees are all housed in this single location.
PSI’s geographical on-campus location is 1505 Holland Road. This is on the corner of Holland Road and Dussel Drive. The campus
area includes the side walk in front and to the side of the building, the parking lot in front, side, and back, and the separate student
parking lot to the side of the main building. PSI does not own or control any non-campus buildings or property.
Hours of Operation
The PSI Campus will be open Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 10 p.m. Business hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Saturday 9 a.m.
until 1 p.m.
Facility
For the students, PSI is a one-story facility with curb-ramp access. The restrooms are designed to meet all of the "Americans with
Disabilities Act" codes. The classrooms are large enough to provide barrier-free wheelchair access. Anyone needing assistance
should check in at the front desk, so that accommodations may be provided.
The 60,000 square foot campus houses four (4) PN lecture classrooms, a PN eight (8) bed Learning Lab, a PN Practice Learning
Lab, a PTA Lab, a PTA Lecture/Lab room, an AH lecture room, a AMA/MA Lecture/Lab classroom, a PhT Lecture room, a PhT Practice
Lab, a Lecture/Computer Lab room, a computerized Test Center, a library, and a large student lounge.
Each classroom and lab contains a computer-accessed In-Focus projector for displaying Power Point presentations, video or DVD
presentations and wireless Internet access. The Internet is used to download current information into the classroom for instructional
purposes.
PSI has security cameras in the hallways, student lounge, and classrooms to monitor the safety of the student and faculty.
The cameras continually video tape the areas, therefore there is a digital copy available to review for safety issues or problem
concerns. Students and staff are to have their PSI issued ID’s on a lanyard and visible at all times.
Student Parking
Student parking is in the large lot separate from the main building. There are approximately 300 student parking spaces. The lot
will be marked student parking. Daytime student parking is from 7 a.m. until 7 p.m. Daytime students are not permitted to park
in the main lot in front of the building. PSI employees have parking permits. Any one not having an employee parking permit will
have their car towed at their own expense. Students are asked to keep their cars locked to avoid potential problems. PSI is not
responsible for damage to/theft from student cars. For security purpose students attending class after 5 p.m. are to park in the
back of the main parking lot. PSI has video cameras monitoring the safety of the campus parking areas.
Handicapped Parking/Campus Access
Handicap parking is available in front of the main entrance. An officially issued handicapped tag is required to use this parking
area. To use this parking, the disabled person must be with the person parking the car, or be the disabled person parking the car,
other persons found parking in this area will be reported to the Maumee Police department. The fine for illegal parking in the
handicapped space is $250 or more. The Maumee Police have the authority to enter any public parking area and fine those persons
parked illegally in the handicapped spaces. Because our parking lot is available to the public, this means, they have the right to
enter our property. Cars may be ticketed by the Maumee Police, if found in the handicapped parking spaces.
The restrooms are designed to meet all of the "American Disability Act" codes. The classrooms are large enough to provide barrierfree wheelchair access. Anyone needing assistance should check in at the front desk, so that accommodations may be provided.
23 | P a g e
Bus Stop
There is an available bus stop on the street side of PSI. The TARTA route is 34H.
Student Lounge
The student lounge is centrally located within the facility and offers the students a comfortable place for breaks and lunches. The
student lounge is provided for all students. The student lounge has Wi-Fi access for use with personal laptops. The access code
for the Wi-Fi is posted in the lounge.
Vending machines are located in the student lounge. Students who have lost money in the vending machines or have any type of
problem with the machines should see the person at the front desk for assistance.
No food or drink is allowed in the classrooms with the exception of bottled water in a clear water container with a screw on lid. No
other containers will be allowed in the classroom regardless of whether they have water in them or not. No eating is allowed in
the hallways or library. This will be enforced by all PSI faculty and staff.
PSI Campus Smoking Policy
Smoking and use of tobacco and simulated tobacco products are prohibited in the school building at PSI. The designated
smoking area is outside the building in the designated student break area which is at least 25 feet away from any building
entrance.
Smoking Violation
Students found smoking in the building or within 25 feet of the building will be suspended for 24 hours for the first violation. The
second violation will result in termination from the student’s enrollment as this will be seen as a direct violation of PSI’s policy
and procedure.
During the student’s suspension the student will not be allowed:
•
To attend any class session
•
To receive any handouts or notes for class sessions missed
•
To take any quizzes or exams during the suspension period
•
To make-up any of the missed quizzes or exams during the suspension period
•
To do any competencies during the suspension period
•
To make-up any competencies scheduled during the suspension period
•
To attempt any lab practical during the suspension period
All hours missed during the suspension period will count against the student’s attendance record.
Weapons and Firearms Policy
For the safety of everyone at PSI, weapons and firearms are prohibited on PSI’s campus.
Weapons and Firearms violation: Any student who is found to have possession of any type of weapon or firearms in the building
will be immediately terminated, without the right to appeal.
Reception Area
The PSI Campus has a reception area to service the students and staff. Students and staff each have a personal mailbox at the
reception area. The mailboxes are used for communication between the instructor and the students. Students and staff should
check these mailboxes on a daily basis to assist with the flow of communication.
Each person coming into the building is required to show their student or employee PSI issued ID for security purposes. Visitors,
vendors, temporary workers will sign in and out at the front desk. They will be issued a temporary PSI visitor ID.
24 | P a g e
Library Information
Room 105 is PSI’s library.
PSI graduates.
Library hours are Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. to all currently enrolled students and
The library has a collection of reference books for each of the three divisions of PSI:
•
The School of Practical Nurse
•
The School of Physical Therapist Assisting
•
The College of Allied Health
Each division’s section is labeled and the materials should stay within each division’s section.
All books in the library may be checked out. To check out a book, simply sign the Library Sign-In/Sign-Out Book for Reference
Materials binder located in the library. Students are allowed to keep materials out of the library for two (2) weeks at a time. Books
may not be removed from the library, unless they are signed-out in the binder.
The library also has a collection of journals. These items are to be read in the library. They do not circulate.
computers that may be used by the enrolled student or graduate for educational purposes only.
The library has
The library has internet access. The internet is to be used only for research projects, job placement and other education or
placement related projects. Any student found misusing the internet will be denied access to the internet, and depending on the
misuse, terminated from his/her program.
The library also has Wi-Fi for use with personal laptops. Once again personal computers should only be used for school and
educational purposes.
The library rules are posted in the library. Please follow them and help your fellow students by reminding them of the rules.
Library Pamphlet:
A PSI, “About the Library” pamphlet has been included with your orientation packet. The pamphlet gives internet resources of the
student and other internet resources for generalized education. The pamphlet gives printed instructions to the student on how to
sign in and out of the library, library hours, library rules and instructions on what to do if a student needs help. As a student you
should review this pamphlet and use the library resources whenever possible.
University of Toledo Library Agreement:
PTA students also have access to the library at the University of Toledo (UT). The students are introduced to the UT library during
PTA 101 Introduction to Physical Therapy where they learn how to use the medical library as well as various online sources of
information (i.e. PubMed). Students may use journals (which do not circulate) or books at UT and may copy (at a cost to the
student) any articles the student wishes to take home.
Library Use Agreement:
The Library Use Agreement is between the University of Toledo and the School of Physical Therapist Assisting a division of PSI. It
is for the purpose of specifying services, and the conditions under which they will be provided for the PTA students by UT Library.
The Library agrees to provide the following services:
•
Book circulation (up to six at one time, per student).
•
Access to resources available from within the library, including external databases.
•
Orientation to library resources.
•
Assistance in using library resources.
•
Discounted interlibrary loans: $10.00 each.
Conditions of the Agreement:
•
The cost assessed PSI’s School of Physical Therapist Assisting will be $50.00 per student per annum.
•
The full period of this understanding will be from enrollment to graduation.
•
PTA students from PSI must conduct themselves in a professional manner and use the library services and the facility
within the stated policies of UT and the library.
•
Use of resources will be limited to those available in the library; access to library resources from off-campus will not be
available.
The terms of this understanding may be renewed or renegotiated on an annual basis upon mutual agreement. PSI’s School of
Physical Therapist Assisting may terminate this agreement with a one-week notice; however, no refund on the balance of payment
will be possible. The UT may suspend or terminate the use of the library by individual students for gross violation of UT Library
policies with no refund on the balance payment. (Letter of Understanding was renewed on September 3, 2015.)
25 | P a g e
Non-solicitation
To avoid disruption of educational operations, the following rules apply to solicitation and distribution of literature on PSI property:
•
Enrolled students and employees of PSI and persons not employed by PSI may not engage in solicitation or distribution of
literature or materials not directly related to PSI functions at any time.
•
Use of PSI computers or telephones, directly or indirectly, for solicitation or for distribution of literature or materials for
non-PSI business is not allowed.
•
Unauthorized use of PSI bulletin boards, posting of notices, photographs, or other materials for non-PSI business or
information on PSI premises is not allowed.
•
Violations of this policy may result in corrective action, up to and including suspension or termination
26 | P a g e
Financial Aid Information
(Revised 6-2016)
Professional Skills Institute (PSI) is authorized by the Department of Education to participate in Title IV funding for qualified
students. In order to apply for Title IV funds, a student must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) for
that particular award year. The FAFSA is completed online at www.fafsa.ed.gov and the PSI school code is 016568. The
financial aid programs are administered by the Director of Financial Aid under policies established by federal and state governmental
guidelines.
3T
3T
Title IV Financial Aid Information
The following financial aid programs are available to students who qualify.
Federal Pell Grant
Once the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) application is submitted, the results are used to calculate a financial aid
award for the student and determine eligibility. Eligibility is based on your Expected Family Contribution (EFC) which is calculated
using information from the FAFSA. Awards are given for full-time (12 or more financial aid credit hours), three-quarter time (119 financial aid credit hours), half-time (8-6 financial aid credit hours).
The amount of the Pell Grant award ranges from $588 to $5,775 from July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016 depending upon eligibility.
Effective July 1, 2016 until June 30, 2017, the amount of the Pell Grand that can be awarded will range from $591 to $5,815
depending upon eligibility.
The amount of Federal Pell Grant funds you may receive over your lifetime is limited by federal law to be the equivalent of six years
of Pell Grant funding. Since the maximum amount of Pell Grant funding you can receive each year is equal to 100%, the six-year
equivalent is 600%. A student can monitor how much Pell Grant they have used by accessing www.nslds.ed.gov . Once a student
reaches 600% they are no longer eligible to receive Pell Grant no matter what school they attend.
31T
31T
4T
4T
Note: Individuals who have obtained a bachelor degree or higher are not eligible to participate in the Federal Pell Grant Program
according to Federal guidelines.
Federal Direct Loans
The Loan is financial aid that must be repaid. In order to apply for a Loan, a student must file a FAFSA. Eligible students are also
required to complete Loan Entrance Counseling and a Master Promissory Note with the Department of Education. Students must
be enrolled a minimum of half-time and the loan funds are normally disbursed to the school in three equal quarterly disbursements.
The loan must be repaid with payments beginning six months after the student stops attending classes at least half time. A
student may qualify for a subsidized and/or unsubsidized student loan depending upon the FAFSA results.
Direct Subsidized Loan: A need based loan for which a student is not charged interest while attending school at least halftime. The maximum loan amount is $3500 for first year students and $4500 for second year students.
Direct Unsubsidized Loan: Unlike the subsidized loan, interest does accrue on the unsubsidized loan while the student is
attending school. The interest will be capitalized (added to the principal of the loan) or the student can choose to pay the
interest while in school. The maximum yearly loan amount is $6000 for independent students and $2000 for dependent
students.
Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loan: The parents of dependent students can borrow funds to pay for the student's educational
expenses. The student must be enrolled at least half time and the parent must meet the Department of Education eligibility
criteria which includes a credit check. The PLUS loan is normally disbursed to the school in three equal quarterly
disbursements and interest is accruing on the loan while the student is attending school. Parents can begin repayment
within 60 days after the loan is fully disbursed or can choose to begin repayment six months after the student is no longer
enrolled at least half time.
Undergraduate Loan Aggregate Limits
Direct Subsidized Loan - $23,000
Combined Loans - $57,500
First Time Borrower & All New Students Policy
It is a federal regulation that all first time borrowers Federal Direct Loan disbursements in the first (1st) quarter only will be delayed
for 30 days after the start of the quarter. It is also the school policy that all new students’ financial aid will be delayed for 30 days
in the first quarter only.
P
P
27 | P a g e
Federal Direct Subsidized Loan (Federal Regulations)
If you are a first-time borrower on or after July 1, 2013, there is a limit on the maximum period of time (measured in academic
years) that you can receive Direct Subsidized Loans. This time limit does not apply to Direct Unsubsidized Loans or Direct PLUS
Loans. If this limit applies to you, you may not receive Direct Subsidized Loans for more than 150 percent of the published length
of your program. This is called your “maximum eligibility period.” Your maximum eligibility period is generally based on the
published length of your current program. You can usually find the published length of any program of study in your school’s
academic catalog.
For example, if you are enrolled in a four-year bachelor’s degree program, the maximum period for which you can receive Direct
Subsidized Loans is six years (150 percent of 4 years = 6 years). If you are enrolled in a two-year associate degree program, the
maximum period for which you can receive Direct Subsidized Loans is three years (150 percent of 2 years = 3 years).
31T
31T
Because your maximum eligibility period is based on the length of your current program of study, your maximum eligibility period
can change if you change to a program that has a different length. Also, if you receive Direct Subsidized Loans for one program
and then change to another program, the Direct Subsidized Loans you received for the earlier program will generally count toward
your new maximum eligibility period.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
Effective July 1, 2016, a student must complete the Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) application. A student must be enrolled at least
six (6) financial aid credit hours, and have financial need. These funds are limited; therefore, it is in the student’s best interest to
apply early.
Federal Work-Study (FWS)
Effective July 1, 2016, Federal Work-Study (FWS) is a federally funded program which gives students with financial need an
opportunity for part-time employment. This employment is intended to allow students to earn money to help pay for their
educational expenses. The FWS program encourages students to gain valuable career-related experience as well as promotes
community-service employment opportunities.
To become eligible for FWS, the student must first demonstrate financial need by filling out the Federal Application for Student Aid
(FAFSA). Students must be enrolled for at least six (6) financial aid credit hours. The number of hours a student may work is
based upon the financial need, number of class hours and the student’s health and academic progress.
Non-Title IV Financial Aid Information
Other sources of financial assistance can come from various public agencies. Professional Skills Institute follows all guidelines set
forth by outside agencies that are funding students' tuition. The following organizations offer tuition assistance to students attending
Professional Skills Institute. Qualification requirements will vary so please contact the appropriate agency for more information.
Veterans' Benefits: Veterans may be eligible to receive benefits through the Veterans Administration (VA). Each VA
program has individual requirements for eligibility. Interested applicant can contact VA at (800) 827-1000.
Ohio National Guard: Students who are enlisted in the Ohio National Guard may be eligible to receive a grant to pay for
a percentage of their tuition. Interested applicant should contact their local guard unit for details.
AmeriCorps: AmeriCorps is a national service program that provides tuition assistance in exchange for community service.
For more information go to www.americorps.gov or contact the AmeriCorps National Service Office at
1-800-942-2677
4T
4T
Workforce Investment Act (OHIO WIA and MICHIGAN WORKS):
Students living in Ohio and Michigan may qualify for
WIA funding from their state. The funds are generally for students who are permanently laid off due to work place closings
or cutbacks (dislocated workers) or low income students eligible for training funds through WIA. Interested applicant
should contact the WIA office at their county Jobs and Family Services office.
Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation (BVR): This organization provides funding for eligible students who have a physical or
mental disability that inhibits them from certain types of work. An appointment for an evaluation by a BVR counselor is
necessary and a determination by the BVR office needs to be made before entering any academic program.
Private Alternative Loans: Some lending institutions offer private alternative loans to students to help cover educational
expenses. These loans typically require that the borrower has good credit and/or a credit worthy co-signer. Additional
information on private alternative loan lenders can be obtained from the Director of Financial Aid. Students are encouraged
to utilize all other funding sources before considering an alternative loan.
Private Payment: Payments may be made directly to PSI by check, money order, debit or credit card.
28 | P a g e
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress & Maintaining Financial Aid Eligibility
Satisfactory Academic Progress for all Students:
Revised 06-15-2016
The Institute’s Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards measure each student’s quantitative (pace) and qualitative (grade
point average) progress toward the completion of the student’s program of study. The SAP standards are used primarily to
determine a student’s eligibility to receive federal financial aid under Title IV of the Higher Education Act; however, the SAP
standards are applied to all students and represent a minimum standard of academic achievement required by the Institute for
continued enrollment. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is required for all programs and all students, regardless of financial
aid status.
The Institute’s SAP standards measure a student’s satisfactory academic progress at the end of each quarter’s (12-week
period) grading periods. The Institute provides a transcript report from the Registrar via the student mailboxes to each student at
the end of each grading period. The transcript includes the student’s grades earned in each course attempted. The transcripts will
also provide cumulative information for all credits attempted and completed and a cumulative grade point average at the end of
each grading period.
Satisfactory Progress is necessary to maintain enrollment, to be eligible for Title IV Federal Student Aid Programs, as well as funding
through many Non-Title IV Financial Aid Programs. Therefore, to continue as a student in good standing at PSI, the following SAP
standards must be maintained.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is defined by the following criteria:
1.
Academic--Maintaining a minimum quarterly grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. GPAs are calculated at the end of each 12week period, when all final grades have been entered.
2.
Attendance--Completing eight-five percent (85%) of the total quarterly registered credit clock hours. Attendance is taken
each class period. There are no excused absences. Attendance percentages are calculated at the end of each 12-week
period or at any time deemed necessary to assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress.
During the student’s last academic quarter (quarter 4 for Allied Health diploma and quarter 6 for AMA, quarter 6 for
Practical Nursing; and quarter 7 for Physical Therapist Assisting) the attendance requirement is 85% attendance for each
individual course. There are no excused absences. If the student does not maintain the 85% course attendance
requirement, the student will be attendance terminated and receive a grade of “F” for the course. The course will have to
be repeated the next time it is offered at an additional tuition fee.
3.
Maximum Time-Frame--Completing the program within the 150% maximum time-frame of the published length and/or
the quantitative measure which is the total number of credits required for completion of the educational program. PSI
does not offer Noncredit Remedial Courses. This standard applies to diploma and degree programs. PSI does not have
graduate programs.






Periods when a student doesn’t receive Title IV aid is counted towards maximum time frame.
Periods when a student is on probation is counted towards maximum time frame.
Approved transfer credits are counted towards maximum time frame.
Transfer Credits, Failed and Withdrawn courses for an individual program are considered “attempted credits
hours” and are counted towards maximum time frame.
If a student changes programs or begins a new program, applicable previously passed courses with a “C” or
above will be transferred to the new program. The transfer credits hours will count as “attempted credit hours”
for the new program.
PSI operates on 12 week quarters, winter, spring, summer and fall.
Maximum time frame is not to exceed 150% of the normal length, in which the educational objective must be successfully
completed. The maximum time frame is to be divided into increments (quarters), during which a minimum percentage of
the work is to be completed.
Example:
Program
AMA
MA
MBCS
PhT
PN
PTA
Current Program Total Credits
*Maximum Allowed Attempted Credits
102.5
87.0
76.0
81.0
123.5
109.0
153.75
130.5
114.0
121.5
185.25
163.5
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
max credits
max credits
max credits
max credits
max credits
max credits
that can be
that can be
that can be
that can be
that can be
that can be
attempted
attempted
attempted
attempted
attempted
attempted
Incompletes (I) that are not completed within the first six (6) weeks of the next quarter will be changed to a
failing grade (F). The course will have to be repeated the next time it is offered. This grade (F) will count
against the attempted credits for maximum time frame.
Failed (F) Courses may be repeated one additional time to achieve a passing grade.
credit hours will be counted against the attempted credits for maximum time.
The failed courses
29 | P a g e
Withdraws (W) from a course, the credits for that course are counted against the maximum allowed
attempted credits for maximum time frame. PSI does not currently use withdrawn/passing or
withdrawn/failing.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Warnings, Probations, Terminations and Appeals:
If a student is in danger of falling below Satisfactory Academic Progress guidelines, the following warnings, probations or
terminations will be issued.
Academic:
1.
Academic Warning:
The student will be notified by the course instructor via the Academic Warning Form when their course grade falls
below 76.5%. Tutoring will be offered. This warning is to alert the student to take immediate action to bring up
the unsatisfactory grade. Each student is fully responsible for monitoring his/her grades and to ask for assistance
from the course instructor when they feel help is needed.
2.
Academic Probation:
GPAs are calculated at the end of each 12-week period, when all final grades have been entered. Students with
a GPA below the minimum of 2.0 will be placed on academic probation for the next 12 weeks. The students will
review and sign an Academic Probation Form that states the dates of probation, specific conditions for
reinstatement of SAP and termination results for not achieving a 2.0 quarterly GPA during the probation period.
3.
Academic Termination:
The student’s academic performance will be closely monitored. If at the end of the stated time, the quarterly
(term) GPA is not 2.0 or higher, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be
placed on academic probation for two (2) consecutive quarters. If this is the student’s first enrollment attempt
at this program, and the student is terminated, they may apply for re-entry into their program after waiting one
full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account balance to apply for re-entry. The student will be
required to meet all current admission requirements and be re-accepted in the program.
Note: Academic and financial aid files will be reviewed during the re-entry process and documentation found in files will be used
by the Admissions Selection Committee during the re-entry process.
Attendance:
1.
2.
3.
Attendance Warning:
Attendance is taken each class period and recorded by the course instructor for review by the Registrar, Dean of
Education and Director of Financial Aid. There are no excused absences. Attendance percentages are calculated
at any time deemed necessary to assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress. The student
will be notified by the Registrar via the Attendance Warning Form when the student’s attendance exceeds 10%
of completing one hundred percent (100%) of the total quarterly registered credit clock hours. This warning is
to alert the student to take immediate action to bring their attendance into compliance.
Attendance Probation:
Attendance percentages are calculated at the end of each 12-week period or at any time deemed necessary to
assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress. Students whose quarterly attendance is
below the minimum 85% will be placed on attendance probation for the next quarter or 12 weeks. The student
will review and sign an Attendance Probation Form that states the dates of probation, specific conditions for
reinstatement of SAP and termination results for not achieving the 85% quarterly attendance during the probation
period.
Attendance Termination:
The student’s attendance performance will be closely monitored by the instructors and Registrar. If at the end
next quarter, the quarterly 85% attendance requirement is not maintained, the student will be terminated from
his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be placed on attendance probation for two (2) consecutive quarters. The
student will be attendance terminated from his or her enrollment, if the student has been four (4) days no call,
no show to PSI.
During the student’s last academic quarter (quarter 4 for Allied Health diploma, quarter 6 for AMA, quarter 6 for
Practical Nursing; and quarter 7 for Physical Therapist Assisting) the attendance requirement is 85% attendance
for each individual course. There are no excused absences. If the student does not maintain the 85% course
attendance requirement, the student will be attendance terminated and receive a grade of “F” for the course.
If this is the student’s first enrollment attempt at this program, and the student is terminated, they may apply
for re-entry into their program after waiting one full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account
balance to apply for re-entry. The student will be required to meet all current admission requirements and be reaccepted in the program.
30 | P a g e
Maximum Time Frame:
1.
Maximum Time Frame Warning:
The Registrar, Dean of Education and the Director of Financial Aid will monitor student’s maximum time frame
requirements. If at any time the student becomes in danger of exceeding the maximum time, due to failed
courses and repeating courses, the student will be notified of the concern by one of the preceding persons via
the Maximum Time Frame Warning Form.
2.
Maximum Time Frame Termination:
Students who mathematically are unable to complete their program within the 150% maximum time-frame will
be terminated from his or her enrollment without an option for re-entry into that particular program as soon as
this is a known factor by the Dean of Education or the Director of Financial Aid.
3.
Effect of Attempted Credits on Maximum Time Frame:
All attempted credits have a direct effect on the calculation of the 150% maximum time frame to complete the student’s
program. Attempted credits include course withdrawals, repeated courses, transfer credits, and proficiency credits.
Attempted credits does not include non-credit courses, remedial courses, or have non-punitive (pass/fail) grades as PSI
does not offer this type of course or use the pass/fail in the grading system.
Financial Aid Maximum Time Frame
Once it has been determined that a student will not successfully complete his degree plan prior to reaching the
Maximum Time Frame, the student will immediately be placed on Suspension, as required by the Department of Education and
PSI.
For example, a student’s degree plan requires 74.25 financial aid credit hours to complete; therefore, the maximum time frame is
111.38 hours. The student has attempted 77.5 credit hours (due to the need of repeat courses) and needs another 35.5 credit
hours to graduate. The student will immediately be placed on suspension for maximum time frame, since the student would not be
able to complete all 35.5 credit hours needed to graduate prior to reaching the 111.38 maximum time frame limits. Accepted
transfer credit hours will be included in the calculation, even those that count toward a new program.
Additional examples:
Graduation Requirements
Quarter Credit
Hours
Financial Aid
Credit Hours
109
109
87
55
Maximum Time Frame Percentage
Attempted Hours Permitted
Quarter Credit
Hours
Financial Aid
Credit Hours
150%
163.5
163.5
150%
130.5
82.5
A student on suspension for Maximum Time Frame (mathematically unable to complete their program due to hours remaining)
may submit a Suspension Review Request to the Director of Financial Aid.
The Suspension Review Request will be reviewed by the Appeals Committee. Only one (1) appeal will be considered per student.
Criteria that may influence the committee’s decision includes reasons for excessive attempted hours, number of hours remaining
to graduate, and overall academic history. The student will be required to meet with Director of Financial Aid to complete
an academic plan which must be submitted with the suspension review request form.
Situations that lead to loss of financial aid eligibility:
Qualitative Standard – Grade point average: Students may lose eligibility to receive financial aid if their quarterly GPA falls below
2.0 or their cumulative completion rate falls below 67% for two consecutive quarters. Grades of A, B, C, D, and F will contribute
toward the GPA calculation. Transfer credits are not included in the GPA calculation.
Quantitative Standard- Pace: Pace measures a student’s progress in a program. Students who do not maintain at least a 67%
cumulative completion rate may lose their Financial Aid eligibility. Repeated courses in which the student receives a grade of A, B,
C, and D and transfer credits will be counted as completed hours. Classes in which a student receives a grade of “F” or “W” will be
counted as attempted hours but will not be counted as completed hours. Pace is calculated by dividing the cumulative number of
completed hours by the cumulative number of attempted hours.
Example:
Completed
Credit Hours
4 hours
6 hours
8 hours
16 hours
20 hours
Attempted
hours
67%
Rule
6 Hours
9 hours
12 hours
24 hours
30 hours
67%
67%
67%
67%
67%
Completed Credit
Hours
24
32
40
52
64
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
Attempted
Hours
36
48
60
78
96
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
67% Rule
67%
67%
67%
67%
67%
31 | P a g e
The student will be placed on a Financial Aid Warning status the first quarter, if he/she does not meet the pace and/or the GPA
standard.
Once on warning, the student may continue to receive Title IV financial aid (grants and guaranteed student loans). If both
standards, pace and GPA, are met at the end of the next quarter the student attends while receiving aide, the warning will be
removed, and the student will return to a satisfactory status.
Failure to meet the standards while on Financial Aid Warning meaning for the 2nd consecutive quarter the student has less than a
67% cumulative completion rate and/or less than a 2.0 quarterly (GPA) will result in the student being placed on Financial Aid
Suspension at the end of the quarter. Students on suspension will NOT be eligible to receive Federal Title IV funding
(grants, and guaranteed student loans).
P
P
Academic Satisfactory Academic Process (SAP) Appeal Notification:
SAP Appeal:
Students who wish to appeal the determination that they are not maintaining SAP must submit documentation to the program
director or coordinator. The program director or coordinator will request a hearing from the appeal committee, the Director of
Financial Aid and the Dean of Education to review the case.
In cases of extenuating documented circumstances, limited arrangements may be made. Each appeal will be handled on an
individual basis. Students will be allowed only one (1) appeal per program.
Regaining Financial Aid Eligibility
Students on Financial Aid Suspension for not meeting pace and or/ GPA standards may regain eligibility by completing additional
credit hours to raise their cumulative completion rate to at least 67% and a quarterly GPA of 2.0 or higher at PSI. Once the student
has completed the hours it is necessary to contact the Director of Financial Aid for a review of their status.
Additionally, students have the right to appeal the suspension by completing a Suspension Appeal Form accessible via the
Director of Financial Aid. All appeals are submitted before a Suspension Committee. Criteria that could influence the committee’s
decision include class attendance or unusual circumstances. Any supporting documentation should be submitted with the appeal
for review (i.e. medical records, death in the family, etc.). Suspension reviews can take up to 30 days to process.
If the appeal is approved, the student will be placed on financial aid probation status which requires the students to:

Complete the quarter with a term GPA of 2.0 or above.

Complete all registered courses for the quarter (no withdrawals allowed) to maintain satisfactory progress.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Federal Aid Office Re-Taking Course Policy:
Federal Regulation 34 CFR 668.2(b) states a passed grade “means any grade higher than an “F”.
If a student passes a course with a “D”, then financial aid can pay for the student to re-take the course again, one more time
only, as long as the student is not on financial aid suspension. When retaking a course, the original failed courses credit
hours are calculated for attempted hours for maximum time frame.
Return of Financial Aid Funds for Withdrawn Students R2T4
All students must follow the institutional refund policy.
If a student withdraws or stops attending all of their classes within a quarter, federal financial aid regulations require that a
recalculation be done on financial aid funds received for that quarter. The financial aid is recalculated based on the student’s last
day of attendance and any unearned aid must be returned to the federal government. Definition of the student’s last date of
attendance: If a student officially or unofficially withdraws from PSI, their last day of attendance is based on the instructors’
attendance record (last day of educational activity) which reports the last day the student was in class. This includes classroom
and lab instruction, examinations and clinical experience. If a student stops attending classes without officially withdrawing and
has not attended classes for four consecutive days, the student is terminated from his/her program. The last day of attendance is
determined by the instructor’s attendance records.
Federal financial aid is not 100% earned until the attendance has exceeded 60% of the quarter. As a result of a financial aid
recalculation, a student may be responsible to pay tuition charges that were originally covered by the financial aid funds that the
college was required to return, and they could also owe money directly to a grant program.
32 | P a g e
The amount of Title IV aid earned is figured by taking the percentage of enrollment that is completed times the total Title IV funds
disbursed plus the Title IV that could have been disbursed by federal guidelines. The difference between disbursed and earned is
the unearned portion. Any Title IV aid that is unearned must be returned.
After determining the amount of aid that is unearned, this amount must be returned.
Late or Post-Withdrawal Disbursement:
Students may be eligible for a late or post-withdrawal disbursement if they have accepted aid that did not disburse at the time of
withdrawal from PSI.
If eligible, the Financial Aid Office will send notification of the action required to either accept or decline a portion, or all, of the late
disbursement. If no response is received within approximately two weeks of notification, the award will be canceled.
Post-Withdrawal Disbursement of Grant Funds
A post-withdrawal disbursement of grant funds will be applied towards outstanding semester charges on the student's account and
may pay up to the amount of the allowable charges (i.e., tuition and fees).
Any remainder of grant aid will be paid to the student. The student will be notified within 30 days of the date of determination of
withdrawal of the post-withdrawal disbursement. Student has 14 days from the date of notification to respond to college. A refund
will be sent within 45 days of the date that the college determined that the student withdrew.
Post-Withdrawal Disbursement of Loan Funds
A post-withdrawal disbursement of loan funds may be paid if the student is eligible to receive the funds. The student (or parent if
a PLUS loan) will be notified within 30 days of the date of determination of withdrawal of the opportunity to accept all or a part of
the post-withdrawal disbursement. Upon receipt of a timely response from the student (or parent) (14 days from date of
notification), the College will disburse the loan funds within 180 days of the date of determination of the student's withdrawal date.
Loan funds will be applied towards the outstanding semester charges on the student's account and may pay up to the amount of
the allowable charges (i.e., tuition and fees). Any remainder will be paid directly to the student (or parent).
Note: There are some Title IV funds that a student was scheduled to receive that cannot be disbursed to the student once the
student withdraws because of other eligibility requirements. For example, if a student is a first-time, first-year undergraduate
student and has not completed the first 30 days of the program before withdrawing, the student will not receive any Direct Loan
funds that would have been received if the student remained enrolled past the 30th day.
15T
The requirements for Title IV program funds when you withdraw are separate from any refund policy that your school may have.
Therefore, you may still owe funds to the school to cover unpaid institutional charges. Your school may also charge you for any
Title IV program funds that the school was required to return. PSI school refund policy and requirements and procedures for
withdrawing from school is located on page 31.
How is unearned aid returned?
If there is aid that is unearned, it may be the responsibility of the school and/or the student to return the funds. The institution
is responsible for returning the lesser of the following:
1. Total amount of unearned aid.
2. The amount of institutional charges multiplied by the unearned aid.
The student will be notified if he/she owes unearned aid back to the federal government.
Refund Distribution Policy:
Refunds from the student accounts for unearned student aid will be repaid in the following order:
1. Direct Loan (unsubsidized)
2. Direct Loan (subsidized)
3. Direct Plus Loan
4. Pell Grant
5. WIA, PRC, BVR, other funding agencies
6. Employer
7. Student
All refunds are made within 45 days of the determined last date of attendance.
(For refund purposes, institutional charges according to the federal guidelines, is tuition, lab fees, textbooks, supplies, uniforms,
and all testing fees; including proficiency testing fees, graduation fees and student liability insurance. The Application Fee and
Registration fee is fully earned by PSI.) Contact the Director of Financial Aid for additional information about the recalculation
policy.
33 | P a g e
Institutional and Financial Aid Refund Policy
It is advised that each student meet with the Director of Financial Aid prior to withdrawing to discuss the possible repercussions
to his/her student aid with the decision to withdraw from a course or program.
Definition of the student’s last date of attendance: If a student officially or unofficially withdraws from PSI, their last
day of attendance is based on the instructors’ attendance record (last day of educational activity) which reports the last day the
student was in class. This includes classroom and lab instruction, examinations and clinical experience.
If a student stops attending classes without officially withdrawing and has not attended classes for four consecutive days, the
student is terminated from his/her program. The last day of attendance is determined by the instructor’s attendance records.
If a student has received Title IV funds and stops attending classes, a recalculation is performed using their last day of attendance
as determined by the instructor’s attendance records. Refunds are made within 45 days after the institution has determined that
the student withdrew.
If a student withdraws from a course(s) or program, the student’s refund amount will be calculated using the Ohio Board of Career
Colleges and Schools Refund Policy 3332-1-10 which is as follows:
•
A student who withdraws before the first class and after the five (5) day cancellation period shall be obligated for the
registration fee.
•
A student who starts class and withdraws during the first full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for
twenty-five percent (25%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus registration fee.
•
A student who withdraws during the second full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for fifty percent
(50%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus the registration fee.
•
A student who withdraws during the third full calendar week of the academic quarter, shall be obligated for seventy-five
percent (75%) of the tuition and refundable fees for the academic quarter plus registration fee.
•
A student withdrawal beginning with the fourth full calendar week of the academic quarter, will not be entitled to a refund of
any portion of the tuition and or refundable fees
•
Questions regarding Financial Aid Options should be addressed to the Director of Financial Aid.
34 | P a g e
Business Information
(Revised 7-2016)
Tuition and Fees
Tuition and fees are costs associated with credit hours earned and any fees related to these costs, including lab fees. Due to the
ever-rising costs associated with operating each program, the program tuition and fees cost sheet is given as an insert to
this catalog.
Tuition and fee charges are subject to change at the school’s discretion. PSI’s institutional policy is to give thirty (30) days written
notice to students prior to any tuition increase other than those initiated each January 1. The written notice will be posted in the
student lounge and a copy placed in the appropriate student’s mailboxes. Lab fees are estimated and will vary each quarter.
Disclosure: Transfer or proficiency credits will decrease the cost of the student’s program. Repeating a course or courses will
increase the cost of the student’s program. Textbook, sales tax, and fees are estimated, and necessary adjustments to cover
operating expenses will be made quarterly.
Other expenses, which the student must calculate into the cost of his/her program include, but are not limited to, room and board,
personal expenses, textbooks, academic supplies, and transportation. Students are responsible for providing their own
transportation for all learning experiences associated with the curriculum.
Textbook Options/Student Supplies
The following options are given to PSI students to assist the student in obtaining or purchasing of textbooks. Textbooks are
required on the first day of class for each course without exception.
Option 1:
Enrolled students may purchase textbooks directly from PSI on the first day of class and have the textbooks billed to their
student account. The Registrar will have the textbooks available for the students on the first day of class. The students
will be notified during orientation of the textbook's disbursement process.
Option 2:
Enrolled students are given a textbook list for their program, stating the title of the textbook along with the ISBN number
so that the student may purchase the textbook where they so choose. Students are advised only to purchase textbooks
for the current registered courses, as textbooks may change on a quarterly basis.
Return of textbooks:
Students, who drop or withdraw from a course or a program, may return textbooks purchased through PSI within the first two (2)
weeks of the quarter in which the student is registered for the course or courses. No textbooks will be accepted for return after
the end of the second week.
Textbooks will only be accepted if they are in like-new condition and not written in. Textbooks are to be returned to the Registrar
for inspection and return acceptance. The Registrar will complete a return invoice and submit it to the Student Accounts Officer
for credit to the student account. Return credits will be posted to the student account by the end of week four (4). Questions
regarding purchasing, returning, or ISBN numbers of textbooks should be addressed to the Registrar.
Student Supplies
PSI does not operate a student store and does not sell school supplies. Students will need to purchase class supplies
independently.
35 | P a g e
PSI Uniforms Information
Purchase of school uniforms
PSI students are required to wear approved uniforms from Superior Uniforms only. (This includes brand, style number, color,
etc.) Substitutions are not permitted.
PSI uses Superior Uniforms as the supplier for required approved uniforms and supplies. Representatives from Superior will be
present on orientation day to assist the students with fittings, to answer questions and to place orders.
Return of school uniforms:
Uniforms ordered from Superior will only be returned for replacement or fitting adjustments. Students who have attended
orientation, placed a uniform order, and then cancel their enrollment before the first day of the quarter, will have the uniform order
cancelled and will not be responsible for payment of the uniform/supplies fee.
Students, who start and withdraw or are terminated prior to the receipt of the uniforms, will have the uniform order cancelled or
returned. The student will be responsible for any re-stocking fees.
Uniforms and supplies that have been ordered will be delivered to PSI by the end of week five (5). The Registrar will distribute the
uniforms/supplies upon receipt of delivery from Superior.
The Registrar will work with the student and Superior to make sure the uniforms are the right size, number, etc. until the order is
complete.
Questions regarding return of uniforms should be addressed to the Registrar.
Student Accounts Payable
Student Billing
Student billing is completed during the first three weeks of the quarter, after a student’s first day of attendance has been verified.
Billing is completed from, but, not limited to registration forms (accessing charges from the tuition and fee schedules), book
invoices, uniform invoices, and any miscellaneous charges.
All federal funding and student payments received prior to and during the first three weeks are posted to the student’s account.
Statements and invoices are emailed by the end of the fourth week. Bi-weekly updated statements are mailed thereafter, if
additional charges or payments have been made to the student’s account.
Student Account Credits:
Return credits for textbooks will be posted to the student account by the end of week four (4).
PN Student Clinical Refund Policy:
If a student in the PN program fails the lecture/lab component of the nursing course, they will not be allowed to go on that specific
nursing course’s clinical rotation. The student will not receive a refund for the clinical rotation, as this is part of the course as a
whole.
Note: Students are responsible for reviewing billing and payment invoices for accuracy. If a student does not agree with the billing
or invoice they should contact the Financial Aid or Student Accounts officers as soon as possible to explain or correct errors.
Third Party Billing/Outside Sources
Students must show proof of qualifying for third party payment of tuition and fees prior to completing the enrollment process, if
third party billing is to be responsible for payment. Students cannot verbally state they are going to be covered. Documentation
is needed or the student will be responsible for 100% of the balance on their account.
Any required billing on the student’s behalf to a third party is completed during week six. This includes any WIA funds, Michigan
Works, Union Education Trust, TAA, BVR, employer tuition vouchers, etc. Once the funds arrive, they are posted on the student’s
account. Should this cause a credit balance, the overage will be available on the next disbursement date.
Questions regarding student’s accounts payable should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student’s Accounts Officer.
36 | P a g e
Additional Fees
Licensure Processing Fee:
Senior students changing their licensing state after the original mailing will incur a $30 processing fee.
PN Student Miscellaneous Fees:
Students are expected to attend every lab and clinical session. If a student misses a lab day or part of a lab day, a make-up lab
will be scheduled with the instructor. An additional charge of $75 will be added to the student’s account for this make-up lab.
Students who need to repeat Med/Surg Nursing, Advanced Med/Surg Nursing, Maternal/Infant Nursing, or Pediatric Nursing will be
required to do a mandatory 8-hour Medication Administration Update Lab at an additional charge of $75 that will be added to
his/her account. This is an additional charge and is not part of the original tuition or fees.
Payments Methods
Tuition payments may be made by the following methods:

•
•
•
•
•
•
Personal checks made payable to Professional Skills Institute (PSI).
Money orders made payable to Professional Skills Institute.
Debit Card
Credit Card (Visa/ MasterCard/ Discover)
Payments may be called in using credit/debit cards from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. or as long as there is a receptionist at the
front desk. No convenience fees are added for this service. The number to call is 419-720-6670, Ext. “1000" for the
operator.
Payments may be mailed using the following information:
Professional Skills Institute 1505 Holland Road Maumee, Ohio 43537
Cash payments are not preferred.
Receipt of payment will be given to the student, if paid directly to PSI, or a copy will be placed in the student’s mailbox.
Available Payment Options:
Students with a quarterly, out-of-pocket tuition/fee costs may choose one of the two quarterly payment options:
Option 1:
Quarterly lump sum payment — due week six of the current quarter. Invoicing is mailed during week four,
thus, allowing the student two weeks to pay the accurate amount.
Option 2:
Monthly payments –- of 1/3 of your estimated Award Letter balance is due on the 1st month, calendar day 15 of
the current quarter. Once your statement arrives, the actually remaining balance is divided over the remaining
two months of that quarter.
P
P
All accounts must be a zero ($0) balance by the third month, the 15th calendar day of the quarter unless the student has an
installment plan approved by the Director of Finance, defined in the following.
P
P
Installment Plans:
An installment plan is the student’s estimated balance divided over the length of their program to arrive at a set monthly payment.
All installment payments are due on the 15th of every month. All late fees and penalties will apply. The student is also responsible
for any additional charges (ex. missed labs, additional uniforms, etc.) in addition to their monthly payment. The student must
notify the Director of Finance/Student Accounts Officer ([email protected]) of any changes in the student’s program which
could significantly alter their monthly payment.
P
P
4T
4T
The installment plan is based on the estimated amounts on the student’s award letter. Therefore, the final monthly payment may
be more or less than the originally stated amount in order to bring the account to a zero balance upon qualifying for graduation.
To inquire if you are eligible for an installment plan, contact the Director of Finance/Student Accounts Officer for more information.
Due to Title IV Federal Regulations not all students are eligible for installment plans.
Failure of Payment Commitment:
Lack of payment could lead to suspension or attendance termination from the course, or failure of the course(s) due to not being
able to take required tests, exams, or competencies to pass the course. Non-payment of account can be subjected to
termination from the program.
37 | P a g e
Late Fees and Penalties:
All monthly payments are due on the 15th calendar day of every month. Students making monthly payments and are late in doing
so will be charged a $25 per month late fee.
P
P
Students making lump sum payments, and are late in doing so, will be charged a $25 per month late fee for each month they are
late.
If no payment has been received from the student for the current quarter by the 15th calendar day of the second month, an accounts
payable student suspension notice will be issued and enforced.
P
P
Suspension for Non-Payment:
During suspension, students will be marked absent for attendance for each class hour missed, will not be given class handouts,
etc., and will not be allowed to attend or make-up labs, tests, exams or competencies.
Upon receipt of payment in full, the student’s enrollment will be immediately reinstated on that day. Previous stated course work
will not be reinstated during suspension.
Termination for Non-Payment:
Those students who have not made satisfactory payment on their account will not be allowed to register for the next quarter. This
will affect the completion date of their program. Registration is closed at noon on the Friday of break week prior to the start date
of the next new quarter. Registrations not approved by this date may lead to termination from the student’s program due to nonpayment of the student account.
Re-instatement of Student Enrollment:
If immediate payment is made on the student account, enrollment may be re-instated based on the availability of seats in the
classroom.
Senior/Graduate Students:
PSI will withhold senior’s/graduates transcripts, degrees, diplomas, certificates of completion, etc. until graduates account balance
is paid-in-full. The graduate will not be allowed to attend the graduation ceremony or any functions related to graduation. Balance
payoffs received after week 12 of the senior quarter will incur an additional $30 processing fee.
Graduates or Withdrawn Students:
Students, who have graduated who have withdrawn, or have been terminated from their enrollment and have a balance due to the
school on their account, will be billed. All accounts not satisfied within 30 days will be turned over to collections. Students will be
notified of the total amount due as well as when these funds are due. Strict procedures will be followed in order to collect on all
accounts. All academic and financial files will be placed on a financial hold until all financial obligations are satisfied.
Re-enrollment /Re- entry Student Account Balance:
Students who have graduated, withdrawn or have been terminated (except for behavior termination) who wish to re-enroll must
have a zero balance and meet the published requirements to qualify for re-admission.
Questions regarding student’s accounts payable should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student’s Accounts Officer.
Student Account Overages
The distribution of the overage is determined by the selection the student made on their most recent Credit Balance Authorization
form.
At the time of cutting checks, the Student Accounts officer will make any adjustments for additional charges, credits, or payments
since the statement mailing. A check will be issued for the adjusted amount.
Due to some recent regulatory changes, the procedure for disbursement of overage checks to students has been changed.
Henceforth, overage checks will be mailed directly to the students’ address of record and will no longer be available for pick up at
the front desk.
Matriculating (returning) students that did not update their information or has changed their address since their last registration
process may stop by the front desk to complete an address change form prior to disbursement of overage checks. Please note that
if you have not updated your address with the school as required, it could
result in a delay in your receipt of an overage check.
38 | P a g e
Any new student that changed their address since completing their school application may also stop by the front desk to complete
an address change form prior to disbursement of overage checks. Please direct any questions to your appropriate program director.
The earliest checks will be mailed is the end of the 4th (fourth) week of classes. It is not uncommon for students to have more
than one overage check per quarter.
P
P
All first quarter students and matriculating students on Plans of Study (POS) have their quarter’s disbursements held for thirty (30)
days.
Students with unsatisfactory attendance will be asked to consult with financial aid prior to their overage being released. Students
must be in attendance the day of distribution in order for their check to be mailed.
Updated overage disbursement dates and information are posted on the Business Office bulletin board located in the student lounge.
Student Tax Forms and Information
1098T Tax Forms:
The 1098 tax forms for tuition billed (box 2) is mailed to the student’s current address on file on or before January
31st. The tuition billed is calculated on a calendar year basis.
P
P
Educational Tax Credits, Student Loan Interest Deduction, and Tuition and Fees Deduction:
When you file your federal tax return, these tax credits may be available for certain college expenses. For information, contact
the Internal Revenue Service or your tax advisor.
Questions regarding student’s accounts should be addressed to the Director of Finance/Student’s Accounts Officer.
39 | P a g e
40 | P a g e
Educational/Academic Information
Credit Hour Conversion Formulas/Outside Clock Hours
PSI uses the following definitions and formula in calculating credit hours awarded on a course-by-course basis. For all courses,
except clinical/externship, one clock hour is defined as 50 minutes of class and 10 minutes of break time.
Quarter Credit Hours Description for Diploma Programs:
Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools (ABHES)
10 hours of lecture
20 hours of lab
30 hours of externship/clinical
= 1 Quarter Credit Hour
Federal (FA) requirements regarding the calculation of clock and credit hours, including minimum number of weeks per academic
year required for Title IV purposes, may vary from ABHES requirements.
Quarter Credit Hours Description for Associate Degree Programs:
The State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools bases its calculation of a lecture credit hour as the number of course hours
per week over the 12-week quarter; a lab credit as the number of lab hours per week over the 12-week quarter divided by two
(2); and a clinical credit hour as the number of clinical hours per week divided by three (3).
State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools- Example of Formula
Lecture credit
Lab credit
Clinical credit
* Credits must be rounded up or
60 lecture hrs.
60 lab hrs.
60 clinical hrs.
down to the nearest 0.5.
= 60 hrs. ÷ 12 wks. = 5 credits
= 60 hrs. ÷ 12 wks. = 5 ÷ 2 = 2.5 credits
= 60 hrs. ÷ 12 wks. = 5 ÷ 3 = *1.6 credits/ or 1.5 credits.
PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with an average of a one (1) week break between quarters.
Additional Outside Clock Hours Description:
Institutional federal requirements regarding the calculation of additional outside clock hours (out-of-class prep) are different for
Title IV funding than ABHES accreditation requirements. In addition, the additional outside clock hours (out-of-class prep) are not
calculated in the academic quarter credit hours.
All PSI programs comply with Title IV funding: A maximum of 7.5 hours of out-of-class prep for every 30 clock hours in class. PSI
participates in the Federal student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended,
which are administered by the U.S. Department of Education (ED). PSI has the appropriate policies and procedures in place to
ensure that its assignment of credit hours conforms to the definition of a credit hour for Federal purposes.
All PSI programs are approved by ABHES and adhere to the minimum outside preparation hours using the following formula on a
course-by-course basis: 5.0 outside clock hours of for each credit hour of lecture/lab/clinical will be assigned to each course. The
minimum outside clock hours are stated on each course syllabus and documented in each course description in the catalog.
Additional outside clock hours may be, but not limited to, required written assignments, written book reports, required reading and
homework assignments; oral presentation activities; hands-on practice sessions, etc. Grading for the outside preparation hours is
published on each syllabus on a course-by-course basis
Confidentiality Policy
PSI’s commitment to its educational mission, and to the students and society to which it is obligated to serve, demands that it
maintains various records. No education records will be maintained that are not directly related to the basic purposes of the school.
All policies and practices governing the collection, maintenance, review, and release of records will be based upon the principles of
confidentiality and the student’s right to privacy, consistent with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.
41 | P a g e
Confidentiality of Students Records
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) www.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ferpa
3T
3T
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) (20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99) is a Federal law that protects the
privacy of student education records. The law applies to all schools that receive funds under an applicable program of the U.S.
Department of Education.
FERPA gives parents certain rights with respect to their children's education records. These rights transfer to the student when he
or she reaches the age of 18 or attends a school beyond the high school level. Students to whom the rights have transferred are
"eligible students."
•
Parents or eligible students have the right to inspect and review the student's education records maintained by the school.
Schools are not required to provide copies of records unless, for reasons such as great distance, it is impossible for parents
or eligible students to review the records. Schools may charge a fee for copies.
•
Parents or eligible students have the right to request that a school correct records which they believe to be inaccurate or
misleading. If the school decides not to amend the record, the parent or eligible student then has the right to a formal
hearing. After the hearing, if the school still decides not to amend the record, the parent or eligible student has the right
to place a statement with the record setting forth his or her view about the contested information.
•
Generally, schools must have written permission from the parent or eligible student in order to release any information
from a student's education record. However, FERPA allows schools to disclose those records, without consent, to the
following parties or under the following conditions (34 CFR § 99.31):
School officials with legitimate educational interest;
Other schools to which a student is transferring;
Specified officials for audit or evaluation purposes;
Appropriate parties in connection with financial aid to a student;
Organizations conducting certain studies for or on behalf of the school;
Accrediting organizations;
To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena;
Appropriate officials in cases of health and safety emergencies; and
State and local authorities, within a juvenile justice system, pursuant to specific State law
Schools may disclose, without consent, "directory" information such as a student's name, address, telephone number, date and
place of birth, honors and awards, and dates of attendance. However, schools must tell parents and eligible students about directory
information and allow parents and eligible students a reasonable amount of time to request that the school not disclose directory
information about them. Schools must notify parents and eligible students annually of their rights under FERPA. The actual means
of notification (special letter, inclusion in a PTA bulletin, student handbook, or newspaper article) is left to the discretion of each
school.
For additional information, call 1-800-USA-LEARN (1-800-872-5327) (voice). Individuals who use TDD may use the Federal Relay
Service.
4T
4T
Contact Information:
Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, D.C. 20202-8520
FERPA General Guidance for Students
http://familypolicy.ed.gov/ferpa-parents-students?src=ferpa
3T
3T
The following guidance provides eligible students with general information about the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA). This document is a compilation and update of various letters and guidance documents previously issued that respond to
a variety of questions about FERPA. While this guidance reflects our best and most current interpretation of applicable FERPA
requirements, it does not supersede the statute or regulations. We will attempt to update this document from time to time in
response to questions and concerns.
FERPA is a Federal law that is administered by the Family Policy Compliance Office (Office) in the U.S. Department of Education
(Department). 20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 34 CFR Part 99 FERPA applies to all educational agencies and institutions (e.g., schools) that
receive funding under any program administered by the Department. Parochial and private schools at the elementary and secondary
levels generally do not receive such funding and are, therefore, not subject to FERPA. Private postsecondary schools, however,
generally do receive such funding and are subject to FERPA.
Once a student reaches 18 years of age or attends a postsecondary institution, he or she becomes an "eligible student," and all
rights formerly given to parents under FERPA transfer to the student. The eligible student has the right to have access to his or her
education records, the right to seek to have the records amended, the right to have control over the disclosure of personally
identifiable information from the records (except in certain circumstances specified in the FERPA regulations, some of which are
discussed below), and the right to file a complaint with the Department. The term "education records" is defined as those records
that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an educational agency or institution or by a party
acting for the agency or institution.
42 | P a g e
FERPA generally prohibits the improper disclosure of personally identifiable information derived from education records. Thus,
information that an official obtained through personal knowledge or observation, or has heard orally from others, is not protected
under FERPA. This remains applicable even if education records exist which contain that information, unless the official had an
official role in making a determination that generated a protected education record.
Under FERPA, a school is not generally required to maintain particular education records or education records that contain specific
information. Rather, a school is required to provide certain privacy protections for those education records that it does maintain.
Also, unless there is an outstanding request by an eligible student to inspect and review education records, FERPA permits the
school to destroy such records without notice to the student.
1. Access to Education Records
Under FERPA a school must provide an eligible student with an opportunity to inspect and review his or her education records within
45 days following its receipt of a request. A school is required to provide an eligible student with copies of education records, or
make other arrangements, if a failure to do so would effectively prevent the student from obtaining access to the records. A case
in point would be a situation in which the student does not live within commuting distance of the school.
A school is not generally required by FERPA to provide an eligible student with access to academic calendars, course syllabi, or
general notices such as announcements of specific events or extra-curricular activities. That type of information is not generally
directly related to an individual student and, therefore, does not meet the definition of an education record. Under FERPA, a school
is not required to provide information that is not maintained or to create education records in response to an eligible student's
request. Accordingly, a school is not required to provide an eligible student with updates on his or her progress in a course (including
grade reports) or in school unless such information already exists in the form of an education record.
2. Amendment of Education Records
Under FERPA, an eligible student has the right to request that inaccurate or misleading information in his or her education records
be amended. While a school is not required to amend education records in accordance with an eligible student's request, the school
is required to consider the request. If the school decides not to amend a record in accordance with an eligible student's request,
the school must inform the student of his or her right to a hearing on the matter. If, as a result of the hearing, the school still
decides not to amend the record, the eligible student has the right to insert a statement in the record setting forth his or her views.
That statement must remain with the contested part of the eligible student's record for as long as the record is maintained.
However, while the FERPA amendment procedure may be used to challenge facts that are inaccurately recorded, it may not be
used to challenge a grade, an opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about an eligible student. FERPA was intended
to require only that schools conform to fair record keeping practices and not to override the accepted standards and procedures for
making academic assessments, disciplinary rulings, or placement determinations. Thus, while FERPA affords eligible students the
right to seek to amend education records which contain inaccurate information, this right cannot be used to challenge a grade or
an individual's opinion, or a substantive decision made by a school about a student. Additionally, if FERPA's amendment procedures
are not applicable to an eligible student's request for amendment of education records, the school is not required under FERPA to
hold a hearing on the matter.
3. Disclosure of Education Records
Under FERPA, a school may not generally disclose personally identifiable information from an eligible student's education records
to a third party unless the eligible student has provided written consent. However, there are a number of exceptions to FERPA's
prohibition against non-consensual disclosure of personally identifiable information from education records. Under these exceptions,
schools are permitted to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent, though they are not
required to do so. Following is general information regarding some of these exceptions.
One of the exceptions to the prior written consent requirement in FERPA allows "school officials," including teachers, within a school
to obtain access to personally identifiable information contained in education records provided the school has determined that they
have "legitimate educational interest" in the information. Although the term "school official" is not defined in the statute or
regulations, this Office generally interprets the term to include parties such as: professors; instructors; administrators; health staff;
counselors; attorneys; clerical staff; trustees; members of committees and disciplinary boards; and a contractor, volunteer or other
party to whom the school has outsourced institutional services or functions.
A school must inform eligible students of how it defines the terms "school official" and "legitimate educational interest" in its annual
notification of FERPA rights. A school official generally has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an
education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Additional information about the annual notification of rights
is found below in this guidance document.
Another exception permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from an eligible student's education records,
without consent, to another school in which the student seeks or intends to enroll. The sending school may make the disclosure if
it has included in its annual notification of rights a statement that it forwards education records in such circumstances. Otherwise,
the sending school must make a reasonable attempt to notify the student in advance of making the disclosure, unless the student
has initiated the disclosure. The school must also provide an eligible student with a copy of the records that were released if
requested by the student.
FERPA also permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the
disclosure is in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received, if the information
is necessary for such purposes as to: determine the eligibility for the aid; determine the amount of the aid; determine the conditions
for the aid; and/or enforce the terms and conditions of the aid. With respect to this exception, the term "financial aid" means
payment of funds provided to an individual (or payment in kind of tangible or intangible property to the individual) that is
conditioned on the individual's attendance at a school.
43 | P a g e
Another exception permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the
disclosure is to the parents of a "dependent student" as that term is defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code. Generally,
if either parent has claimed the student as a dependent on the parent's most recent year's income tax statement, the school may
non-consensually disclose the eligible student's education records to both parents under this exception.
Postsecondary institutions may also disclose personally identifiable information from education records, without consent, to
appropriate parties, including parents of an eligible student, in connection with a health or safety emergency. Under this provision,
colleges and universities may notify parents when there is a health or safety emergency involving their son or daughter, even if
the parents do not claim the student as a dependent.
FERPA also permits a school to disclose personally identifiable information from education records without consent when the
disclosure is to the parents of a student at a postsecondary institution regarding the student's violation of any Federal, State, or
local law, or of any rule or policy of the institution, governing the use or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance. The school
may non-consensually disclose information under this exception if the school determines that the student has committed a
disciplinary violation with respect to that use or possession and the student is under 21 years of age at the time of the disclosure
to the parent.
Another exception permits a school to non-consensually disclose personally identifiable information from a student's education
records when such information has been appropriately designated as directory information. "Directory information" is defined as
information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy
if disclosed. Directory information could include information such as the student's name, address, e-mail address, telephone listing,
photograph, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and
height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended, grade level or year (such as freshman or junior), and enrollment status (undergraduate or graduate;
full-time or part-time).
A school may disclose directory information without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information it has designated
as directory information, the eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within
which an eligible student has to notify the school that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated
as directory information. Also, FERPA does not require a school to notify eligible students individually of the types of information it
has designated as directory information. Rather, the school may provide this notice by any means likely to inform eligible students
of the types of information it has designated as directory information.
There are several other exceptions to FERPA's prohibition against non-consensual disclosure of personally identifiable information
from education records, some of which are briefly mentioned below. Under certain conditions (specified in the FERPA regulations),
a school may non-consensually disclose personally identifiable information from education records:
•
•
•
•
•
To authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, the Attorney General of the United
States, the U.S. Secretary of Education, and State and local educational authorities for audit or evaluation of Federal or
State supported education programs, or for the enforcement of or compliance with Federal legal requirements that
relate to those programs;
To organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of the school making the disclosure for the purposes of
administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, or improving instruction;
To comply with a judicial order or a lawfully issued subpoena;
To the victim of an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or a non-forcible sex offense concerning the final results of
a disciplinary hearing with respect to the alleged crime; and
To any third party the final results of a disciplinary proceeding related to a crime of violence or non-forcible sex offense
if the student who is the alleged perpetrator is found to have violated the school's rules or policies. The disclosure of the
final results only includes: the name of the alleged perpetrator, the violation committed, and any sanction imposed
against the alleged perpetrator. The disclosure must not include the name of any other student, including a victim or
witness, without the written consent of that other student.
As stated above, conditions specified in the FERPA regulations at 34 CFR § 99. 31 have to be met before a school may nonconsensually disclose personally identifiable information from education records in connection with any of the exceptions
mentioned above.
4. Annual Notification of Rights
Under FERPA, a school must annually notify eligible students in attendance of their rights under FERPA. The annual notification
must include information regarding an eligible student's right to inspect and review his or her education records, the right to seek
to amend the records, the right to consent to disclosure of personally identifiable information from the records (except in certain
circumstances), and the right to file a complaint with the Office regarding an alleged failure by a school to comply with FERPA. It
must also inform eligible students of the school's definitions of the terms "school official" and "legitimate educational interest."
FERPA does not require a school to notify eligible students individually of their rights under FERPA. Rather, the school may provide
the notice by any means likely to inform eligible students of their rights. Thus, the annual notification may be published by various
means, including any of the following: in a schedule of classes; in a student handbook; in a calendar of school events; on the
school's website (though this should not be the exclusive means of notification); in the student newspaper; and/or posted in a
central location at the school or various locations throughout the school. Additionally, some schools include their directory
information notice as part of the annual notice of rights under FERPA.
44 | P a g e
5. Complaint Regarding Access
If an eligible student believes that a school has failed to comply with his or her request for access to education records, the student
may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date of the request for access to
the education records; the name of the school official to whom the request was made (a dated copy of any written request to the
school should be provided, if possible); the response of the school official, if any; and the specific nature of the information
requested.
6. Complaint Regarding Amendment
If an eligible student believes that a school has failed to comply with his or her request for amendment of inaccurate information
in education records or failed to offer the student an opportunity for a hearing on the matter, the student may complete a FERPA
complaint form and should include the following specific information: the date of the request for amendment of the education
records; the name of the school official to whom the request was made (a dated copy of any written request to the school should
be provided, if possible); the response of the school official, if any; the specific nature of the inaccurate information for which
amendment was requested; and evidence provided to the school to support the assertion that such information is inaccurate.
7. Complaint Regarding Disclosure
If an eligible student believes that a school has improperly disclosed personally identifiable information from his or her education
records to a third party, the student may complete a FERPA complaint form and should include the following specific information:
the date or approximate date the alleged disclosure occurred or the date the student learned of the disclosure; the name of the
school official who made the disclosure, if that is known; the third party to whom the disclosure was made; and the specific nature
of the education records disclosed.
This guidance document is designed to provide eligible students with some general information regarding FERPA and their rights,
and to address some of the basic questions most frequently asked by eligible students. You can review the FERPA regulations,
frequently asked questions, significant opinions of the Office, and other information regarding FERPA at our Website as follows:
www.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/index.html
4T
4T
If, after reading this guidance document, you have questions regarding FERPA which are not addressed here, you may write to
the Office at the following address:
Contact Information:
Family Policy Compliance Office/U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202-8520
PSI Student Procedure for Access of Academic Record
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Student must submit a written request to PSI’s Registrar.
Within 45 days, the Registrar will schedule a date and time for the student to review his or her educational (academic)
file.
The Registrar will proctor the student’s review of the educational (academic) file and answer appropriate questions.
The student cannot remove anything from the file.
Copies will not be made of items in the file, unless the student lives a great distance from the school and then there will
be a charge per page for copying.
Students will be given a chance to have records amended or withhold disclosure of information.
Students cannot seek to change a grade or disciplinary action.
Students cannot seek to change the opinion of a school official or other persons reflected in an educational record.
The student has the right to place a statement to be kept and disclosed with the record, if as a result of a hearing the
school still decides not to amend to the record.
The educational (academic) files of all currently enrolled students are kept in fireproof files in the Registrar’s office. The files are
locked except when in use by the administration. Student files are reviewed each quarter by the Registrar to maintain
completeness. All graduated, terminated, or withdrawn student’s files are kept for a period of 5 years in a fireproof file cabinet in
the main filing room on campus.
After 5 years, the student academic file is purged and PSI maintains a hard copy of the student’s attendance record and official
transcript indefinitely. PSI has a computerized student tracking system which maintains permanent records of all students’
enrollments, grades, transcripts; graduation, withdrawal and termination information.
Access to student educational (academic) records by the administration is on a need-to-know basis only. Student files are also
used for statistical reports required by certain agencies, governmental requirements and higher education.
45 | P a g e
PSI Procedure for Academic Accommodations due to a Documented Disability
(Revised 03-24-2016)
In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act any student that has a documented disability will be granted reasonable
accommodations for that specific disability. Unlike local school districts, post-secondary schools are not required to identify the
applicant or student as having a disability or assess the student’s needs.
The student must inform PSI prior to needing the academic adjustment in the classroom/lab/clinical that he or she has a
disability and needs academic accommodations.
The accommodation request will be reviewed by the Dean of Education (DOE), the appropriate Program Director and the Campus
Director. The DOE and the appropriate Program Director, and the Campus Director will form the ADA Research Committee.
PSI Overall Section 504 Coordinator the Dean of Education, Kim Osburn, to develop a reasonable accommodation plan for
the student.
Enrolled students: It is recommended that enrolled students requesting academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services
should complete the following steps at least ten (10) days prior to needing academic adjustment.
Academic adjustment cannot be retroactive in the classroom as PSI was not aware accommodations were needed.
Students requesting academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services should complete the following steps during their
admissions process so that a Plan of Action (POA) can be completed prior to their first day of class.
New onset disability; students who during their enrollment have a newly developed disability should begin the steps as soon as
documentation can be provided to the ADA committee.
Step 1:
Complete Request Form.
Complete Disability Academic Accommodations Form (DAAF). This form may be obtained at the front desk, from an Admission
Representative or by emailing a request for the form to DOE. The front desk is the entrance-way receptionist desk immediately
following the front door entrance at 1505 Holland Rd., Maumee, Ohio, 43537; the Admissions Representatives are located by the
front desk.
Step 2:
Submit hardcopy documentation.
Submit to DOE and ADA Research Committee the completed DAAF along with all documentation of disability and any documents
that support disability or that could assist with the academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services. It is recommended that
enrolled students requesting academic adjustments and auxiliary aids and services should complete the following steps at least ten
(10) days prior to needing academic adjustment. Documentation should be submitted to the receptionist at the front desk who will
date stamp the form and submit them to the DOE. Email documentation will not be accepted for this step.
Step 3: ADA Research Committee Review.
The ADA Research Committee will review documentation and schedule a personal meeting with the student within 5 business days
of the stamped date to discuss the student’s disability. At this time the committee may request additional documentation from the
student or applicant. The committee will verify all documentation presented for authenticity. Providing the committee with false
information is grounds for termination of an enrollment or denial of acceptance into PSI.
Step 4: Plan of Action (POA)
The ADA Research Committee will develop a Plan of Action that will be provided to the student on a timely basis but no longer than
10 days of the time stamped on the DAAF and shall be concurrently provided to the appropriate faculty member(s) with notice
that:
(1)
(2)
(3)
They must contact the DOE should they disagree with the student’s academic adjustments or services for that particular
course;
No individual instructor shall have unilateral authority to deny a student an academic adjustment and/or auxiliary aid or
services approved by DOE; and
Any additional process for resolving faculty disputes over what or how adjustments or aids are to be provided for a
course will include the student. PSI ADA Research Committee shall update and include in the student’s file the date(s) of
request(s) for adjustments of services, the nature of each request and supporting documentation, the reason(s) for any
denials, and a summary of the process that occurred between PSI and the student.
Step 5: Begin the Grievance Procedure
If the student believes he or she has been discriminated against, or otherwise wishes to challenge any denial of his or her requests
for academic adjustments or services, said applicants and or student shall utilize the PSI Disability Discrimination Grievance
Procedure.
46 | P a g e
PSI Discrimination Grievance Procedure
(Revised 09-19-2015)
I. Introduction
Professional Skills Institute (“PSI”) is an equal opportunity educational institution and complies with all federal, state, and local
laws guaranteeing the rights of persons to be free from unlawful discrimination including, but not limited to, Title VI of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973; and the Americans with Disabilities Act. Section 504 states, in part, that “no otherwise qualified disabled
individual…. shall solely by reason of his/her disability, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be denied
the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal finance assistance…” A copy of
this policy and procedure are contained on the policies page of the website at http://www.proskills.edu/grievance.
3T
3T
The purpose of these procedures is to provide the process for addressing student claims of discrimination based upon race, disability,
gender, national origin, and age and sex discrimination grievances.
Student grievances concerning grades are not within the scope of these procedures and should be submitted pursuant to the faculty
grievance procedures set forth in the PSI Academic Catalog.
II. Definitions
A.
Grievance: Grievance means a complaint alleging incidents of discrimination, and incidents of discrimination regarding
procedure or practice which would be prohibited by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education
Amendments of 1972.
B.
Grievant: Grievant means a student who submits a grievance of discrimination relevant to Americans with Disabilities
Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964;
and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972.
C.
Respondent: Respondent means any PSI officer, administrator, faculty or staff member acting in their official capacity,
or PSI student and alleged to be responsible for the violation(s) alleged in a grievance. The term may be used to designate
persons with direct responsibility for a particular action or those persons with supervisory responsibility for procedures
and policies in those areas covered in the grievance. In addition, a respondent may also include any third party affiliate
of PSI, which is included in PSI’s grievance procedure.
D.
PSI Overall Section 504 Coordinator: The Overall Section 504 Coordinator is the individual designated to receive,
investigate and to report to the President or his/her designee the grievance for PSI. The Overall Section 504 Coordinator
is Kim Osburn, and may be reached at 419-720-6670, 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, OH 43537, or by email
[email protected].
3T
E.
3T
PSI Additional Section 504 Coordinators:
The Additional (Program) Section 504 Coordinators are:
•
Mary Wells, Director of Compliance
•
Deanna Lamb, PTA Program Director
•
Annette Martin, PN Program Director
Duties of the Overall Section 504 Coordinator and Additional Program Section 504 Coordinators are:




Initiate the commencement of documentation, including but not limited to, gathering of information as to who, what,
where, when and why.
Meet with student.
Initiate a plan of action, if needed.
Monitor students’ progress for 504 accommodations.
III. Filing of Grievance
A.
Eligibility for Filing: Any PSI student may file a grievance relating to claims of discrimination under the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) or the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title VII of the Civil Rights
Act of 1964; and Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972.
B.
Pre-Grievance Meeting: Prior to the filing of a written grievance, the grievant should first consult with and have a pregrievance meeting with persons with immediate supervisory authority related to the grievance. The pre-grievance meeting
is completely voluntary, and the grievant may file a grievance under the Formal Grievance Procedure set forth below at
any time. Under the pre-grievance procedure, the grievant and the immediate supervisory authority will discuss a
complaint. If the matter cannot be resolved informally at this level, a written grievance may be submitted to the Overall
Section 504 Coordinator referenced in Section D of the definitions section II.
47 | P a g e
IV. Formal Grievance Procedure
A.
Grievance Filing: All grievances shall be in writing and shall provide the following information:
(1) Name, address and telephone number of grievant (s);
(2) The nature, date and description of the alleged violation(s);
(3) The name(s) of the person or persons responsible for the alleged violation(s);
(4) The requested relief for corrective action; and
(5) Any background information the grievant believes to be relevant.
B.
Time Limit for Grievance Filing: A grievance must be filed within 180 days of the alleged violation. Where necessary and
based on the nature of the allegation, PSI may take immediate interim measures to prevent additional discrimination while
the investigation is proceeding. Such interim measures shall be designed to not burden the complainant.
C.
Notification of Respondent(s): Upon receipt of a formal grievance, the Overall Section 504 Coordinator shall send the
respondent a copy of the complaint and ask the respondent to reply to the charges within 15 calendar days. The respondent
will be specifically warned not to retaliate against the grievant in any way. Retaliation will subject the respondent to
disciplinary action. The response should include any denial, in whole or part, of the charges.
D.
Investigation: Upon receipt of a grievance submitted the Overall Section 504 Coordinator also will notify the grievant of
the receipt of the grievance and the initiation of an investigation into the matter. The Overall Section 504 Coordinator will
also indicate a date by which it is expected that the investigation will be completed, which date shall not be later than 45
days from the date of receipt of the grievance unless a later date is agreed to by the grievant. The investigation shall
invite the grievant and the respondent to present witnesses.
E.
Completion of Investigation: Upon completion of the investigation, the Overall Section 504 Coordinator shall prepare a
report for review by the President or his/her designee. The President or his/her designee shall render a written decision
within 10 days of receipt of the Overall Section 504 Coordinator report, if practicable or unless a later date is agreed to by
the grievant, which decision shall be transmitted to the grievant and/or alternate contact person if so designated by the
grievant.
F.
Appeal of Written Decision: Upon making the final decision, the individual shall transmit it in writing to both the grievant
and respondent. Either party may submit to the individual designated to make the final decision, within 10 days of receiving
the final decision, an appeal explaining why they believe they have been treated arbitrarily, capriciously, inequitably or in
an unfair, unlawful or discriminatory manner.
G.
Maintenance of Written Grievance Records: Records shall be kept of each grievance process. These shall include, at a
minimum: the written grievance complaint filed by the grievant, the written response filed by the respondent, and the
written finding(s) and/or recommendations of the Overall Section 504 Coordinator. A file of these records shall be
maintained in the office of the Dean of Education at 1505 Holland Road, Maumee, OH 43537. These records shall not refer
to any specific individuals and shall be treated as confidential unless their disclosure is required by law.
H.
Retaliation: No person shall be subjected to retaliation for having utilized or having assisted others in the utilization of
this grievance process. PSI shall initiate any and all necessary steps to prevent recurrence of any discrimination and to
correct its discriminatory effects on the grievant and others if appropriate.
Correspondence Courses
Correspondence courses for general education requirements taken from accredited colleges are transferrable. If you are considering
a correspondence course to fulfill general education requirements, make an appointment with the Dean of Education or the Registrar
to gain approval.
Experiential Learning/Advanced Placement /Ability to Benefit
PSI does not accept credit(s) for prior life learning experience(s). PSI does not accept advanced placement, ability to benefit
students, or grant credit for experiential learning.
Transportation
The student is responsible for providing his/her own transportation for all learning experiences associated with the classroom,
externships, nursing clinical rotations, PTA clinical practicum and all off campus educational experiences. Students must maintain
individual automobile liability coverage and be able to drive up to 90 minutes to a clinical location.
48 | P a g e
Malpractice Insurance
All enrolled students, regardless of the program, are covered under a blanket professional malpractice insurance that is
automatically started when the student enrolls at PSI and ends with the completion of the program. Coverage includes $1,000,000
per occurrence, $5,000,000 aggregate. The fee for this insurance is included in the required fees for the program and is subject
to change.
Student Health Services
No health services are offered at PSI except first aid, if necessary. The Emergency Medical System, 9-1-1, is utilized if serious
illness or injuries occur. This policy includes time in the classroom, learning lab, and clinical.
If necessary, the student will be transported to a medical facility by EMS and the student’s emergency contact person will be called.
If a student is injured at the school or a clinical/externship site, any expenses are the responsibility of the student.
Transfer of Credit/Proficiency
Transfer of credits will be accepted at the discretion of the Dean of Education (DOE) and the specific Program Director for courses
that are compatible with the student’s program requirements.
The student may take one (1) proficiency examination per course in an effort to gain credit for a course. The proficiency exam
must be taken prior to the course being offered. If a student fails the course, the student may not attempt a proficiency exam in
lieu of taking the course for a second time. A proficiency exam may not be taken to override a failed grade in any course.
College of Allied Health (AH) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency
To qualify as an AH transfer credit or proficiency testing for credit:

Approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better will
be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit.

Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better may
request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and to receive
credit for the course.

Approved General Education courses (6) taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed
with a “C” or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit.
General Education credits will be reviewed by the General Education Coordinator for approval.

A Proficiency Test may be requested for MED103/103-M Keyboarding without proof on a college transcript if he/she is
proficient in keyboarding, MS Windows, MS Word and/or MS Office.

A Proficiency Test may be requested for MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I without proof on a college transcript if
he/she has proof of appropriate health care licensure.

All transfer credits must be approved by the DOE. The DOE may require a course syllabus for review of compatibility, for
all courses not previously approved.

The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the AH diploma programs is 18 quarter credits.

The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the AH associate degree program is 25 quarter credits.

To receive a transfer credit, the student must submit an official college transcript and a Transfer Credit Request Form, 10
days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student’s academic file prior to
the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety.

There is a $50 proficiency testing fee required for each proficiency exam; payment is due prior to testing. To receive credit
by proficiency, each exam must be passed with a minimum of 80%; less than 80%, no credit will be given. Proficiency
exams must be taken prior to the start date of the quarter in which the course is required.

Military Transfer Credit Policy–For individuals with experience in the armed forces of the United States, the National Guard,
or reserve component, PSI will review the individual’s documented military education and skills training to determine
whether any of the education and/or training is equivalent to the Allied Health programs curriculum. If the military
education and/or skills training are substantially equivalent, PSI will award credit to the individual.
49 | P a g e
AH Approved Courses for Transfer Credit:
MED101/101-M Medical Law & Ethics
MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I
MED154/154-M Computer Applications
MTH101 Basic Mathematics
MTH102 Business Mathematics
PSY101 Introduction to Psychology
MED116/116-M Medical Terminology II
MED136/136-M Anatomy & Physiology II
MED102/102-M Medical Terminology I
MED135/135-M Anatomy & Physiology I
AH Approved Courses for Proficiency Credit:
School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency
To qualify as a PTA transfer credit or proficiency testing for credit:

Approved General Education courses (3) taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed
with a “C” or better will be accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit.

Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or better and
resulted in the awarding of a degree, may be acceptable for transfer credit.

Certain approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last ten (10) years and passed with a “C” or
better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the material and
to receive credit for the course.

All transfer credits must be approved by the PTA Program Director. The PTA Program Director may require a course
syllabus for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved.

The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the PTA associate degree program is 25 quarter
credits.

To receive a transfer credit, the student must submit an official college transcript and a Transfer Credit Request Form,
10 days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student’s academic file
prior to the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety.


In the case of KIN101 Kinesiology I and KIN201 Kinesiology II, the student must demonstrate comparable course work
with a lab component that includes Manual Muscle Testing and goniometry.

whether any of the education and/or training is equivalent to the PTA curriculum. If the military education and/or skills
training are substantially equivalent, PSI will award credit to the individual.
PTA Approved Courses for Transfer Credit:
PSY101
BIO101
Introduction to Psychology
Medical Terminology
PTA Approved Courses for Proficiency Credit:
BIO102 Anatomy & Physiology I
BIO307 Growth & Development
BIO103 Anatomy & Physiology II
KIN101 Kinesiology I
BIO306 Fundamentals of Disease
KIN201 Kinesiology II
50 | P a g e
School of Practical Nursing (PN) - Guidelines for Transfer Credit/Proficiency
To qualify as a PN transfer credit or proficiency testing for credit:

Approved courses taken from an accredited institution within the last five (5) years and passed with a “C” or better will be
accepted as a transfer credit. PSI cannot accept PNP (pass no points) for transfer credit.

Approved courses taken from an accredited institution that are over five (5) years but within ten (10) years and passed
with a “C” or better may request to take a Proficiency Test with a required passing grade of 80% to prove retention of the
material and to receive credit for the course.

A course taken over ten (10) years ago must be retaken. No proficiency exam will be given.

All transfer credits must be approved by the PN Program Director. The PN Program Director may require a course syllabus
for review of compatibility, for all courses not previously approved.

The maximum number of transfer/proficiency credits accepted into the PN diploma program is 18 quarter credits.

To receive a transfer credit, the student must submit an official college transcript and a Transfer Credit Request Form, 10
days prior to the start of the course requesting credit. If an official transcript is not in the student’s academic file prior to
the start date of the course the student will be required to take the course in its entirety.


whether any of the education and/or training is equivalent to the Practical Nurse curriculum. If the military education
and/or skills training are substantially equivalent, PSI will award credit to the individual.
PN Approved Courses for Transfer Credit:
PN Approved Courses for Proficiency Credit:
103-H Anatomy & Physiology I
203-H Anatomy & Physiology II
Procedure for Proficiency Exams-All Programs
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Submit an official college transcript(s).
Complete a Proficiency Exam Request Form and submit to the Dean of Education and/or the Program Director for review.
(Proficiency Exam Request Forms are available from an Admissions Representative, or the Registrar.)
If approved, the Proficiency exam fee is $50 per exam. The fee is to be paid at the front desk.
The exam fee must be paid up-front and cannot be added to the student’s account, regardless of the student’s account
balance. The fee may be paid in the form of a money order, debit or credit card to confirm a testing date.
The Administrative Assistant at the front desk will give the student a copy of the paid fee.
The Registrar will receive a copy of the paid receipt. The Registrar will then contact the student regarding when and
where the proficiency test will be given. Proficiency tests will not be given unless paid-in-full prior to taking the test.
To receive credit by proficiency exam, the student must pass with a grade of at least 80 percent.
Notification of proficiency exam results will be available within 2 days of completing the exam. Students will be able to
discuss their test results but cannot review actual test.
The Proficiency test is retained in student’s academic file.
Questions regarding proficiency exams should be addressed to the Registrar.
51 | P a g e
Grading Policy
Student’s academic progress is monitored and unsatisfactory progress will result in dismissal from the program. Instructors’
meetings are held at least once a month to review academic and attendance concerns. All efforts will be made to help a student
having academic difficulties. Students cannot arrange to do additional work to change final grade.
PSI Grading is based on the following:
A
B
C
D
F
92.5% - 100.0%
84.5% - 92.4 %
76.5% - 84.4%
69.5% - 76.4%
69.4% or below
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
Grade
Grade
Grade
Grade
Point
Point
Point
Point
CR =
Transfer of course credit from another school or proof of certification. There is no letter grade given for the transfer credit.
The transfer credit course is not calculated in the accumulative grade point average (GPA). The transfer credit course is
calculated in the accumulative attempted credit hours.
I=
Incomplete (all course work must be completed by the end of the sixth week of the next quarter or the incomplete will
change to an “F”. An incomplete taken for a PN clinical rotation must be completed within the last 5 weeks of the next
quarter.
W=
Withdrawal
Letter grades are given for each course on the student’s academic transcript based on PSI grading scale.
A
B
C
D
F
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
4.0
to 3.99
to 2.99
to 1.99
to 0.99
Excellence
Above Average
Average
Below Average
Failing
Grade Point Average (GPA) Calculation:
The GPA is the basis for calculating scholastic standing and is obtained by dividing the total number of points earned by the total
number of quarter credit hours attempted. Points are assigned for each quarter hour of credit earned according to PSI grading
system.
Failure of a Course with Lab Competency Component:
In courses where there is a lab competency component of the grade, the didactic component must be passed with a 76.5 percent
or better and the lab competency must be passed at a satisfactory level, or the student will have to repeat the course in its entirety.
The student will be given the opportunity to repeat the entire course, the next time it is offered, in an attempt to achieve a passing
grade.
Incomplete (I):
A letter grade of “I” is given when a student cannot complete course work due to extenuating circumstances. The student will
meet with the Program Coordinator, Program Director or Dean of Education to make arrangements to complete the course work
within the first six (6) weeks of the next quarter. An incomplete taken for a PN clinical rotation must be completed within the last
5 weeks of the next quarter. The student will receive an “I” on his/her transcript until the course work is completed. The “I”
converts to an “F”, if the work is not completed. Students are not permitted to withdraw from any course for which an “I” grade
has been issued. If the student receives a “D” or “F” the course must be repeated.
Academic Transcripts
Instructors submit final grades, to the Registrar, on the last day of the quarter. The Registrar enters the final grades into the
student tracking system. If a student has not completed the course an “I” is recorded by the Registrar. The Registrar forwards
the transcripts to the Dean of Education for review, approval, and when necessary to do an appropriate plan of study (POS) or to
address concerns.
Student transcripts are issued to all students by Friday of the first week of each quarter, which is approximately two weeks from
the last day of class. Transcripts will not be available prior to this day. Students will not be given grades over the phone and
cannot receive transcripts early.
Final transcripts will be available to all students by Friday of the first week of each quarter; or when requested by the student.
During the graduation ceremony all graduates receive an official transcript along with his/her additional graduation documents.
52 | P a g e
Students wishing to receive additional official transcripts may do so by completing a Transcript Request Form, which is available
from the Registrar, at the front desk at PSI or online at www.proskills.edu.
There is a charge of $3 for each additional official transcript. There is no charge for unofficial transcripts.
process the official transcript request within 10 days of receipt.
The Registrar will
The appropriate Program Director will process all requests for the purpose of licensing or certification exams within 10 days from
the receipt of the final transcript from the Registrar, which is approximately two weeks from the last day of class for students who
met graduation requirements.
Dean’s List
PSI’s Registrar will post a Dean’s List at the end of each quarter for students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.0 or
better on a 4.0 scale for the quarter.
To be considered for the dean’s list, students must carry no fewer than 10 quarter credit hours per quarter.
Graduation/Graduation Requirements
Graduation is held two (2) times a year. During this ceremony, degrees, diplomas, certificates, awards for Academic Excellence
(GPA of 4.0), Academic Honors (GPA of 3.0 to 3.99) and Perfect Attendance are presented. Providing all necessary grade
information is complete, final transcripts will be available at graduation. When grade information is incomplete, final transcripts
not received at graduation will be sent by mail when complete.
Graduation Requirements:
1.
2.
3.
Successful completion of all assignments, final examinations, externships, nursing rotations or clinical practicum with
required minimum passing score.
Payment in full of all tuition and fees owed to PSI.
Return of all property of PSI.
Questions regarding graduation or graduation requirements should be addressed to the Registrar.
Career Services
The Director of Career Services, along with the graduate, will work as a team to find employment.
employment or a minimum starting salary.
PSI does not guarantee
PSI students will have this career services available to then being upon enrollment.
During the final quarter of each program the students will also be provided career counseling through a job readiness course and/or
seminar. This includes resumes, job applications, cover letters, mock interviews and if needed updates on HIPAA and OSHA.
Student Registration
Newly Enrolled Student Registration:
Course registration for newly enrolled students is done during the Academic Orientation Meeting for each department.
Registration Form is completed by the student and returned to the Registrar.
The
Currently Enrolled Students:
During the tenth week of each quarter, the schedule for the next quarter is reviewed, updated, if needed, and available to all
currently enrolled students. Students pre-register for the following quarter. Upon successful completion of all courses in the
current quarter the Dean of Education (DOE) will approve registration for the upcoming quarter. Student billing is completed from
registration forms.
53 | P a g e
The pre-registration procedure is as follows:

Each student is issued a Registration Form from the Registrar during one of his/her class periods during the tenth week.
(All students pre-register for courses by using PSI registration form.)

The student checks the appropriate box for each course in which he/she chooses to preregister for the next quarter.

The student signs, dates the form, and returns it to the Registrar for submitting to the DOE for academic approval.

Upon receipt of final grades, the DOE will review the student’s academic transcript. If the student has successfully
passed all courses that he/she was registered and the quarterly GPA is above 2.0 the DOE will approve the student’s
registration.

Students who do not successfully complete courses will not have their pre-registration form signed, but will meet with
the Registrar to discuss appropriate plans of study.

Upon academic approval, the form is submitted to the Director of Financial Aid and Student Accounts Officer for financial
approval.

Upon financial approvals, each student will receive a completed copy of his/her registration form.

Approval signatures are required from all three before final registration approval is granted.
Failure to register for courses as outlined above may result in delayed progress in the program, as seats in a particular course
may become filled.
Changing Program Schedule:
Students should meet with the appropriate Program Director for academic counseling prior to adding or dropping a course to identify
any further repercussions for a schedule change.
Adding a Course:
Adding of a course must be done seven (7) days prior to the start date of a course. A Course Add Form must be completed to
make an official change in the registration. Forms may be obtained from the Registrar. All changes in schedules are made through
the Registrar to safeguard the accuracy of the student’s permanent record.
Dropping a Course:
Dropping of a course must be done prior to the first day of class. A Course Drop Form must be completed to make an official
change in the registration. Forms may be obtained from the Registrar. All changes in schedules are made through the Registrar
to safeguard the accuracy of the student’s permanent record.
Withdrawal from a Course/Program
Educational Policy:
A student who wishes to withdraw from a course or a program after the first day of the class must complete the following steps (in
order) to prevent error in the student’s financial aid, educational plan of study, or the student’s PSI account.
Note: If the student withdraws from his/her program anytime during the first week of the quarter, it will not be considered an
attempt at the course(s) for which he/she has registered. It will be considered the student’s first enrollment into the program.
Re-entry and course registration are based on seat availability.
Step 1: Schedule an appointment with the Director of Financial Aid.
The Director of Financial Aid will discuss with the student the intent to withdraw from a course or program and inform the student
regarding the possible repercussions of the withdrawal in regards to the student’s financial aid qualifications.
To withdraw from a course or program, a Withdrawal Form will be completed to make the change official. Withdrawal begins with
the Director of Financial Aid.
Upon completion of the meeting with the Director of Financial Aid, and if the student still wishes to withdraw, the Director of
Financial Aid will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. The student will then go to the next step.
Step 2: Meet with the appropriate Program Director.
The Program Director will discuss with the student the potential repercussions that could occur from the withdrawal from the course
or program regarding educational plans of study.
Upon completion of the meeting with the Program Director, the director will sign-off on the Withdrawal Form. The student will then
complete the third step.
Step 3: Meet with the Director of Finance/ Student Accounts Officer.
The student will meet with the Director of Finance/ Student Accounts Officer to review the student’s account and make arrangements
for payment of account or return of student funds to appropriate agencies.
54 | P a g e
Students should refer to this catalog to be advised on PSI’s published Institutional Refund Policy as to what will be owed to PSI
regarding tuition, books, and fees.
Upon completion of the meeting with the Director of Finance/ Student Accounts Officer, the officer will sign-off on the Withdrawal
Form.
Note: All three (3) approval signatures are required to make the withdrawal official and to assure that the student has been
properly advised about the decision to withdraw from a course or program.
Step 4: The student will receive a copy of the signed Withdrawal Form. The original will be maintained in the student academic
file which is maintained by the Registrar.
Grading for withdrawal from a course or program:
Official withdrawal prior to the 61% point of the course will be recorded on the student’s academic record as a “W” for a grade and
is not calculated in the student’s GPA.
The student will receive a grade of “F” for withdrawals after completion of the 61% point of the course and this will be calculated
in the student’s GPA.
Part-Time Status
The professional curriculum of each program is structured so that each successive quarter is built on information, knowledge, skills
and attitudes obtained in the previous quarters. Students are thus encouraged to maintain full-time status to complete the
curriculum.
However, there may be situations when a student due to medical or personal reasons needs to assume a part-time status. If this
situation presents itself, the student will meet with the applicable Program Director to design an appropriate schedule of study.
Note: PTA students have very limited part-time program availability due to enrolling in April and October of each year.
Procedure for Part-Time Status:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The student should schedule an appointment with the applicable Program Director to discuss his/her intent to go from fulltime to part-time status. At this meeting the student will discuss his/her reasons for requesting a part-time schedule.
Students will be encouraged to maintain a full-time schedule whenever possible.
If a full-time schedule cannot be maintained, the Program Director will work with the Dean of Education (DOE). To prepare
a Plan of Study (POS) for the student that will outline how and when the student will complete his/her program.
The student’s POS is then submitted to the Dean of Education for review and final academic approval.
With educational approval the POS is then submitted to the Director of Financial Aid who reviews the request with the
student.
Students who are on part-time schedule may face registration restrictions. Registration for individual courses limited to
the availability of seats for that course.
Students who cannot maintain the part-time POS will have to withdraw from the program and re-enter at a later date.
If the student chooses not to re-enter into the withdrawn program, they have the option of enrollment into a new program
at PSI.
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
Satisfactory Academic Progress for all Students: (Revised July 2016)
The Institute’s Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards measure each student’s quantitative (pace) and qualitative (grade
point average) progress toward the completion of the student’s program of study. The SAP standards are used primarily to
determine a student’s eligibility to receive federal financial aid under Title IV of the Higher Education Act; however, the SAP
standards are applied to all students and represent a minimum standard of academic achievement required by the Institute for
continued enrollment. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is required for all programs and all students, regardless of financial
aid status.
The Institute’s SAP standards measure a student’s satisfactory academic progress at the end of each quarter’s (12-week period)
grading periods. The Institute provides a transcript report from the Registrar via the student mailboxes to each student at the end
of each grading period. The transcript includes the student’s grades earned in each course attempted. The transcripts will also
provide cumulative information for all credits attempted and completed and a cumulative grade point average at the end of each
grading period.
Satisfactory Progress is necessary to maintain enrollment, to be eligible for Title IV Federal Student Aid Programs, as well as funding
through many Non-Title IV Financial Aid Programs. Therefore, to continue as a student in good standing at PSI, the following SAP
standards must be maintained.
55 | P a g e
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is defined by the following criteria:
1.
Academic--Maintaining a minimum quarterly grade point average (GPA) of 2.0. GPAs are calculated at the end of each 12week period, when all final grades have been entered.
2.
Attendance--Completing eight-five percent (85%) of the total quarterly registered credit clock hours. Attendance is taken
each class period. There are no excused absences. Attendance percentages are calculated at the end of each 12-week
period or at any time deemed necessary to assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress.
During the student’s last academic quarter (quarter 4 for Allied Health diploma and quarter 6 for AMA, quarter 6 for
Practical Nursing; and quarter 7 for Physical Therapist Assisting) the attendance requirement is 85% attendance for each
individual course. There are no excused absences. If the student does not maintain the 85% course attendance
requirement, the student will be attendance terminated and receive a grade of “F” for the course. The course will have to
be repeated the next time it is offered at an additional tuition fee.
3.
Maximum Time-Frame--Completing the program within the 150% maximum time-frame of the published length and/or
the quantitative measure which is the total number of credits required for completion of the educational program.
Maximum time frame is not to exceed 150% of the normal length, in which the educational objective must be successfully
completed. The maximum time frame is to be divided into increments, during which a minimum percentage of the work
is to be completed.
Example:
Program
AMA
MA
MBCS
PhT
PN
PTA
Current Program Total Credits
*Maximum Allowed Attempted Credits
102.5
87.0
76.0
81.0
123.5
109.0
153.75
130.5
114.0
121.5
185.25
163.5
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
max credits that can be attempted
*Attempted credits include transfer credits, withdrawals and failed courses for an individual program.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Warnings, Probations, Terminations and Appeals:
If a student is in danger of falling below Satisfactory Academic Progress guidelines, the following warnings, probations or
terminations will be issued.
Academic:
1.
Academic Warning:
The student will be notified by the course instructor via the Academic Warning Form when their course grade falls
below 76.5%. Tutoring will be offered. This warning is to alert the student to take immediate action to bring up
the unsatisfactory grade. Each student is fully responsible for monitoring his/her grades and to ask for assistance
from the course instructor when they feel help is needed.
2.
Academic Probation:
GPAs are calculated at the end of each 12-week period, when all final grades have been entered. Students with
a GPA below the minimum of 2.0 will be placed on academic probation for the next 12 weeks. The students will
review and sign an Academic Probation Form that states the dates of probation, specific conditions for
reinstatement of SAP and termination results for not achieving a 2.0 quarterly GPA during the probation period.
3.
Academic Termination:
The student’s academic performance will be closely monitored. If at the end of the stated time, the quarterly
(term) GPA is not 2.0 or higher, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be
placed on academic probation for two (2) consecutive quarters. If this is the student’s first enrollment attempt
at this program, and the student is terminated, they may apply for re-entry into their program after waiting one
full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account balance to apply for re-entry. The student will be
required to meet all current admission requirements and be re-accepted in the program.
Attendance:
1.
Attendance Warning:
Attendance is taken each class period and recorded by the course instructor for review by the Registrar, Dean of
Education and Director of Financial Aid. There are no excused absences. Attendance percentages are calculated
at any time deemed necessary to assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress. The student
will be notified by the Registrar via the Attendance Warning Form when the student’s attendance exceeds 10%
of completing one hundred percent (100%) of the total quarterly registered credit clock hours. This warning is
to alert the student to take immediate action to bring their attendance into compliance.
56 | P a g e
2.
Attendance Probation:
Attendance percentages are calculated at the end of each 12-week period or at any time deemed necessary to
assure the student is maintaining satisfactory attendance progress. Students whose quarterly attendance is
below the minimum 85% will be placed on attendance probation for the next quarter or 12 weeks. The student
will review and sign an Attendance Probation Form that states the dates of probation, specific conditions for
reinstatement of SAP and termination results for not achieving the 85% quarterly attendance during the probation
period.
3.
Attendance Termination:
The student’s attendance performance will be closely monitored by the instructors and Registrar. If at the end
next quarter, the quarterly 85% attendance requirement is not maintained, the student will be terminated from
his/her enrollment. A student CANNOT be placed on attendance probation for two (2) consecutive quarters. The
student will be attendance terminated from his or her enrollment, if the student has been four (4) days no call,
no show to PSI.
If this is the student’s first enrollment attempt at this program, and the student is terminated, they may apply
for re-entry into their program after waiting one full quarter (12 weeks). The student must have a zero account
balance to apply for re-entry. The student will be required to meet all current admission requirements and be reaccepted in the program.
If a student is terminated, officially or unofficially withdraws from PSI, their last day of attendance is based
on the instructors’ attendance record (last day of educational activity) which reports the last day the student was
in class. This includes classroom and lab instruction, examinations and clinical experience. If a student stops
attending classes without officially withdrawing and has not attended classes for four consecutive days, the
student is terminated from his/her program. The last day of attendance is determined by the instructor’s
attendance records.
Maximum Time Frame:
1.
Maximum Time Frame Warning:
The Registrar, Dean of Education and the Director of Financial Aid will monitor student’s maximum time frame
requirements. If at any time the student becomes in danger of exceeding the maximum time, due to failed
courses and repeating courses, the student will be notified of the concern by one of the preceding persons via
the Maximum Time Frame Warning Form.
2.
Maximum Time Frame Termination:
Students who mathematically are unable to complete their program within the 150% maximum time-frame will
be terminated from his or her enrollment without an option for re-entry into that particular program as soon as
this is a known factor by the Dean of Education or the Director of Financial Aid.
3.
Effect of Attempted Credits on Maximum Time Frame:
All attempted credits have a direct effect on the calculation of the 150% maximum time frame to complete the student’s
program. Attempted credits include course withdrawals, repeated courses, transfer credits, and proficiency credits.
Attempted credits does not include non-credit courses, remedial courses, or have non-punitive (pass/fail) grades as PSI
does not offer this type of course or use the pass/fail in the grading system.
Satisfactory Academic Process (SAP) Appeal Notification:
SAP Appeal:
Students who wish to appeal the determination that they are not maintaining SAP must submit documentation to the program
director or coordinator. The program director or coordinator will request a hearing from the appeal committee, the Director of
Financial Aid and the Dean of Education to review the case.
In cases of extenuating documented circumstances, limited arrangements may be made. Each appeal will be handled on an
individual basis. Students will be allowed only one (1) appeal per program.
Attendance
Attendance Policy:
One hundred percent (100%) attendance for each course in which the student is registered is ideal for each quarter. Being late is
unacceptable.
Students are required to inform the school of any emergency absence or tardiness whether it be classroom or on a clinical practicum,
nursing rotation or externship.
57 | P a g e
All classes start promptly at the scheduled time. Students should be in class, ready to begin. If an emergency absence should
occur, it is necessary for the student to call the school within one (1) hour of the scheduled start time to let the school and the
instructor know why he/she will be late or not attending.
If the PN student is scheduled to be on the clinical unit, he/she must also contact the clinical unit in addition to the clinical instructor.
PN students who are a no call, no show for a clinical day, will be considered as an unexcused absence, and result in a failing grade
for the clinical. The course will have to be repeated in its entirety, at an additional tuition charge.
If a class is missed, the student is responsible for the missed material. All work missed must be made up to the instructor’s
satisfaction.
If a PN lab class is missed, the student will have to make-up the lab at an additional $75 make-up lab charge.
Attendance Monitoring Guidelines:
Time will be marked accordingly for any class time missed will be counted against the student’s total registered quarterly clock
hours. Attendance time will be adjusted for being late for a class, missing a class, or leaving class early. Each student is fully
responsible for keeping track of his/her attendance in each class.
Regular attendance and punctuality are a must. To maintain satisfactory attendance, students must be present for 85% of the
total registered quarterly clock hours.
PSI Leaves of Absence:
PSI does not grant LOAs (Leaves of Absences). This is with the exception of students, currently enlisted in the military service of
the United States or the National Guard, and who are currently in active duty status, as defined in ORC 3332.20.
Students requesting such a leave, must do so in writing, and must submit their request to the Dean of Education. Upon verification
of active duty status, PSI will grant the student a military LOA, for the time that they are in active duty status, and for up to one
(1) year after the conclusion of their service. During the time the student is on military LOA, they shall incur no academic or
financial penalties.
Students who have been terminated due to not maintaining SAP must begin the admissions process for Re-Entry, if they qualify.
Students who have withdrawn for any reason must begin the admissions process for re-entry, if they qualify.
Procedure for Handling Academic Difficulty
Academic Advisement--PSI offers academic advisement through the course instructor to discuss the completion of the registered
course. The instructor will discuss with the student any relevant academic concerns regarding the course. If the instructor is not
able to advise the student, the student should schedule an appointment with appropriate program director or coordinator.
Instructor Assistance--Instructors monitor academic performance throughout the quarter and notify the Dean of Education, or
appropriate program director or administrator, when a student drops below 76.5 percent for any course or lab.
A student having academic difficulty should contact the instructor first for tutoring. Group tutoring is offered by each instructor for
a scheduled date and time. Students are to contact the instructor for days and times.
Questions regarding academic difficulty should be addressed to the appropriate instructor.
page of the course syllabus.
Email addresses are found on the first
Group Sessions--Students in PSI programs are very focused individuals. As each group of students’ advance in the program they
tend to merge into a team determined to help each other to reach the goal. Study groups are a natural occurrence and the
instructors openly promote this. Any unused classroom or laboratory is offered to the groups. Models, videos and reference books
are also available upon request.
Dean of Education (DOE)-End of Quarter Review of Transcripts
The following guidelines apply to all programs offered by PSI:
All grades are reviewed by the Dean of Education (DOE) at the end of each quarter. The Registrar upon the completion of entering
final grades will give the DOE transcripts of students who have failed a course or courses for review for a POS or termination. The
DOE will review the student’s academic transcript and do an appropriate plan of study (POS) as needed.
Courses will be scheduled according to policy, availability and prerequisite requirements. All plans of study are at the discretion of
the DOE based on review of the student’s academic file and transcript.
In all programs a final grade of “D” is also considered a failure, as the lowest possible passing grade is a “C”. The lowest “C” in the
PN, PTA and AH programs is a 76.5 (%) percent.
58 | P a g e
PN Students: Due to limited available seating in the PN program, PSI will follow the process found in this Academic Catalog to
arrive at who will be eligible for the seats.
Academic Hold:
PSI offers a one-time academic hold due to PSI’s unavailability of courses or seats for the enrolled student to continue in his or her
program.
The Academic Hold period will be no longer that one (1) 12-week quarter. The Academic Hold period will not count against the
student’s maximum 150%-time frame to complete his or her program.
The DOE will review the student’s academic file, create a POS, and determine whether an Academic Hold can be offered.
Plans of Study (POS) for Failed Courses:
The DOE will review the student’s academic transcript and do an appropriate plan of study (POS) as needed referring to the
following guidelines.
1.
Failure of One (1) Course and Quarter GPA above 2.0:
If a student receives a failing final grade in one course in a quarter and the quarter GPA is above 2.0, the student will be
allowed to continue on a full-time schedule. The failed course must be repeated the next time it is offered. The student
will be required to take the failed course and will be limited to a maximum of two new courses.
If the one failed course is a nursing course with a lab/clinical component, that course must be taken and passed before
new courses will be scheduled, regardless of availability or prerequisites.
Due to the fact that the PTA starts in April and October, students failing a course may have to withdraw and re-enroll (or
be placed on Academic Hold) to repeat the course the next time it is offered.
2.
Failure of One (1) Course and Quarter GPA below 2.0:
If a student receives a failing final grade in one course in a quarter and the quarter GPA is below 2.0, the student will be
placed on a part-time schedule and placed on Academic Probation. The failed course must be repeated the next time it
is offered. The student will be required to take the failed course and will be limited to a maximum of one new course.
Courses will be scheduled according to availability and prerequisite requirements.
If the one failed course is a nursing course with a lab/clinical component, that course must be taken and passed before
any new courses will be scheduled, regardless of availability or prerequisites.
3.
Failure of Two (2) in the same quarter:
If a student receives a failing grade in two (2) courses in a quarter, the student will be placed on Academic Probation.
The two (2) failed courses must be repeated the next time they are offered. No other courses (regardless of availability
or prerequisites) will be scheduled until failed courses have been satisfactory completed.
4.
Failure of Three (3) or More Courses in the same quarter:
ANY student in any program that receives a failing grade in three or more courses in a quarter will be terminated from
his/her enrollment.
5.
Failed or Withdrew Three (3) PN Separate Nursing Courses:
Any PN student who has failed or withdrawn from three (3) separate nursing courses within the program, regardless of
the re-taking of courses, will be terminated from his or her enrollment.
6.
Second Attempt Failures/ Withdrawals:
Regardless of the course or program, students are given only one (1) attempt to pass a failed or withdrawn course.
7.
Failure of a Course with Lab Competency Component:
In courses where there is a lab competency component of the grade, the didactic and lab competency component each
must be passed with a 76.5 percent or better, or the student will have to repeat the course in its entirety. The student
will be given the opportunity to repeat the entire course, the next time it is offered, in an attempt to achieve a passing
grade.
Procedure for Plans of Study (POS):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The DOE will review the student’s academic transcript and complete an appropriate plan of study (POS), and academic
probation form.
The DOE will give the POS to the Registrar who will also review the forms for additional accuracy.
The Registrar will call or email the student to set up an appointment time to meet with the student to review the student’s
grades, plan of study and complete appropriate paper work.
The student and Registrar will sign and date the appropriate forms.
The Registrar will copy and disseminate copies to appropriate PSI faculty.
59 | P a g e
Academic /Attendance Termination- All Programs (Revised September 2015)
Any one of the following shall immediately terminate a student’s enrollment with PSI:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ANY student, in any program, that receives a failing grade in three or more registered courses in one quarter;
Any student, in any program, who fails to pass the failed or withdrawn course the second time;
Any student, in any program, who does not have a quarterly 2.0 GPA at the end of academic probation;
Any student, in any program, who has not maintained the 85% quarterly attendance requirement at the end of the
probation period;
Any PN student who has failed or withdrawn from three (3) separate nursing courses within the program, regardless of
the re-taking of course;
Any PTA student who has failed two (2) of the PTA Clinical Experiences (PTA306-A, PTA306-B, PTA410-A, PTA410-B) will
be terminated from the PTA program, regardless of the number of enrollments;
Any student who exceeds the 150% maximum time frame in completing his/her enrollment;
Any student will be attendance terminated from his or her enrollment if the student stops attending classes with or
without officially withdrawing; has not spoken with any PSI employee or has been absences for four (4) consecutive
days.
Termination shall be immediate upon the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, and no notice of termination, beyond what is
set forth herein shall be required by PSI.
Any student who was terminated for unacceptable conduct/behavioral termination will not be granted a re-entry option or
enrollment into any program at PSI.
Any PTA student who has failed two (2) of the PTA Clinical Experiences (PTA306-A, PTA306-B, PTA410-A, PTA410-B) will be
terminated from the PTA program, without an option to re-enter.
Re-Entry (Second Attempt) Enrollment Criteria
Students returning to the same program within one (1) year will begin the re-entry process with the Registrar. Students
returning at one (1) year or more will begin the re-entry process with the Admissions Department. Students who have been
terminated for behavior will not be given the option of re-entry into any program at PSI.
Guidelines for students who wish to re-enter:
1.
Any student who wishes to apply for re-entry into any program must have a zero ($0) account balance.
2.
Due to fact that PSI offers specific programs, and the curriculum information is constantly being updated, any student
who wishes to apply for re-entry after three (3) years will be required to repeat all courses and admission requirements
for the program.
3.
Any student who wishes to apply for a re-entry second attempt (regardless of the program) will have his/her PSI transcript
reviewed by the Dean of Education and/or Program Director/Coordinator to see if any courses have significantly changed
and do not qualify for transfer credit. If a course has been changed significantly, the student will be required to take the
new course in its entirety.
4.
Any student who withdrew from his/her first enrollment (from any program) may apply for re-entry based on seat
availability.
5.
Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to failure of (3) or more courses in one (1) quarter
will be eligible for a re-entry in 12 months (1 yr.) for PN, AMA, MA, MBCS, and PhT students and 9 months for PTA
students.
6.
Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to failure of a course or externship/clinical experience
on the second attempt, will be eligible for a re-entry in 12 months (1 yr.) for PN, AMA, MA, MBCS, and PhT students and
9 months for PTA students.
7.
Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to not maintaining a 2.0 quarterly GPA for two (2)
consecutive quarters may apply for a re-entry after waiting 12 weeks or one complete quarter.
8.
Upon re-entry after being off 12 weeks, the student will be given only 1 attempt to pass the previously twice failed
course.
If the student does not pass the course on this third attempt, the student will have to wait 1 year before re-applying.
9.
Any student who was terminated from his/her first enrollment due to not maintaining the 85% quarterly attendance
requirement at the end of the probation period or two (2) consecutive quarters may re-enter after waiting 12 weeks or
one complete quarter.
60 | P a g e
On re-entry after being off 12 weeks, if the student does not maintain the 85% quarterly attendance requirement at the
end of re-entry quarter, the student will have to wait 1 year before re-applying.
10.
Students who mathematically are unable to complete their program within the 150% maximum time-frame will be
terminated from his or her enrollment without an option for re-entry into that particular program as soon as this is a
known factor by the Dean of Education or the Director of Financial Aid.
11.
Any PN student who was terminated or withdrew from his/her first enrollment due to failure of three (3) separate
nursing courses (Example: PN105, PN205, PN305) within the program, regardless of the re-taking of courses, will be
eligible for a re-entry in 12 months (1 yr.).
12.
Any student who was terminated from his/her re-entry enrollment or second attempt (from any program due to any
reason) will not be eligible to apply for admission for three (3) years in any program. At that time the student will be
considered a new student and will be required to repeat the entire program.
PN and PTA students have the following additional program specific procedures for re-entry into the program.
PN:
1.
Any student who wishes to enroll for a re-entry second attempt must fully meet the preceding criteria before applying.
If a new entrance test format is required for admission the applicant will be required to take the new test and meet the
current passing score requirements.
2.
Any student who wishes to apply for a re-entry second attempt may be required to take a proficiency test in each course
previously taken where changes have been made to update the course. Proficiency tests must be passed with an 80
percent or better.
3.
Any eligible PN student who wishes to re-enter for a second attempt must do so within six (6) months to have previous
nursing, pharmacology and medication administration course grades remain applicable.
4.
Any PN student who wishes to re-enter after being off greater than six (6) months and not more than twelve (12)
months, may do so and continue where they left off, if:
a.
b.
The student’s cumulative GPA is greater than or equal to 2.5.
The student must retake all proctored ATI exams that they had previously taken and pass at a minimum of a
Level I proficiency. Only one (1) attempt per each exam is allowed. There is an additional charge for each exam that is
not a part of the original ATI fees. If the student is not successful at passing all the ATI exams, the student must repeat
all the nursing, pharmacology and med administration courses previously taken.
PTA:
1.
Any PTA student who wishes to re-enter after being off more than six (6) months but not more than twelve (12) months
may do so and continue where they left off if:
a.
b.
c.
The student’s cumulative GPA is greater than or equal to 2.5.
They repeat a course that has been significantly changed or modified since the student’s prior enrollment, per
the discretion of the PTA Program Director
They demonstrate continued competency in all skills previously tested on lab practical, through a review of lab
skills with the PTA Program Director.
Questions regarding enrollment or re-entry should be addressed to the Admissions Department.
Policy for Tests, Quizzes and Exams
Testing:
Course tests, exams or quizzes will be published on the course syllabus. There are no “pop” quizzes given. If a student is not in
class the day the test is announced, he/she is required to take the test on the day it is scheduled to be given.
Tests, exams and quizzes will be graded and returned to the students within one (1) week of testing. The student may review the
test to see what errors were made and to keep track of his/her grades for each class. All tests are returned to the instructor, and
retained by the school until six (6) weeks into the next quarter. The tests are then picked up by a document destruction company
and shredded.
PTA Students: Given the fact that paper patients and papers require much time to prepare and the instructor requires more time
to grade paper patients and papers will be graded and returned to the students, no later than 3 weeks, from the date the papers
was due.
For a class that has both a lab and lecture component, each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5% to
pass the course. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course must be repeated in its
entirety, the next time it is offered.
61 | P a g e
For final exams, students are to study notes, handouts and chapter material. It is the sole responsibility of the student to
prepare for final exams.
PSI Policy for Test Taking:
To help eliminate and avoid an unacceptable behavior, the following policy is for all PSI students taking any test, any quiz, exam,
or lab competencies of the program.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
There is assigned seating for all examinations.
All personal items, including books, backpacks, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at the student
desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student’s desk or at a designated
area chosen by the instructor.
The only items allowed on the desk during testing are sharpened pencils and a calculator (if allowed by the individual
class instructor).
The student may not get up and walk around during testing. If he/she has a question, the student must raise his/her
hand and wait for the instructor to walk over to his/her desk.
A blank piece of paper is provided to each student to be used as a cover sheet. All answers must be covered at all times
during the entire testing period. This cover sheet, along with the test, must be turned in to the instructor after
completing the test. Tests and cover sheets should remain flat on the desk.
Once the test is started, the student is not allowed to leave the classroom until his/her test is turned in.
After turning in the completed test to the instructor, the student may not retrieve the test for any reasons.
After the student completes the test, he/she should leave the classroom and return at the designated time. As a
courtesy to your peers who are still taking the test, please keep noise to a minimum.
If the test is timed, the instructor will let the student know when time has expired. The test must be turned in at that
time. Any unanswered questions will be counted as wrong. PN students to prepare for the NCLEX-PN exam will be
allotted 1.3 minutes per question on a nursing test, quiz or final exam.
PN Students: For all ATI proctored exams: the student must turn his/her cell phone off or completely silence it.
Place the cell phone in a plastic baggie, seal baggie, and place it screen down on the desk in front of them.
If a student’s cell phone or any other electronic device goes off, rings/ the alarm sounds/ it vibrates/makes any sound/or
has any visual display or signal and is on the student or surrounding area during an exam or if a student is caught looking
at his/her cell phone, or other electronic devices a 0% on that exam will be awarded.
Any student who chooses to disregard these rules will receive a 0% on that assignment/test. Furthermore, that student
may be expelled from the program or PSI, pending the decision of the Dean of Education.
Cheating, dishonesty, deception, or plagiarism of any type will result in immediate termination from the student’s
program.
Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason will be considered cheating and will result in
immediate termination from the student’s program.
Policy for Test Review:
Test, quizzes, and competencies, must follow the guidelines listed below as grades are not part of the grievance process.
1.
All personal items, including books, pencils, pens, backpacks, tape recorders, cell phones and purses are not allowed at
the student desk area. They are to be stored in front or back of the classroom, away from the student’s desk or at a
designated area chosen by the instructor.
2.
The instructor will answer any questions that the student may have regarding the test. If after the rationale is given, and
the student continues to have questions, the student must make an appointment with the instructor, after class hours, to
discuss it further.
3.
If a student continues to have a concern with the test answer, the student will have 48 hours from the test review
date to submit to the instructor written documentation, including references of where the answer is located. The instructor
will review documentation for accuracy and make the final judgment.
4.
If a student is absent for the test review, it is the student’s responsibility to contact the course instructor within
48 hours of the test review to set up an appointment to review the test. If the student does not contact the course
instructor within 48 hours of the initial test review, the student will forfeit his/her right to review the test. Any type of
test grade discrepancy must be reviewed during the test review time. There will not be another time allotted for grade
discrepancies after the exam review is complete. After the review period the grade will be recorded in the grade book and
will not be subject to review.
5.
For a class that has both a lab and lecture component, each component must be passed separately with a minimum of a
76.5% to pass the course. If the student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course must
be repeated in its entirety, the next time it is offered.
62 | P a g e
PN and AH Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for a lab competency,
the student will be allowed two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The
student must arrange with the instructor within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the
makeup competency. If the student fails to show for the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency
and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the lab competency and must repeat the entire course.
Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable.
PN students must attend open labs for additional practice, if they received an unsatisfactory grade.
PTA Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for a lab competency, the student
will receive the earned grade. However, the student must demonstrate satisfactory lab competency of the failed skill to
pass the class. The original failed grade is maintained.
6.
Any student who removes a test from the classroom for any reason will be considered cheating and will result in
immediate termination from the student’s program.
7.
There is no formal final exam review. If you wish to review your final exam, you must contact your instructor to
set up a date/time within the current quarter. This is based on instructor availability.
Policy for Make-up Testing:
The term “test” in this policy is used as a reference to written exams, written tests, oral or written quizzes. Students are allowed
to make up one (1) test in each class, with the exception of midterm and finals, with no grade penalty. The percentage grade
received will be recorded in the grade book. This test must be made-up on the next available make-up day or the student will
receive a zero (0).
The second missed test must be made up on the next available makeup day or the student will receive a zero (0) grade for the
test. The grade on the second makeup test will be recorded no higher than a 76.5 percent. (Example: A student took a makeup
test and received a grade of 95 percent. Because it was a second makeup test, the instructor will record the grade as 76.5 percent).
Grades of less than 76.5 percent on the second makeup test will be recorded at that lower percentage. There will only be two
makeup tests in each class. Children are not permitted in the building during make-up testing. Students are required to take
all makeup tests and quizzes, regardless of the number. As a courtesy to other students taking tests or quizzes, students should
enter and exit the classroom as quietly as possible. An instructor/proctor will be present when each makeup test is given.
Final Examination Only –Late to Class:
If a student is late to class when a final examination is being given, that student may still enter the classroom quietly to take the
final examination. However, no additional time will be given to that student. The student must finish at the same time as the
other students, regardless if he/she has more questions to answer. Once the first student finishes and leaves the classroom, no
students will be allowed into the classroom. There are no make-up exams for final examinations.
This does not apply to weekly examinations. If a student is late for a weekly examination, that student needs to take the makeup examination on the scheduled make-up day. Instructors or administrative staff cannot change makeup test days, times, or
policies.
Make-up Tests and Final examination date and time can only be changed for the following extenuating
circumstances and when approved by the DOE and Program Director/Coordinator:





A death in the immediate family. Defined as: Student’s parents, spouse, domestic partner, child, sibling,
grandparents, grandchildren, and/or the spouse’s parents, children or siblings.
Hospitalization of a member of the immediate family. (Immediate family member must be hospitalized at the start of the
scheduled final exam.)
Hospitalization of the student. (Student must be hospitalized at the start of the scheduled final exam.)
A vehicle accident of the student immediately prior to the scheduled final exam which precipitates emergency medical
care prior to class.
Student has a mandatory court date. Documentation must be submitted prior to and after the court appearance.
If the preceding circumstances should occur, the student must have written documentation from an authorizing individual and
submit this documentation to the course instructor for final review and acceptance.
The student MUST contact the course instructor within 24 hours of the missed make-up test or final exam or he/she will receive a
zero (0) for the missed make-up test or final exam.
The make-up date and time will be at the discretion of the DOE, Program Director and course instructor.
63 | P a g e
Instructor/Course Evaluations (Revised 03-2016)
The student will evaluate each instructor and course for which they were registered at the end of the course either on-line or via
paper/pencil.
Paper/Pencil: The instructor will give the student instructions on how to complete the evaluation. The instructor will then leave
the room. The students will complete the evaluation. The completed evaluation will be placed in the envelope provided. The last
person completing the evaluation will seal the envelope and give the sealed envelope to the Administrative Assistant at front desk.
The instructor/course evaluations will be turned in to the Director of Compliance (DOC) for processing. The DOC will assign an
Administrative Assistant to assist in summarizing and preparing the report with the notes from the students.
On-Line: If the evaluation is done online, the instructor will give the students appropriate instructions for using their mobile device
or the computer in regards to completing the evaluation. The instructor will then leave the room. Students will go to the computer
room or use their mobile device to sign-on the survey site, complete the survey, and submit. The submitted surveys will go to the
Director of Information Technology who will forward them to the Director of Compliance
The summarized reports will be distributed to the respective Program Director or assigned personnel. No results are reviewed or
seen by anyone until the term/quarter has officially concluded. To this end, no instructor(s) will see the currently collected results
prior to completion of the term, nor will they see the original handwriting of any student as provided on the scan form.
Upon review of the results, the program director or coordinator then meets with each instructor in their respective program and
will discuss the results that were provided to them. Any/all written comments as well as any changes/suggestions for change will
be given serious and significant consideration.
Institutional Student Satisfaction Surveys
Students in each academic division complete a minimum of two (2) Institutional Student Satisfaction Surveys (ISSS), prior to the
end of their program. This survey is devised and developed based on criterion set forth by the Ohio Administrative Code, and is
meant to be a reflection or composite of the student’s “total experience” at PSI as of the time the survey is completed. This survey
is meant to assess student satisfaction with all services offered by PSI, plus, that of individual offices, staff, and administration.
Ultimately, the results from this survey are used to assist with the annual review of each program.
At the time of ISSS administration, the assigned proctor will remain in the classroom until the survey is completed. The proctor
remains in the classroom for the sole purpose of providing directions and guidance and to oversee the process, in general. Upon
completion, each student returns all forms to the proctor. The forms are then tallied via the Grade Master system.
The ISSS will be turned in to the Director of Compliance (DOC) for processing. The DOC will assign an Administrative Assistant to
assist in summarizing and preparing the report with the notes from the students. The summarized reports will be distributed to the
respective Directors.
PSI Student Conduct
As mature and responsible social behaviors are the fundamental basis for any professional atmosphere, be it academic or
employment related; PSI strives to only accept applicant that exhibit the utmost respect and courtesy for others. From every
applicant's initial contact with the staff, PSI begins evaluation to appraise the behavior as responsible and appropriate. If any
conduct is exhibited that is inappropriate for a professional academic environment, or lacking common respect and courtesy for
others, your admission may be denied for that reason. Exhibiting irresponsible and inappropriate behaviors once enrolled may lead
to your termination. While you are here, PSI expects you to conduct yourself as though you are in a professional workplace. Any
behavior other than professional will be unacceptable.
Professional Skills Institute is a private institution of higher learning. Once enrolled, you become a member of the PSI community.
As a member of this community, you will be expected to exhibit the utmost respect and dignity for others at all times. PSI believes
very strongly in the ethical treatment of others and insists that respectful and appropriate behavior be practiced at all levels within
the institution; administrative, academic, and student/learner. Although PSI cannot regulate your behavior off campus, PSI
encourages full-time awareness of this code and believes your commitment to it off-campus will help solidify your personal and
social success as you work toward your professional success on-campus. "Be there for others" is a philosophy promoted throughout
PSI and practiced as responsible citizens in our community.
The administrative and academic leaders within this institution deserve the utmost respect and courtesy from every student. PSI
does not feel this respect needs to be re-established between faculty and student with every new enrollment; it has been earned
by the thousands of successful graduates that precede you and this respect should be extended based upon that fact. If you feel
you cannot extend this respect, it will not be in your best interest to enroll in this institution. If you exhibit behavior that is
unprofessional in the classroom or show a blatant lack of respect for any faculty member or member of this institution, PSI reserves
the right to terminate you from your academic program, without notice, and based upon our philosophy.
Being a professional means being responsible for your actions, and accepting the consequences of those actions. A simple cause
and effect method for decision making is a good practice to keep in mind. The "cause" (what is done) and the "effect" (what
happens as a result) is very important. Conscious decisions should always lead to principled outcomes. Your decision (the cause)
to come to class every day will lead to securing your goal of becoming an educated professional (the effect).
64 | P a g e
A decision not to come to class will undoubtedly lead to jeopardizing that goal for the sake of why you chose not to come to class
and accepting the consequences for that decision. Understand our strict principles pertaining to academics and attendance
standards are not open for debate. They are drafted and implemented as part of this institution's mission and effectiveness; the
more effective PSI is, the more successful you will become.
Your goals; please keep them in the forefront of your mind. You chose to enroll at PSI to get an education and to be a successful
professional. "Career education for a lifetime of success" is our signature statement and if you adhere to the policies of this
institution, and you give 100%, you will be successful and will join the ranks of the thousands of successful graduates that have
preceded you.
The PSI Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior and the Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Procedures initiated and set forth in this
Academic Catalog, are separate and distinct from the Grievance/ Dispute Resolution Procedure which is a separate procedure to be
initiated by the student for the reasons stated in this Academic Catalog.
Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior
(Revised 9-2015)
PSI considers the following Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior:
1.
Any use of profanity or inappropriate discussions in class, the student lounge, or anywhere on campus grounds.
2.
Sleeping during class.
3.
Any program dress code violation.
4.
Verbal abuse of another student.
5.
Harassment of any kind. – Harassment is defined as any unsolicited behavior/nature, which is unwelcome to another.
6.
Having unauthorized visitors in the building or classroom.
7.
Unprofessional or inappropriate dress or poor personal hygiene.
8.
Other unprofessional conduct/behavior.
PSI Procedure for Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior
(Revised 9-2015)
Step 1:
If a student is found to be in violation of unprofessional conduct/ behavior, the instructor or staff member will communicate
and identify the problem to the student, in writing, using the Behavioral Warning Form. This form will become part of the student’s
permanent academic record.
Step 2:
A second breach of an Unprofessional Conduct/ Behavior standard will result in the student being referred immediately to but not
limited to the appropriate Program Director. The appropriate Program Director in instances of the second breach of Unprofessional
Conduct/Behavior may include, but are not necessarily limited to, expressions of concern, warnings of possible penalties, placement
on behavioral probation, suspension or dismissal from the program. The meeting with the student will be documented and placed
in the student’s academic file. Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior guidelines are found in the Student Conduct section of the current
academic catalog.
Step 3:
Appeal: The student retains the right to appeal the decision made at Step 2. This appeal should be in written form and
submitted within ten (10) business days of the decision reached at Step 2 and presented to the Dean of Education and the Appeal
Committee. This appeal is to be in the student’s own words, expressing his/her side of the violation. The Dean of Education and
the Appeal Committee will review all documentation and make all final decisions. Documentation of the Dean of Education and
the Appeal Committee’s findings and decision will be placed in the student’s academic file. If the written request is not received
within the 10-day deadline, the case will be considered closed and the student forfeits the right to appeal.
The Appeal Committee may consist of, but not limited to, the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Director of Financial
Aid, the Director of Compliance, the PTA Program Director, the PN Program Director, and any appropriate faculty members.
Step 4:
If the appeal is not resolved, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad
Street, Suite 2481, Columbus, Ohio, 43215-3414, (614) 466-2762, Fax (614) 466-2219, and Toll Free (877) 275-4219
Email: [email protected] Website: http://www.scr.ohio.gov
Step 5:
If the appeal is not resolved, the case shall be submitted to binding arbitration.
ARBITRATION AGREEMENT: The Student and the School agree that all controversies, disputes or claims under this Agreement and
any other disputes or claims of any kind or nature that in any way relate to enrollment and/or attendance at School, that are not
resolved through School's internal student complaint process, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American
Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules and judgment on the award rendered by an arbitrator
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
This includes both any claims by the School against the Student and any claims by the Student against the School or against their
respective directors, officers, employees, volunteers, agents, instructors, contractors, and representatives and affiliated entities.
65 | P a g e
Claims shall be heard by a single arbitrator and each arbitration shall involve only a single student, unless otherwise agreed to by
the parties. There shall be no class actions or any other type of claim asserted on behalf of more than a single student. The
arbitrator shall be an attorney with an AV rating from Martindale Hubbell and/or a former judge from a court of general civil
jurisdiction. The place of arbitration shall be Maumee, Ohio, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.
The arbitration shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, to the extent that the Federal Arbitration Act does not apply and
control. Each party shall bear its own costs and expenses and an equal share of the arbitrators' and administrative feeds of
arbitration unless otherwise ordered by a Court of Law or by an arbitrator.
This Arbitration Provision shall not preclude either the School or the Student from seeking provisional remedies pending arbitration
from a court of appropriate jurisdiction.
Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior
PSI considers the following Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Cheating-- dishonesty, or deception in fulfilling academic requirements.
Plagiarism-- submitting another’s work as your own.
Dishonesty --furnishing false information to the school, by forgery or alteration of school documents or records,
furnishing PSI with false written records or oral statements.
Physical battery of any student, instructor, or school employee.
Possession of a dangerous weapon on school grounds, knowingly or unknowingly bringing anyone into the school or on
school premises with a dangerous weapon.
Insubordination or threats to any student, instructor, clinical site instructor, or school employee.
Stealing from PSI employees or other students.
Vandalism to PSI, to another student’s property, to a PSI employee’s property on school grounds, or clinical site
property.
Violation of any HIPAA regulation, at PSI, during an externship, a clinical rotation or a clinical practicum.
Unauthorized entry into offices, classrooms, or storage areas.
Unauthorized entry into instructor’s files regardless of where the files are located.
Being under the influence of, or having possession of, intoxicating beverages or illegal drugs.
Other unacceptable conduct/ behavior.
PSI Procedure for Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior:
(Revised 9-2015)
Step 1:
A violation of unacceptable conduct/behavior will result in the student being referred immediately to the Program Director.
The Program Director will review the violation, confer with the student and appropriate staff members, and determine the
appropriate action to be taken.
Penalties for a violation of Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior may include, but are not necessarily limited to, placement on behavioral
probation, suspension, or termination from the program. Any violation of Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior may result in
immediate termination from the program. Students, who are terminated for Unprofessional/Unacceptable Conduct /Behavior,
will not be given another opportunity for enrollment into any program at PSI at any time.
The Program Director will review the violation, confer with the student and necessary staff members, and determine the appropriate
action to be taken. A copy of the documented violation and action will be placed in the student’s academic file.
Step 2:
Appeal: The student retains the right to appeal the decision made at Step 1. This appeal should be in written form and submitted
within ten (10) business days of the decision reached at Step 2 and presented to the Dean of Education and the Appeal Committee.
This appeal is to be in the student’s own words, expressing his/her side of the violation. The Dean of Education and the Appeal
Committee will review all documentation and make all final decisions. Documentation of the Dean of Education and the Appeal
Committee’s findings and decision will be placed in the student’s academic file. If the written request is not received within the
10-day deadline, the case will be considered closed and the student forfeits the right to appeal.
Step 3:
If the appeal is not resolved, the student may contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad
Street, Suite 2481, Columbus, Ohio, 43215-3414, (614) 466-2762, Fax (614) 466-2219, and Toll Free (877) 275-4219
Email: [email protected] Website: http://scr.ohio.gov/
3T
3T
66 | P a g e
Step 4:
ARBITRATION AGREEMENT: The Student and the School agree that all controversies, disputes or claims under this Agreement and
any other disputes or claims of any kind or nature that in any way relate to enrollment and/or attendance at School, that are not
resolved through School's internal student complaint process, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American
Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules and judgment on the award rendered by an arbitrator
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
arbitrator shall be an attorney with an AV rating from Martindale Hubbell and/or a former judge from a court of general civil
jurisdiction. The place of arbitration shall be Maumee, Ohio, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.
Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure
The following are separate procedures and NOT part of the Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure:
1.
The Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure is a separate procedure to be initiated by the student for the
reasons stated below, and is separate and distinct from the PSI Unprofessional Conduct/Behavior or the
Unacceptable Conduct/Behavior Procedures, and set forth in this Academic Catalog.
2.
This Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure is a separate procedure and is not for dispute of test, quiz,
etc. or competency grades. Please refer to this academic catalog if you have questions regarding your
grades or competency results and follow the procedure published.
The following are procedures of the Grievance/Dispute Resolution Procedure:
This grievance policy is used to be fair in all matters pertaining to student affairs. From time to time, certain students may feel
that they have been unfairly treated by another student, a faculty member, or a member of the administration. This procedure is
for factual information that can be proven, not hearsay information.
Listed below are the levels of action students should follow in filing an objection, grievance of a behavioral or professional nature
against a student, faculty member or member of the administration.
First Level:
A discussion of the issue should take place between the student filing the objection or grievance and the person with whom the
problem exists. If the problem is with another student, a staff or faculty member must arbitrate in any discussions. A student
wishing to file a formal objection or grievance must contact the instructor or faculty member to discuss the situation within two (2)
weeks of the incident or learning a problem exists. The instructor or faculty member will document the discussion. If the problem
is with an instructor or member of the administration, the student filing an objection or grievance may request a mediator.
Second Level:
When no satisfaction is achieved at the First Level, the student contacts either the Dean of Education, or appropriate Program
Director. The student will then be asked to give written documentation of the problem and the initial discussion at the First Level.
This documentation should be in the student’s own words, expressing his/her side of the grievance. This request must be submitted
no later than two (2) weeks after the First Level was accomplished. The written statement to either the Dean of Education, and/or
Program Director should include the filing student's name, the background of the problem, the exact nature of the grievance, the
dispute resolution procedures followed by the student from the beginning, up to the point of contact with the member(s) of the
administration.
The individual with whom the objection or grievance is being lodged will then be notified. The objection or grievance is reviewed,
and if necessary, discussed with both involved parties before a decision will be reached. The Dean of Education, and/or the Program
Director will respond in writing to the grievance within two (2) weeks of receipt of the objection or grievance.
67 | P a g e
Third Level:
Appeal: The student retains the right to appeal the decision made at Second Level, the student contacts the Appeal Committee to
request a review via the Campus Director.
The Appeal Committee will re-examine all documentation and evidence pertaining to the objection or grievance and may also
interview involved parties. This request will be submitted no later than two (2) weeks after the Second Level is completed. The
Appeal Committee will make the final decision within two weeks and notify the concerned parties. Final decisions will be documented
for the student records.
State Level:
If an objection or grievance filed by a student is not resolved to a satisfactory conclusion as felt by the student, the student may
contact: State of Ohio Board of Career Colleges and Schools, 30 East Broad Street, Suite 2481, Columbus, Ohio, 43215-3414,
(614) 466-2762, Fax (614) 466-2219, and Toll Free (877) 275-4219
Email: [email protected] Website: http://scr.ohio.gov/
3T
3T
Arbitration Level:
ARBITRATION AGREEMENT: The Student and the School agree that all controversies, disputes or claims under this
Agreement and any other disputes or claims of any kind or nature that in any way relate to enrollment and/or attendance at School,
that are not resolved through School's internal student complaint process, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the
American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules and judgment on the award rendered by an
arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
arbitrator shall be an attorney with an AV rating from Martindale Hubbell and/or a
former judge from a court of general civil jurisdiction. The place of arbitration shall be Maumee, Ohio, unless otherwise agreed to
by the parties.
Sexual Assault Education and Prevention Program
Description of Educational Program:
The Professional Skills Institute (PSI) educational program to promote the awareness of rape, acquaintance rape, and other forcible
and non-forcible sex offenses consists of information provided to the student within the Academic Catalog; the Academic Catalog
will also be available online at www.proskills.edu. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (i)] Additionally, on-campus information is available
to the student in the Student Services binder located at the front desk area. This is made available to each and every PSI student
at any time. Off-campus counseling, mental health, or other services for victims of sex offenses can be accessed through the
internet at the websites reviewed below as well as many, many other sites. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)]
4T
4T
The purpose of the rape education program is to increase awareness of sexual assault and dating violence. It is the hope of PSI to
promote awareness through knowledge.
Often, after a sexual assault, the victim feels as though their behavior may have somehow contributed to what happened;
sometimes they question if what happened to them is actually assault. Remember, rape is never the victim’s fault!
Preventing Sexual Assault:
The Ohio Domestic Violence Network, www.odvn.org is resource for Ohio students to review information which might assist the
student in preventing becoming the victim of violence. Click on the Prevention tab; then click Prevention in Practice. A Prevention
Toolkit is available which reviews a number of on-line prevention resources and how to access them. Also, the Info for Survivors
tab contains definitions as well as a referral list by Ohio County for shelters and programs available to students in need.
4T
4T
68 | P a g e
Of possible interest for personal protection, www.rad-systems.com (RAD = Rape Aggression Defense) offers a program of realistic,
self-defense tactics and techniques for women only. It is a comprehensive course that begins with awareness, prevention, risk
reduction and avoidance, while progressing on to the basics of hands-on defense training. Students are directed to programs in
their geographical area utilizing the Locations tab. The student then selects the appropriate state.
4T
4T
Legal Definitions and Categories:
Legal definitions of sex offenses in the State of Ohio can be found in the Ohio Revised Code at http://codes.ohio.gov/orc/2907;
Sections 2907.01 – 2907.09.
4T
4T
This is not a legal definition or category. Sexual assault is a term encompassing a wide range of actions taken against a person
without that person’s consent, against that person’s will, or under force or threat of force and/or coercion. Sexual assault is not
limited to what is typically thought of as rape (vaginal penetration). Clear consent must be given for sexual activity and cannot be
done so if the person is impaired by drugs or alcohol. Mixing drugs or alcohol with sexual behavior can result in accusations of
sexual assault. No one deserves or asks to be assaulted because they have been drinking alcohol; conversely, it is wise not to put
yourself in a position to be accused of perpetrating an assault either. If you are a sex offender, you will be subject to arrest,
incarceration, and prosecution through the state courts.
Bowling Green State University has an online presentation regarding sexual assault. This provides practical information in easily
understood language. This can be found by searching “BGSU: Sexual Assault Info Module”; also by entering the following into your
browser: www.bgsu.edu/offices/sa/studentsconduct/page80514.html.
4T
4T
Procedures Student Should Follow If a Sex Offense Occurs:
If you are a victim of a sexual assault, go to a safe place, especially if you think the perpetrator will return or you are in danger.
Try to remain calm and alert; call 911 to report incident to the authorities and to seek medical attention. You may also wish to call
a trusted friend or family member for support.
In the aftermath of a sexual assault, it is important to remember to preserve as much physical evidence as possible for successful
prosecution of the offender. DNA evidence can be key to identifying the perpetrator, especially that of a stranger. Preservation of
evidence includes but may not be limited to:
DO NOT: bathe or shower; urinate or use the bathroom, if possible; douche; smoke; brush your teeth; eat or drink; comb or
brush your hair.
DO: seek medical attention; have a forensic exam even if you are undecided if you will report the crime; seek counseling.
An excellent resource for all students to utilize is the Rape, Abuse & Incest National Network (RAINN) at www.rainn.org. This site
is free, safe, and confidential providing information to access help nationally; meaning students can find a local counseling center.
This will benefit a broader number of PSI students as not all students reside in the Toledo, Ohio area. Additionally, you can learn
more about sexual assault in areas such as reducing your risk of sexual violence, the effects and aftermath of sexual violence, and
recovery information.
4T
4T
A word of caution from www.healthyohioprogram.org “For victims of abuse using a computer at home, or where an abuser has
access to it, can be very dangerous. It is impossible to erase all computer history. Additionally, spyware can be installed onto your
computer without your knowledge and give the abuser ways to track and monitor your computer activity. We highly recommend
that you use a computer that you know is “safe”, and to which the abuser does not have access. You can go to a trusted friend’s
home, a public library, or a rape crisis or domestic violence program in your community.” This website offers additional resources
to help the victim find help.
4T
4T
For Ohio based students, www.ohioattorneygeneral.gov offers downloadable publications. One such publication is titled “Picking
Up the Pieces” offering insight to your rights under Ohio laws as the victim of a crime. For this and other Ohio publications, go to
the www.ohioattorneygeneral.gov, click the Briefing Room tab and then Publications.
4T
4T
4T
4T
The Importance of Preserving the Evidence:
As the victim, even if you have not yet decided to report the crime, receiving the forensic medical exam at a hospital and keeping
any evidence safe from damage will improve the chance that the police can have access to and test these items at a later date.
While the highest probability of quality of evidence will occur if gathered within the first 72 hours after an assault, evidence has
been found as long as three weeks after an attack.
Reporting the Alleged Offense:
PSI does not have a campus police department or campus security department.
Whether the offense happened on-campus or elsewhere, as soon as you are in a safe place, initiates 911 to file a report. Follow up
with a forensic medical exam performed at a hospital or other healthcare facility. (To find a local hospital or healthcare facility,
contact the National Sexual Assault Hotline at 800-656-HOPE or utilize the www.rainn.org website.
4T
4T
PSI encourages the reporting of sexual assaults to local authorities utilizing 911. However, PSI has Campus Security Authority
personnel that the student may notify. These include but not limited to the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Director
of Financial Aid, the PN Program Director, and the PTA Program Director.
69 | P a g e
Available Counseling On- and Off-campus:
PSI does not have on-campus counseling services. On-campus information is available to the student in the Student Services binder
located at the front desk area. This is made available to each and every PSI student at any time. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)]
Off-campus counseling, mental health, or other services for victims of sex offenses can be accessed through the internet at the
websites already mentioned in this policy as well as many, many other sites. In the Toledo area, call the YWCA Rape Crisis Center
at (419) 241-7273. The Rape, Abuse, and Incest National Network provides resources nationally, not just to Toledo area
students; www.rainn.org. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)].
4T
4T
And from the University System of Ohio Campus Safety guidebook, related resources are:
A Call to Men: www.acalltomen.com
ACTION OHIO Coalition for Battered Women: http://www.actionohio.org(campus stalking)
ADWAS – Abused Deaf Women Advocacy Services: www.adwas.org
American College Health Association: www.acha.org/info_resources/ACHA_SexualViolence_Statement07.pdf
BRAVO – Buckeye Regional Anti-Violence Organization: www.bravo-ohio.org/index.html
Center for Public integrity: www.publicintegrity.org/investigations/campus_assault
Center for Relationship Abuse Awareness: www.stoprelationshipabuse.org
Clery Act Handbook: http://www.ed.gov/admins/lead/safety/handbook.pdf
Family Violence Prevention Fund: www.endabuse.org
Flora Stone Mather Center for Women: www.case.edu/provost/centerforwomen
Love is Not Abuse: www.loveisnotabuse.com
Men of Strength campaign: www.mystrength.org
MCSR-Men Can Stop Rape: www.mencanstoprape.org
National Center for Victims of Crime: www.ncvc.org
National Coalition Against Domestic Violence: www.ncadv.org
National Domestic Violence Hotline: www.ndvh.org
National Teen Dating Abuse Helpline: www.loveisrespect.org
NSVRC-National Sexual Violence Resource Center: www.nsvrc.org
Ohio Domestic Violence Network: www.odvn.org
TBTN-Take Back the Night: www.takebackthenight.org
US Department of Justice: Stalking in the United States: www.ojp.gov/bjs/abstract/svus.htm
US Department of Justice Office on Violence Against Women: www.ovw.usdoj.gov
[34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (iv)]
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
4T
Rights of the Victim of a Sexual Assault:
As a victim of a sexual assault, you have the right to be treated with respect and the offense taken seriously. PSI recognizes that
any decision to take action following such an offense is solely the decision of the student/victim. However, in some situations in
order to assure campus security and safety, PSI officials may have to take action including but not limited to initiating 911.
Academically, the student will be free from academic penalty or pressure of any kind from PSI personnel placed upon the student
to report, not report, or under-report a sexual assault. Personnel are not to suggest that the student is in any manner responsible
for a sexual assault. Additionally, PSI will work with a student who has been victimized by another student on a case by case basis
(upon the request of the victim) to adjust the victim’s academic situation as much as can be reasonably accommodated. [34C.F.R.
§668.46(b) (11) (v)]
PSI does not offer student housing. Living situations will be at the discretion of the student/victim to change. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b)
(11) (v)]
Procedures for Campus Disciplinary Action:
The PSI Academic Catalog defines and provides the procedures for campus disciplinary action in case of, but not limited to, an
alleged sex offense. This information can be found in the Student Conduct Information section of the catalog. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b)
(11) (vi)]
PSI recognizes that the accuser and the accused are entitled to the same opportunities to have others present during a disciplinary
proceeding. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (A)]
Additionally, PSI recognizes that both the accuser and the accused must be informed of the outcome of any institutional disciplinary
proceeding brought alleging a sex offense. Compliance with this paragraph does not constitute a violation of the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g). For the purpose of this paragraph, the outcome of a disciplinary proceeding means only
the institution’s final determination with respect to the alleged sex offense and any sanction that is imposed against the accused.
[34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (B)]
70 | P a g e
Sanctions Imposed:
Institutional sanctions imposed following a final determination of an institutional disciplinary proceeding regarding rape,
acquaintance rape, or other forcible or non-forcible sex offense will not act in contrary to any legal determinations from alleged
offense handed down from a court of law. PSI will work diligently and cooperatively with law enforcement agencies when such an
occasion arises. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (vii)]
PSI has provided possible sanctions in the Academic Catalog which can be found in the Student Conduct Information section of the
catalog beginning on Page 47 (Revision Date: December 2011). [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (11) (vii)]
Identifying and/or Locating Registered Sex Offenders:
As disclosed in the annual campus security report, registered sex offenders in the State of Ohio can be located
www.drc.ohio.gov/offendersearch. This website directs one to the Ohio Department of Rehabilitation and Correction Offender
Search. However, this website displays data on those offenders currently incarcerated.
4T
4T
The National Sex Offender Public Website can be accessed using www.nsopw.gov and www.city-data.com/so/so-Toledo-Ohio.html
displays Toledo, Ohio and surrounding communities. [34C.F.R. §668.46(b) (12)]
4T
4T
4T
4T
Student Suggestions or Complaints
A suggestion box is located in the student lounge for handling complaints or suggestions that fall outside the
Grievance/Dispute Resolution process. The suggestion box is emptied once a month and the complaints or suggestions are initially
reviewed by the Dean of Education, who forwards the suggestion/complaint to the appropriate staff member. That staff member
will deal with the suggestion/complaint according to need and priority.
A review date must be established for this
suggestion/complaint. A tracking log of all suggestions/ complaints will be kept with the responsible person listed and the
resolution/solution listed. This log will be kept, as well as the contents of the suggestion box, in a file at the front desk. Another
tracking log, with a generalized version of the suggestion/complaint (to preserve confidential information) and the
resolution/solution will be posted quarterly on the bulletin board in the student lounge.
Suggestions or complaints may also be made by emailing an administrative or faculty staff member at his/her PSI email account.
A student who wishes to use this method may request of the administrative assistant at the front desk, a specific person's email
address. That PSI employee will address or transfer the complaint/suggestion to the appropriate staff member depending upon
the nature of the complaint. All staff shall follow the above described method of handling the complaint/suggestion, using the
tracking form.
Suspension Policy
A student may be suspended due to, but not limited to, dress code violation, smoking violation, and any unprofessional
conduct/behavior as defined in this catalog. Students will meet with the appropriate director or program coordinator to discuss
and review the violation. Suspensions will not exceed three (3) days maximum. Suspension time is up to the director or coordinator
depending on the severity of the violation.
During suspension, students will be marked absent for attendance for each class missed, will not be given class handouts, etc., will
not be allowed to attend or make-up labs, tests, exams or competencies.
PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy
Professional Skills Institute (PSI) has a commitment to each student, and to each patient at a clinical or externship affiliation, to
ensure that the learning or clinical or externship environment is free from the effects of abuse of alcohol and drugs by a PSI student.
Therefore, it is the policy of PSI to prohibit unlawful use, sale, dispensing, transfer, or possession of controlled substances,
alcoholic beverages, drugs not medically authorized, or abuse or impairment caused from medically prescribed drugs, or any
other substance that may impair an individual’s academic or work performance, or pose a hazard to the individual, public, students,
or employees of PSI on its property (owned or leased), or at any of its clinical or externship sites or any activity sponsored by PSI.
The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy includes the following areas: (1) Policy, (2) Purpose, (3) Scope, (4) Definitions,
(5) Education, (6) Drugs, (7) Discipline, (8) Drug and Alcohol Testing on Students, (9) Appeal of Drug or Alcohol Test Results, (10)
Drug and Alcohol Notification, (11) Referral Services, (12) Inspections and Searches, and (13) Confidentiality.
All students are required to comply with PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. Violations of this policy will lead to disciplinary
actions, which may include termination of enrollment and possible criminal prosecution. When necessary, PSI will offer unsponsored referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse.
71 | P a g e
PSI is in compliance with the provisions of the Drug Free School and Communities Act Amendments of 1989 applying to all students,
which includes policy enforcement, drug and alcohol education, drug and alcohol testing, and referral for treatment.
The Dean of Education is PSI’s Drug-Free Coordinator (DFC). The DFC is responsible for yearly reviewing and updating the
PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy.
The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy are published in the PSI Academic Catalog and in the Student Handbook for each
program.
The DFC is responsible for overseeing that each student has: received a copy of the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy,
viewed the drug video and signed the drug acknowledgment, consent and release form.
PSI’s Dean of Education and Program Directors will be responsible for meeting with their appropriate administrative staff and
students to discuss drug and alcohol related concerns and arrange drug and alcohol testing, as needed, for students.
Note to Applicants and Students: Each decision you make can impact your future! Your choices relating to alcohol and drug
use can affect your personal safety, the safety of others, the safety of your patients or clients, your academics, your health, your
relationships, and the lives of families. You make the conscious decision regarding the use of drugs and alcohol. Therefore, you
and only you are responsible for the actions that will be taken by PSI for your use of drugs or alcohol during your application and
enrollment.
Drug and Alcohol Policy
(April 1, 2016)
Professional Skills Institute (PSI) has a vital interest in maintaining a safe, healthy, and efficient learning and working environment.
Substance use and misuse involves the use of alcohol and other drugs, including prescription, over-the counter (OTC), and illegal
drugs, in the classroom, on clinical practicum or externship or in the workplace.
Being under the influence of an illegal drug, abuse of a prescribed drug, being under the influence of alcohol in the classroom, on
clinical practicum or externship, or in the work environment poses serious safety and health risks to the user and all those who are
around the user. The use, sale, purchase, transfer, possession of an illegal drug on PSI’s property (owned or leased) or at any of
the student’s clinical or externship sites, and the use, possession, or being under the influence of alcohol poses unacceptable risks
for safe, healthy, and efficient operations.
1.
Policy:
1.1
Professional Skills Institute (PSI) prohibits unlawful use, sale, dispensing, transfer, or possession of controlled
substances, alcoholic beverages, drugs not medically authorized, or abuse or impairment caused from
medically prescribed drugs, or any other substance that may impair an individual’s academic or work
performance, or pose a hazard to the individual, the public, students, or employees of PSI on its property, or at
any of its clinical or externship sites or any activity sponsored by PSI.
1.2
All applicants and students of PSI will be informed regarding PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy in the
following publications: PSI’s Academic Catalog and the Student Handbook. The DFC is responsible for yearly
reviewing and updating the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy. Any changes deemed necessary will be
made and the updated information will be issued to applicants and currently enrolled students.
1.3
PSI is in compliance with the provisions of the Drug Free School and Communities Act Amendments of 1989
applying to all students and all employees, which includes policy enforcement, drug and alcohol education, drug
and alcohol testing, and referral for treatment. PSI further expresses its intent through this policy to comply with
federal and state rules, regulations or laws that relate to the maintenance of the learning and working
environmentfree from illegal drugs, alcohol, or abuse of prescribed and over-the-counter drugs.
1.4
PSI strives to maintain a safe, healthy, and efficient learning and work environment for all of its students,
and to protect the students, PSI staff and faculty, PSI’s property, equipment, operations and reputation.
1.5
PSI strives to offer its services that are free of the influence or misuse of alcohol and other drugs,
including prescription, over-the-counter, and illegal drugs: in the classroom, on a clinical practicum, on
externship or in the workplace, and will through this policy, attempt to provide drug-and-alcohol-free services.
1.6
PSI requires each student to responsibly adhere to all parts of PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol
Policy. If a violation of this policy occurs, disciplinary actions will be taken up to and including, termination of
enrollment from PSI with possible criminal prosecution.
PSI will offer un-sponsored referral to treatment
programs for alcohol or drug abuse.
1.7
PSI’s requires, as a condition of application and enrollment, that all applicants and students, receive
the Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy and abide by the terms of this policy. PSI will not tolerate
substance use in violation of the Policy and intends to hold everyone responsible for supporting the Policy.
72 | P a g e
1.8
PSI requires students to voluntarily notify PSI within three (3) days of an arrest for any alcohol or drug
offense. An Arrest Notification Form is to be completed by the student and submitted to the DFC. The Arrest
Notification Form may be obtained from the Administrative Assistant at the front desk. Students who do not
come forward within three (3) days of the arrest and this arrest become known will be terminated from his/her
enrollment.
1.9
PSI offers un-sponsored (at the student’s expense) referral to treatment programs for alcohol or drug abuse
to students who identify a substance problem and voluntarily come forward. The student will schedule a meeting
with the appropriate Program Director to discuss the substance problem and to arrive at the
appropriate action(s) to be taken. Students will be placed on behavioral probation at this time. The length of
probation will be determined by the outcome of the findings and treatment.
2.
Purpose:
2.1
PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy outlines the policies, objectives and outcomes of PSI’s drug and
alcohol program and provides guidance to students, Program Directors, faculty and all administrative staff,
concerning their responsibilities for carrying out the program.
3.
Scope:
3.1
PSI’s Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy apply to all enrolled students, all programs, all divisions, and all
applicants for admission.
4.
Definitions:
4.1
Alcohol means any beverage that contains ethyl alcohol (ethanol), including but not limited to beer, wine, and
wine coolers and distilled spirits.
5.
4.2
PSI premises or facilities means all property of PSI including, but not limited to, the classrooms, the offices,
facilities and surrounding areas on PSI property, and storage areas. The term also includes PSI’s clinical and
externship affiliation facilities, as this is an extension of the student’s education at PSI.
4.3
Contraband includes illegal drugs and alcoholic beverages, drug paraphernalia, lethal weapons, firearms,
explosives, incendiaries, stolen property, counterfeit money, untaxed whiskey, and pornographic materials.
4.4
Drug testing means the scientific analysis of urine, blood, breath, saliva, hair, tissue, or other specimens of
the human body for purpose of detecting a drug or alcohol.
4.5
Illegal drug means any drug which is not legally obtainable; any drug which is legally obtainable but has not
been legally obtained; any prescribed drug not legally obtained; any prescribed drug not being used for the
prescribed purpose; any over-the counter drug being used at a dosage level other than recommended by the
manufacture or being used for a purpose other than intended by the manufacturer; and any drug being used for
a purpose not in accordance with bona fide medical therapy. Examples of illegal drugs, but not limited to, are
cannabis substances, such as marijuana and hashish, cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine, phencyclidine (PCP),
and so-called designer drugs and look-alike drugs.
4.6
Legal drug means any prescribed drug or over-the-counter drug that has been legally obtained and is being
used for the purpose for which it was prescribed or manufactured.
4.7
Reasonable (belief) cause means a belief based on objective facts are sufficient enough to lead an instructor
or an employee to conclude that a particular student is unable to satisfactorily perform his or her student or job
duties due to drug or alcohol impairment. Such inability to perform student or job duties may include, but is not
limited to, a decrease in the student‘s academic and attendance satisfactory progress; a decrease in the student’s
or employee’s productivity, judgment, reasoning, concentration and psychomotor control, and noticeable changes
in behavior. Accidents, deviations from safe learning and working practices, and erratic conduct indicative of
impairment are examples of, but not limited to, reasonable (belief) suspicion situations.
4.8
Under the influence means a condition in which a person is affected by a drug or alcohol in any detectable
manner. The symptoms of influence are not confined to that consistent with misbehavior or to obvious
impairment of physical or mental ability, such as, but not limited to, slurred speech or difficulty in maintaining
balance. A determination of being under the influence will be established by a third party, U.S. Healthworks,
7010 Spring Meadows Drive, Holland, Ohio, 43528, or U.S. Healthworks, 3028 Navarre Avenue, Oregon, Ohio,
43616 who will administer scientifically valid test or tests, such as breath analysis, urinalysis or blood analysis.
4.9
Suspension means that a student cannot attend class, lab, clinical, or externship, receive lecture notes, take
quizzes, exams, clinical or externship affiliations or be on PSI property (owned or leased) during the period of the
said suspension, which may be up to, but not limited to 10 business days.
Education
5.1
PSI will provide each applicant and student with a copy of the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy,
review the policy with the applicant or student, hold appropriate discussion when deemed necessary, and answer
all questions. The PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy will be published PSI’s Academic Catalog, and
each division’s Student Handbook.
73 | P a g e
6.
5.2
The policy of PSI is to provide the booklet “The Truth About Drugs” as a part of the student orientation packet.
This booklet is published by the Foundation for a Drug Free World, 1626 N. Wilcox Avenue, Los Angeles, CA and
fulfills the requirement of the Drug-Free Schools and Communicates Act Amendments of 1989, Public Law 101–
226.
5.3
The policy of PSI is to have each student view the DVD documentary about “Real People/Real Stories”, during
orientation.
Drug
6.1
6.2
7.
8.
Legal Drugs:
a.
The undisclosed use of any legal drug by any applicant or student while performing PSI education or
while on PSI premises is prohibited. However, a student may continue to attend classes, labs, clinical
or externship practicum while using a legal drug if the DFC and/or the Program Director has determined,
after consulting with PSI’s third party professionals, that the legal dose use does not pose a safety
concern, or a concern regarding the student’s academic or clinical performance. If a safety concern is
noted, the student will be required to withdraw or comply with other appropriate actions as determined
by DFC and Program Director.
b.
A student whose medical therapy requires the use of a legal drug must report such use to his or
her instructor prior to attending a class or performing clinical or externship affiliations. The faculty
member will contact the DFC and Program Director for guidance.
c.
PSI reserves the right to review the effects that a legal drug may have on the student’s academic, clinical
or externship performance and to restrict the student’s activity or presence at PSI or any PSI facility
accordingly.
Illegal Drugs and Alcohol:
a.
The use, sale, purchase, transfer, or possession of an illegal drug or alcohol by any student or any
employee while on PSI property or while performing PSI educational requirements are prohibited.
Discipline
7.1
Any student who possesses, distributes, sells, attempts to sell, or transfers illegal drugs on PSI premises or while
performing PSI educational requirements will be terminated.
7.2
Any student who is found to be in possession of contraband in violation of this policy will be terminated.
7.3
Any student who is found through drug or alcohol testing to have in his or her body a detectable amount of
an illegal drug or of alcohol, or excessive amounts of a prescribed drug will be terminated.
Drug and Alcohol Testing on Students
8.1
All applicants and students of PSI are subject to drug and alcohol testing when there is reasonable (belief) cause
found by an instructor, a Program Director, a Program Coordinator or any employee of PSI.
8.2
All students will review and discuss the policy with the appropriate Program Director and sign the drug
acknowledgment, consent and release form. By signing this form the student acknowledges the receipt of, the
understanding of, and compliance with the policy.
8.3
When reasonable cause has been determined, the student will be notified of PSI’s drug and alcohol testing policy
prior to being tested, will be informed of his or her right to refuse to undergo such testing and will be informed
that the consequences of refusal to submit to testing is grounds for termination. Refusal is taken as
an admission of guilt.
8.4
PSI may request drug or alcohol testing:
a.
Of any applicant or student who manifests reasonable (belief) cause behavior.
b.
Of any applicant or student who is involved in an accident that results in or could result in the filing of a
medical claim.
c.
Of any applicant or student who is subject to drug or alcohol testing in compliance to federal or state
rules, regulations or laws.
8.5
An applicant or student’s consent to submit to drug or alcohol testing is required as a condition of enrollment and
the refusal to submit consent will result in termination of enrollment or denial of admission.
8.6
Any applicant or student who is tested in a reasonable (belief) cause situation will be suspended or denied
admission pending on the receipt of medical test results and whatever inquiries may be required.
8.7
All drug testing will be done through U.S. Healthworks, 7010 Spring Meadows Drive, Holland, Ohio, 43528 or
U.S.Healthworks, 3028 Navarre Avenue, Oregon, Ohio, 43616, at a cost to the applicant or student when
reasonable cause has been established. PSI has established a “Letter of Agreement” regarding the occupational
health service arrangement with U.S. Healthworks to use its services on an ongoing basis. Testing results will be
documented and confirmed by U.S. Healthworks. PSI is not involved in any part in the testing process.
74 | P a g e
8.8
When reasonable cause has been established, the student or employee must go to U.S. Healthworks, 7010 Spring
Meadows Drive, Holland, Ohio, 43528. Students or employees will be required to go immediately and directly
to the testing site without delay or stops. Any deviation from this procedure will result in immediate termination
from enrollment or employment.
8.9
Any confirmed attempt by the applicant or student of adulteration of a specimen will be considered violation of
this policy and will result in termination of enrollment or denial of admission.
9.
Appeal of a Drug or Alcohol Test Result
9.1
An applicant or a student whose drug or alcohol test that has been reported as positive will be offered the
opportunity of a meeting with DFC and appropriate Program Director or Program Coordinator to offer an
explanation. The purpose of the meeting will be to determine if there is any reason that a positive finding could
have resulted from some cause other than drug or alcohol use. PSI, through its medical resource officials at
U.S. Healthworks, will judge whether an offered explanation merits further inquiry.
10.
Drug and Alcohol Notification
10.1
PSI will notify applicants and students of this policy by:
a.
Publishing the PSI Campus Wide Drug and Alcohol Policy in PSI’s Academic Catalog, and
division’s Student Handbook.
b.
Reviewing the Policy with the applicants and students and required signature of this review and
acknowledgment by signing the drug acknowledgment, consent, and release form.
each
11.
Referral Services
11.1
PSI will refer the applicant or student who has a positive test result(s) to an appropriate rehabilitation organization
for counseling and treatment. It is solely up to the individual to follow through with the referral and obtain
counseling and treatment.
12.
Inspections and Searches
12.1
PSI will conduct unannounced inspections or searches for drugs or alcohol on PSI premises when reasonable
(belief) cause has been established. Applicants and students are required to cooperate with said inspections or
searches. Refusal is taken as an admission of guilt.
13.
12.2
PSI has the right to search an applicant or student’s personal property when reasonable (belief) cause has been
established. Personal property to include, but not limited to, the following: purses, backpacks, book bags, cars,
trucks, etc.
12.3
An applicant or student’s consent to a search is required as a condition of enrollment, a refusal to consent will
result in termination or the enrollment or denial of admission.
12.4
Illegal drugs, drugs believed to be illegal, and drug paraphernalia found on PSI’s property will be turned over to
the appropriate law enforcement agency and full cooperation given to subsequent investigation. Substances that
cannot be identified as an illegal drug by a layman’s examination will be turned over to a forensic lab for scientific
analysis.
Confidentiality
13.1
All information relating to drug or alcohol testing or identification of persons as users of drugs and alcohol will be
protected by PSI as confidential unless otherwise required by law, overriding public health and safety concerns,
or authorized in writing by the persons in question.
13.2
Applicant and student information (test results, referrals, etc.) will be kept confidential. Information will be
shared on a need-to-know basis. Any violations of confidentiality rights will be subject to disciplinary action up
to and including termination of enrollment or employment. All documentation will become part of the student’s
academic file and remain there for a period of five years.
75 | P a g e
76 | P a g e
Associate of Applied Science Program:
AMA —Associate Medical Assistant
Diploma Programs:
MA - Medical Assistant
MBCS - Medical Billing and Coding Specialist
PhT - Pharmacy Technician
77 | P a g e
78 | P a g e
Admissions
(Revised 07-2016)
It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the applicant’s acceptance into
the program. The College of Allied Health (AH) programs are currently offered on a daytime course schedule. The AH programs
are completely residential in nature and no component is done through distance learning.
PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the AH programs is offered in
January, April, July and October of each year. The academic calendars are located on page 7 of this catalog.
The AH Program Cost Sheets and the Retention and Placement Program Disclosure Forms are given to each applicant as an insert
to this catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting.
Admissions Requirements:
Each College of Allied Health applicant for admission is assigned an admissions representative. The Admissions Representative will
direct the applicant through the steps of the admissions process. The Admissions Representative will provide information on
curriculum, policies, procedures, and services, and assist the applicant in setting necessary appointments and interviews.
To qualify for admission, each applicant must meet the requirements listed below. Admission decisions are based on the applicant's
fulfillment of these requirements, a review of the applicant's previous educational records, and a review of the applicant's career
interests. If previous academic records indicate that the School's education and training would not benefit the applicant, the School
reserves the right to advise the applicant not to apply. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that the School receives all
required documentation. All records received become the property of the School.
Professional Skills Institute Academic Catalog is available online at www.proskills.edu. The catalog is located under the program
tabs, for review by the applicant, prior to signing an enrollment agreement.
Application Process Requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The applicant must be a high school senior, high school graduate or possess the recognized equivalent of a high school
diploma.
The applicant must complete an Admissions Application Form.
The applicant must interview and tour the campus with an admissions representative and/or other administrative staff as
may be required.
During the interview, applicants determined to have the aptitude, qualifications, and motivation to pursue a selected
program of study within the College of Allied Health will be given the opportunity to take the Wonderlic Scholastic Level
Entrance Test Evaluation. Only one retest is permitted per enrollment cycle. When retesting, the applicant will be
administered the Wonderlic on a different version of the test. The test score will remain in effect and valid for a period of
2 years from the test date.

The required minimum passing score is 14 for the diploma Medical Assistant (MA) and the Pharmacy Technician
(PhT) programs.

The required minimum passing score is 15 for the diploma Medical billing and Coding Specialist (MBCS) program.

The required minimum passing score is 18 for the associate degree Medical Assistant (AMA) program.
Note: An applicant that fails the Wonderlic on the second attempt will be ineligible to take the Wonderlic again during the
current enrollment cycle.
5.
6.
Applicants who achieve a qualifying score on the Wonderlic will be invited to apply to the specific program of interest
within the College of Allied Health. An applicant must submit a $25.00 application fee.
Applicants must agree to and sign the Professional Skills Institute Enrollment Agreement.
Note: Applicants that are under 18 years of age at the time of their application must have the Enrollment Agreement
countersigned by a parent or legal guardian.
7.
Review and sign the criminal background check and drug testing acknowledgement.
Pre-Acceptance required documents:
Prior to the submission of an applicant's application to the College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee the applicant
must also; Provide documentation of graduation in the form of a High School Diploma, transcript, or other acceptable documentation
which confirms that the applicant meets or exceeds the academic achievement equivalent to a high school diploma in the USA. All
documents submitted must be translated into English.
High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high school
diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcripts must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S. credential
evaluation service.
79 | P a g e
Acceptance Process:
Each applicant will have his/her application file reviewed by the College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee using the
following criteria:
Verified completion of ALL required application process documents. The College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee
may be comprised of the following, but not limited to; the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Program Directors, the
Director of Compliance, and/or the Registrar. The College of Allied Health Admissions Selection Committee will determine the
acceptance or denial of the students' application. The selection committee will notify the students Admission Representative, via
letter, of the acceptance or denial of a student's application. The Admission Representative will then notify the student of the
committee's determination via letter and phone.
Orientation:
Applied students must attend a scheduled mandatory orientation.
Probationary Admission:
At this time PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the Allied Health Programs.
80 | P a g e
MEDICAL ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE (AMA)
The Associate Medical Office Assistant (AMA) associate degree program is presented over a period of 72 weeks. This program is
divided into six (6) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the AMA program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July
and October. The schedule is Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the
week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending on the availability of the externship site. The AMA Externship experience
consists of an additional 160 clock hours served in a medical facility. The total credits required to complete the AMA program is
102.5.
Upon successful completion of the AMA associate degree program, the graduate will receive an Associate of Applied Science Degree
(AAS) as a Medical Assistant. The program has been approved by the State Board of Career Colleges and Schools and by the
Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools. Associate of Applied Science (AAS) transferability of credits to other institutions
is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability.
The graduate will qualify to sit for the registry examinations to become a Registered Medical Assistant (RMA) and/or a Certified
Medical Assistant (CMA) and will be able to perform both clerical and clinical office duties, including insurance form preparation,
basic computer operations, electronic health records and all of the clinical skills utilized in any general medicine or specialty office.
Medical Assistants are also eligible to sit for the International Academy of Phlebotomy Science (IAPS) certification examination to
become a Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT). The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment.
This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary.
O*Net: Occupational Information Network is established by the Department of Labor to assist students with information regarding
their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the AMA program is 31-9092.00. Students
should
use
the
following
web
address
to
access
this
information
from
the
Department
of
Labor.
www.onetonline.org/link/summary/31-9092.00.
3T
3T
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS:
Course No.
Course Name
MED101
MED102
MED103
MED105
MED106
MED109
MED110
MED111
MED114
MED115
MED116
MED118
MED135
MED136
MED152
MED154
MED155
COM102
ENG101
PSY101
SOC101
MTH101
MTH102
Medical Law and Ethics
Medical Terminology I
Keyboarding
Medical Office Procedures
Medical Insurance I
MA Clinical I
MA Clinical II
MA Clinical III
AMA Externship
Electronic Medical Records (EMR)
Medical Insurance II
Anatomy and Physiology I
Anatomy and Physiology II
Job Readiness
Computer Applications
Disease/Pharmacology
Interpersonal Communication
English Composition
Introduction to Sociology
Basic Mathematics
Business Mathematics
Course Credit
Course Clock Hours
2.5
5.0
3.0
3.5
2.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
4.5
3.5
5.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
2.5
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
102.5
30
60
50
50
30
90
90
90
160
60
60
60
60
60
30
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
1460
Transfer credit may be given from other accredited colleges, if the course content meets PSI’s curriculum requirements. The student will need to
submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education with input from the General
Education Coordinator. Refer to the Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred.
Externship/Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The
student cannot be used in place of a staff member at any externship site.
Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation requirements for any program based upon newly adopted
requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within a chosen profession.
81 | P a g e
MEDICAL ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE (AMA)
Curriculum Sequence
The AMA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will
experience an ever-increasing degree of expected terminal performance objectives.
Quarter 1
MED102
MED103
MED106
ENG101
Quarter 2
MED105
MED116
MED118
PSY101
Quarter 3
MED109
MED135
SOC101
COM102
Quarter 4
MED110
MED136
MTH101
Quarter 5
MED101
MED111
MED115
MED154
MED155
Quarter 6
MED114
MED152
MTH102
Course Name
Keyboarding
Medical Insurance I
English Composition
Total Possible
Course Name
Total Possible
Course Name
MA Clinical I
Interpersonal Communication
Total Possible
Course Name
MA Clinical II
Basic Mathematics
Total Possible
Course Name
MA Clinical III
CPR
Total Possible
Course Name
AMA Externship
Job Readiness
Total Possible
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Total Required AMA Program Credits
Course Credit
5.0
3.0
2.0
5.0
15.0
Course Credit
3.5
5.0
4.0
5.0
17.5
Course Credit
6.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
21.0
Course Credit
6.0
5.0
5.0
16.0
Course Credit
2.5
6.0
3.5
4.0
5.0
0.0
21.0
Course Credit
4.5
2.5
5.0
12.0
102.5
All courses in the AH programs must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful
passage of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%.
For a course that has both a lecture component and lab competency; each component must be passed separately with a minimum
of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the lab competency component. If the
student does not pass both components the entire course is failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is
offered.
Lab Competency: In the event the student obtains a failing (unsatisfactory) grade for lab competency, the student will be allowed
two (2) additional attempts to pass the competency, for a total of three (3) attempts. The student must arrange with the instructor
within one week of a lab failure, a plan of remediation and a time to take the makeup competency. If the student fails to show for
the scheduled first or second or third attempt lab competency and with no communication with the instructor, the student fails the
lab competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled lab competency time made with the instructor PRIOR
to the scheduled time are acceptable.
Note: The sequence of the General Education courses will remain as published. The day of the week and time for each course may
vary from quarter to quarter. The Registrar will update the students regarding the schedule prior to registration for the specific
quarter.
82 | P a g e
MEDICAL ASSISTANT – DIPLOMA (MA)
The Medical Office Assistant (MA) program is presented over a period of 48 weeks. This period is divided into four (4) 12-week
quarters. Enrollment into the MA program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The schedule is Monday through
Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day
depending on the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a medical facility. The total credits
required to complete the MA program is 87.
Upon successful completion of the MA program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a
diploma at graduation. After graduation, the student will qualify to take the registry exams to become a Registered Medical Office
Assistant (RMA) and/or a Certified Medical Assistant (CMA) and will be able to perform both clerical and clinical office duties,
including insurance form preparation, basic computer operations, electronic health records and all of the clinical skills utilized in
any general medicine or specialty office. Medical Office Assistants are also eligible to sit for a third licensing exam to become a
Certified Phlebotomy Technician (CPT). Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution
and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment.
This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary.
their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the MA program is 31-9092.00. Students should
use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/319092.00.
Course No.
Course Name
101-M
102-M
103-M
104-M
105-M
106-M
108-M
109-M
110-M
111-M
114-M
115-M
116-M
135-M
136-M
152-M
154-M
155-M
Keyboarding
Office Communications
Medical Insurance I
Fundamentals of Psychology
MA Clinical I
MA Clinical II
MA Clinical III
MA Externship
Job Readiness
Course Credit
Course Clock Hours
3.0
6.0
3.5
3.0
4.0
2.5
3.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
5.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
3.0
5.0
6.0
87.0
30
60
50
30
50
30
30
90
90
90
160
60
60
60
60
30
60
60
1100
submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education. Refer to the Transfer of Credit
section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred.
83 | P a g e
MEDICAL ASSISTANT – Diploma (MA)
Curriculum Sequence
The MA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will
Quarter 1
102-M
103-M
106-M
109-M
135-M
Quarter 2
104-M
105-M
110-M
116-M
136-M
Quarter 3
101-M
111-M
115-M
154-M
155-M
Quarter 4
108-M
114-M
152-M
Course Name
Keyboarding
Medical Insurance I
MA Clinical I
Total Possible
Course Name
MA Clinical II
Total Possible
Course Name
MA Clinical III
CPR
Total Possible
Course Name
MA Externship
Job Readiness
Total Possible
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Total Required MA Program Credits
Course Credit
6.0
3.5
2.5
7.0
6.0
25.0
Course Credit
3.0
4.0
7.0
6.0
6.0
26.0
Course Credit
3.0
7.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
0.0
25.0
Course Credit
3.0
5.0
3.0
11.0
87.0
offered.
84 | P a g e
Medical Assistant Clinical Skills


















Blood pressures, pulses, respirations, and temperatures
Height/length and weight, adults and infants.
Positioning and draping the patients for various physical exams.
Assisting the doctor with general physical, pediatric, OB & GYN, and Sigmoidoscopy exams.
Visual acuity testing using Snellen Eye chart.
Eye and ear irrigations and installations.
Instrument sanitization and disinfection, wrapping instruments for autoclaving and basic autoclave operation that
assures that the packages are sterile.
Assisting with minor office surgery including:
Application of sterile gloves and setting up and maintaining sterile fields
Proper handling of sterile instruments and supplies
Handing to the doctor instruments in functional position
Suture removal.
Calculation and administration of medications (p.o., IM, SQ, and ID).
Basic bandaging/tubular bandaging.
Venipuncture procedures which include:
Correct order of draw.
Correct selection of color tops for specific tests.
Correct technique, angle, and patient preparation and identification.
Correct handling, processing and storage of blood specimens after collection.
EKG procedures:
Proper patient preparation, running a standard 12 lead EKG
Mounting a manual, automatic EKG
CPR certification through the American Heart Association.
Urine testing including:
Multistix 10SG, specific gravity, Clinitest, spinning urine down and placing it on a slide for microscopic exam,
various urine pregnancy tests and urine cultures
Blood tests include:
Hemoglobin, hematocrit, blood glucose
Collection and processing of throat cultures and other specimens taken from the body
Universal blood borne precautions and OSHA regulations.
Medical Assistant Clerical Skills










Basic Computer, Keyboarding and Word processing skills. (MS Word, Excel, Power Point)
Computer skills in setting up insurance company information, entering patient information, scheduling appointments,
entering patient’s charges, payments and adjustments, creating receipts, billing and creating reports such as day sheets
and aging reports.
Proper use of ICD-9-CM (ICD-10-CM) and CPT insurance coding books.
Correct preparation of the insurance forms.
Proper telephone answering techniques, appointment scheduling, and filing.
Business letter preparation: Block, Modified block letters and USPS style envelopes.
Professional conduct, appearance and medical ethics.
HIPAA Regulations
Use of www, internet, and email.
Electronic Medical Records
Medical Assistants Mission and Core Values
AAMA Mission
The mission of the American Association of Medical Assistants is to provide the medical assistant professional with education,
certification, credential acknowledgment, networking opportunities, scope-of-practice protection, and advocacy for quality
patient-centered health care.
CMA (AAMA) Core Values

Actively participate in the delivery of quality health care.

Promote patient safety and well-being.

Contribute to a positive health care experience for patients.

Demonstrate integrity and respect, and protect patient confidentiality.

Advocate the essential value of certification and continuing education.

Embrace change, growth, and learning.
85 | P a g e
AAMA Medical Assistant Code of Ethics
The Code of Ethics of the American Association of Medical Assistants shall set forth principles of ethical and moral conduct as they
relate to the medical profession and the particular practice of medical assisting.
Members of AAMA dedicated to the conscientious pursuit of their profession, and thus desiring to merit the high regard of the entire
medical profession and the respect of the general public which they serve, do pledge themselves to strive always to:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Render service with full respect for the dignity of humanity;
Respect confidential information obtained through employment unless legally authorized or required by responsible
performance of duty to divulge such information;
Uphold the honor and high principles of the profession and accept its disciplines;
Seek to continually improve the knowledge and skills of medical assistants for the benefit of patients and professional
colleagues;
Participate in additional service activities aimed toward improving the health and well-being of the community.
AAMA Medical Assistant Creed
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
believe in the principles and purposes of the profession of medical assisting.
endeavor to be more effective.
aspire to render greater service.
protect the confidence entrusted to me.
am dedicated to the care and well-being of all people.
am loyal to my employer.
am true to the ethics of my profession.
am strengthened by compassion, courage and faith.
Refer to the AAMA website at http://www.aama-ntl.org/index.aspx for additional information.
Goals and Objectives for the AMA and MA Programs
PSI program goals and objectives for the AMA and MA programs:
•
•
•
•
•
To provide an AMA and MA program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of an entry level
medical assistant in both the clinical and administrative area.
To provide a positive innovative learning environment with instruction that keeps current with the demands of the
profession.
To encourage the participation in continuing educations courses, workshops, and seminars to keep updated in the
profession as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired.
To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and
dealing with patients one-on-one.
To prepare the medical assistant to sit for certification exams, RMA, CMA, and CPT, if required by the employer or
desired by the individual.
Graduates of the AMA and MA programs will be able to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Apply the knowledge gained through lecture and clinical, to practice safely and to use good judgment while caring for
the patient in the work environment.
Demonstrate both written and verbal communication skills enabling effective communicate with patients, coworkers and
employers.
Demonstrate proficiency as a medical assistant by passing certification examinations (CMA or RMA), if required by the
employer, or desired by the individual.
Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and other professionals in the
community.
To be able to maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines.
To be able to understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of
the medical profession.
86 | P a g e
MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING SPECIALIST – DIPLOMA (MBCS)
The Medical Billing and Coding Specialist (MBCS) program is presented over a period of 48 weeks. This period is divided into four
(4) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the MBCS program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October.
The schedule is Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend,
and at any time of the day depending on the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a medical
facility. The total academic credits required to complete the MBCS program is 76.
Upon completion of the MBCS program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a diploma at
graduation. The graduate will be qualified to process a variety of insurance forms in medical offices, clinics, and hospital billing
departments, basic computer operation and general office duties. Transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion
of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the graduate in every way possible
in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or of a minimum starting salary.
their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the MBCS program is 29-2071.00. Students
should
use
the
following
web
address
to
access
this
information
from
the
Department
of
Labor.
www.onetonline.org/link/summary/29-2071.00.
Course No.
Course Name
101-M
102-M
103-M
104-M
105-M
106-M
108-M
115-M
116-M
118-M
119-M
135-M
136-M
152-M
153-M
154-M
155-M
Keyboarding
Medical Insurance I
MBCS Externship
Job Readiness
Medical Insurance III
Course Credit
Course Clock Hours
3.0
6.0
3.5
3.0
4.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
6.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
3.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
76.0
30
60
50
30
50
30
30
60
60
60
160
60
60
30
60
60
60
950
87 | P a g e
MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING SPECIALIST – Diploma (MBCS)
Curriculum Sequence
The MBCA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will
Quarter 1
102-M
103-M
106-M
135-M
Quarter 2
104-M
105-M
116-M
118-M
136-M
Quarter 3
101-M
115-M
153-M
154-M
155-M
Quarter 4
108-M
119-M
152-M
Course Name
Keyboarding
Medical Insurance I
Total Possible
Course Name
Total Possible
Course Name
CPR
Total Possible
Course Name
MBCS Externship
Job Readiness
Total Possible
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Total Required MBCS Program Credits
Course Credit
6.0
3.5
2.5
6.0
18.0
Course Credit
3.0
4.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
24.0
Course Credit
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
0.0
23.0
Course Credit
3.0
5.0
3.0
11.0
76.0
offered.
88 | P a g e
Medical Billing and Coding Specialist Clerical Skills





Basic Computer, Keyboarding and Word processing skills. (MS Word, Excel, Power Point)
Electronic Health Records
Computer skills in setting up insurance company information, entering patient information, scheduling appointments,
entering patient’s charges, payments and adjustments, creating receipts, billing and creating reports such as day sheets
and aging reports.
Proper use of ICD-9-CM (ICD-10-CM) and CPT insurance coding books.
Correct preparation of the insurance forms.
CMS 1500
Medicaid/Health Check
Medicare
Workers’ Compensation
Blue Cross/Blue Shield
HMOs (Health Maintenance Organization)
PPOs (Preferred Provider Organization)






Proper telephone answering techniques, appointment scheduling, and filing.
Business letter preparation: Block, Modified block letters and USPS style envelopes.
Professional conduct, appearance and medical ethics.
HIPAA Regulations
Use of www, internet, and email.
Collection procedure:
Billing
Handling bankruptcy accounts
Handling payment plans
Goals and Objectives for the MBCS Program
PSI program goals for the MBCS program:
•
•
•
•
•
To provide a MBCS program that will enable graduates to be qualified to process a variety of insurance forms in a medical
office, clinic, DME, or hospital setting as well as be able to manage accounts payable and accounts receivable in either a
manual or computerized format.
To provide a curriculum based on current information regarding medical insurance and billing in a health related facility.
To provide a positive learning environment and instruction this keeps current with the demands of the profession.
To encourage the participation in continuing educations courses, workshops, and seminars to keep updated in the
profession as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired.
To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and
dealing with patients one-on-one.
Graduates of the MBCS program will be able to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Assist patients and their families with completing and understanding insurance forms, billing, payments and denials while
demonstrating confidentiality in regard to the patients’ personal information.
employers.
Maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient records and dealing with
patients on a one-to-one basis.
Understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of the medical
profession.
Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and insurance companies.
Demonstrate proficiency as a medical billing and coding specialist by passing certification examination CMBS, if required
by the employer or desired by the individual.
Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics:
In my position as a Professional Health Insurance Claims Processor, I understand and accept the responsibility of Liaison between
Patient, Provider, and Insurance Carrier. I do voluntarily endorse and abide by the Medical Association of Billers Code of Ethics.
As a professional, it is my responsibility to:

Provide accurate, honest and timely information to my Provider.

Never disclose personal, medical, or financial information about my Provider without consent.

Provide patient information only to those insurers, government agencies, healthcare providers, or facilities necessary for
the prompt payment of health insurance claims for my Provider.

Never willingly or knowingly is a party to the submission of fraudulent claims information to insurers or government
agencies.

Advance my knowledge through continuing education for the betterment of my profession.

Avoid conflict of interest situations through open and honest dialog with my Provider.

Maintain current knowledge of applicable laws and regulations and observe them in the practice of my profession.
89 | P a g e
90 | P a g e
PHARMACY TECHNICIAN – DIPLOMA (PhT)
The Pharmacy Technician (PhT) program is presented over a period of 48 weeks. This period is divided into four (4) 12-week
quarters. Enrollment into the PhT program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October. The schedule will
vary Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Externship time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at
any time of the day depending on the availability of the externship site. Externship consists of 160 hours served in a hospital or
retail pharmacy. The total academic credits required to complete the PhT program is 81.
Upon successful completion of the PhT program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the student will receive a
diploma at graduation. The graduate will be able to prepare and dispense prescriptions in accordance with the state and federal
laws and rules under the supervision of the Pharmacist. After graduation, the student will qualify to take the National Pharmacy
Technician Exam (ExCPT) and/or the National Pharmacy Technician Certification Exam (PTCE), or any Ohio State Board of Pharmacy
approved exam to work in retail, hospital, institutional and/or home infusion pharmacy settings. Transferability of credits to other
institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will assist the
graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary.
their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PhT program is 29-2052.00. Students should
use the following web address to access this information from the Department of Labor. www.onetonline.org/link/summary/292052.00
Course No.
Course Name
101-M
102-M
103-M
104-M
105-M
108-M
116-M
152-M
154-M
156-M
157-M
158-M
159-M
160-M
161-M
162-M
Keyboarding
Job Readiness
Introduction to Pharmacy Technician
PhT Clinical I
PhT Clinical II
PhT Externship
PhT Pharmacology I
PhT Pharmacology II
PhT Pharmacology III
Course Credit
Course Clock Hours
3.0
6.0
3.5
3.0
4.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
5.0
7.5
7.0
7.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
30
60
50
30
50
30
60
30
60
90
90
90
160
60
60
60
81.0
1010
91 | P a g e
Pharmacy Technician – Diploma (PhT)
Curriculum Sequence
The PhT curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will
Quarter 1
102-M
103-M
156-M
160-M
Quarter 2
104-M
105-M
116-M
157-M
161-M
Quarter 3
101-M
154-M
158-M
162-M
Quarter 4
108-M
152-M
159-M
Course Name
Keyboarding
PhT Pharmacology I
Total Possible Quarter
Course Name
PhT Clinical I
PhT Pharmacology II
Course Name
PhT Clinical II
CPR
Course Name
Job Readiness
PhT Externship
Credits
Credits
Credits
Credits
Total Required PhT Program Credits
Course Credit
6.0
3.5
7.5
6.0
23.0
Course Credit
3.0
4.0
6.0
7.0
6.0
26.0
Course Credit
3.0
5.0
7.0
6.0
0.0
21.0
Course Credit
3.0
3.0
5.0
11.0
81.0
offered.
92 | P a g e
Goals and Objectives for the PhT Program
PSI program goals and objectives for the PhT program:






To provide a PhT program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of an entry level Pharmacy
Technician under the supervision of a Pharmacist.
To provide a positive innovative learning environment with instruction that keeps current with the demands of the
profession.
To encourage the participation in continuing education courses, workshops, and seminars to stay current in the profession
as well as working to advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree if desired.
To provide guidelines on patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines when reviewing all patient information
and dealing with patients one-on-one.
To prepare the graduate pharmacy technician to sit for the National ExCPT or the PTCE exam or any Ohio State Board of
Pharmacy approved exam.
To provide instruction to the student Pharmacy Technician to prepare and dispense prescriptions in accordance with the
state and federal laws and rules under the supervision of the Pharmacist.
Graduates of the PhT program will be able to:








Apply the knowledge gained through lecture, lab and externship and to practice safety and use good judgment while
preparing and dispensing prescriptions under the supervision of the pharmacist.
Apply knowledge of different classifications of medications and their indications of use.
Demonstrate proficiency and accuracy by:
1.
Verifying the information on the prescription is complete and accurate.
2.
Entering data accurately into the computer system and recording all prescriptions.
3.
Submitting insurance claims for third party billing.
4.
Retrieving, counting, pouring, calculating, weighing, and compounding prescriptions.
5.
Preparing or compounding sterile products such as IV drug preparations.
6.
Ordering, receiving and maintaining inventory of drugs and supplies, and ensuring their security.
7.
Answering the phones and assisting the customers at the check-out counter.
employers.
Demonstrate proficiency as a Pharmacy Technician by passing the certification examination National ExCPT or the PTCB
exam or any Ohio State Board of Pharmacy approved exam.
Demonstrate adaptability and cultural respect when associating with patients, coworkers, and other professionals in the
community.
To be able to maintain patient confidentiality as stated in the HIPAA guidelines.
To be able to understand the importance and adhere to the guidelines of professional conduct, appearance and ethics of
the Pharmacy profession.
Code of Ethics for Pharmacy Technicians
Preamble
Pharmacy Technicians are healthcare professionals who assist pharmacists in providing the best possible care for patients.
The principles of this code, which apply to pharmacy technicians working in any and all settings, are based on the
application and support of the moral obligations that guide the pharmacy profession in relationships with patients,
healthcare professionals and society.
Principles
•
A pharmacy technician's first consideration is to ensure the health and safety of the patient, and to use knowledge and
skills to the best of his/her ability in serving patients.
•
A pharmacy technician supports and promotes honesty and integrity in the profession, which includes a duty to observe
the law, maintain the highest moral and ethical conduct at all times and uphold the ethical principles of the profession. A
pharmacy technician assists and supports the pharmacists in the safe and efficacious and cost effective distribution of
health services and healthcare resources.
•
A pharmacy technician respects and values the abilities of pharmacists, colleagues and other healthcare professionals.
•
A pharmacy technician maintains competency in his/her practice and continually enhances his/her professional knowledge
and expertise.
•
A pharmacy technician respects and supports the patient's individuality, dignity, and confidentiality.
•
A pharmacy technician respects the confidentiality of a patient's records and discloses pertinent information only with
proper authorization.
•
A pharmacy technician never assists in dispensing, promoting or distribution of medication or medical devices that are not
of good quality or do not meet the standards required by law.
•
A pharmacy technician does not engage in any activity that will discredit the profession, and will expose, without fear or
favor, illegal or unethical conduct of the profession.
•
A pharmacy technician associates with and engages in the support of organizations, which promote the profession of
pharmacy through the utilization and enhancement of pharmacy technicians.
Adapted from The American Association of Pharmacy Technicians Code of Ethics, published Am J Health-Syst Pharm. 2003 Code of Conduct
93 | P a g e
94 | P a g e
College of Allied Health (AH) ---Course Descriptions
(Revised 07/06/2016)
* Please refer to page 39 for definition of ABHES additional outside clock hours and Title IV (FA) out-of-class prep hour’s calculations.
Number
Name
101-M
Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH Diploma
Program
MED101
Prerequisite: Enrollment into an AH
Associate Degree Program
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
3.0
Lecture
Hrs.
30
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
15.0
2.5
30
0
0
12.5
Medical Law and Ethics introduces the student to the legal principles and ethical issues affecting all healthcare professiona ls in the United States.
Issues covered in this course are: the importance of personnel having knowledge of the law, what constitutes a standard of care, parameters of
responsibility, and functioning within the legal system. Medical malpractice, divisions between criminal and civil law, formation of a contract,
breach of contract and how to terminate a contract, as well as negligence of malpractice, informed consent, practicing preventive medicine and
malpractice insurance are covered in this course. This course also discusses the responsibilities of practice and what const itutes privacy,
confidentiality, and privileged communication.
Number
Name
102-M
Program
MED102
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
5.0
60
0
0
25.0
Medical Terminology I covers the basic techniques of medical word building. Presented in this course are the basic medical concepts, terms and
structures of the integumentary, respiratory, circulatory, blood, lymph and immune systems. This course concentrates on building a basic
foundation and framework of the language of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words
and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the student will be able to analyze numerous medical terms; gain a solid base on which to build a larger
vocabulary; spell medical terms correctly; recognize these terms in dictation; understand the context in which that word will be applied, and enjoy
working in a health-related field due to increased understanding of medical terminology.
Number
Name
103-M
Keyboarding
Program
MED103
Keyboarding
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
3.5
Lecture
Hrs.
20
Lab Hrs.
30
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
17.5
3.0
20
30
0
15.0
The first half of Keyboarding presents the correct techniques of keyboard operation beginning with the basic home row keys and the proper finger
stretch to each additional key, until the entire alphabet and punctuation keys have been practiced. This course is presented using Microsoft Word
2010, to enable the student to learn the finger stroke work and how to open, create, print, save and retrieve a file. Keyboa rding also includes a
review of the basic parts of an IBM compatible computer.
The second half of Keyboarding presents procedures of copy arrangements including: justifications, centering, application of bold, italics,
underlining, setting of tabs, formatting a block and a modified block style business letter, formatting USPS style envelopes and formatting memos.
Correct spacing of documents, correct spacing after punctuation marks, keyboarding accuracy and proofreading text is emphasized in this course.
Number
104-M
Name
Program
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
3.0
Lecture
Hrs.
30
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
15.0
Office Communications is intended as a basic review of the rules governing the English language. It covers such areas as punctuation marks,
capitalization, numbers, abbreviations, plurals, spelling, compound words, grammar, nouns, pronouns, subjects, verbs, adjectives, adverbs,
prepositions, word blunders and word usage.
95 | P a g e
Number
Name
105-M
Prerequisite: 103-M Keyboarding
MED105
Prerequisite: MED103 Keyboarding
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
30
Lab Hrs.
20
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
3.5
30
20
0
15.0
Course Description:
Medical Office Procedures (MOP) presents general alphabetizing rules and computer operation using Medisoft. The student will learn to perform
many administrative tasks of the medical office. Students will be able to schedule appointments, create patient charts, and have a basic knowledge
of patient’s charges and payments. Correct telephone procedures and etiquette will be discussed and practiced as well as developing good triage
skills. This course also simulates a medical office with the keeping of a manual appointment book, patient files, and answering incoming patient
calls. In this course the student will also obtain a firm grasp of the daily duties including: time management, professional expectations, and the
importance of good communication between the office staff, the doctor and the patient. A section is taught on: basic calculat ions using a fee
schedule, ROA (received on account) payments, NSF (non-sufficient funds) entries, insurance adjustments, professional courtesy, refunds, and
write-offs. Instruction is given on how to complete weekly payroll cards: calculating gross income and federal deductions such as FICA and state
taxes.
Number
Name
106-M
Medical Insurance I
Program
MED106
Medical Insurance I
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
2.5
Lecture
Hrs.
20
Lab Hrs.
10
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
12.5
2.0
20
10
0
10.0
Medical Insurance I present the proper use of the ICD-10-CM (International Classification of Diseases – Clinical Modification) and CPT (Current
Procedural Terminology) code books to translate diseases and procedures into numbers used by the medical insurance industry. Medical Insurance
I also includes carrier reimbursement systems such as general insurance companies, Medicare, Medicaid, Tricare, Worker’s Compensation and the
universal claim form (CMS-1500).
Number
Name
108-M
Program
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
3.0
Lecture
Hrs.
30
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
15.0
Fundamentals of Psychology present an introduction to basic psychology. Covered in this fundamental psychology course are:
•
Normal human behavior and disorders of behavior.
•
How to deal with difficult patients.
•
How to deal with the stresses of being a professional in the (Allied) Health Sciences field.
•
How to deal with co-workers in a medical facility.
•
Personality, motivation, emotions, attitudes, problem-solving, coping, assertiveness, and interpersonal communications.
•
Sigmund Freud’s psycho dynamic view.
•
Theories of Jung, Maslow, Erickson, Roger and Adler.
Number
109-M
Name
MA Clinical I
Prerequisite: 102-M Medical Terminology
and 135-M Anatomy and Physiology I, or
taking concurrently
MED109
MA Clinical I
Prerequisite: MED102 Medical Terminology
and MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I, or
taking concurrently
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
7.0
Lecture
Hrs.
50
Lab Hrs.
40
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
35.0
6.0
50
40
0
30.0
In MA Clinical I, the student will learn common medical office procedures taught in a simulated atmosphere. Included are: medical aseptic
techniques, sanitization and sterilization procedures, wrapping and handling of sterile equipment, basic hand washing, OSHA regulations, sterile
gloving, setting up and maintaining a sterile field, instrumentation, vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiration, blood pressure); eye and ear
irrigation and instillation, vision screening using the Snellen Eye Charts, measuring height and weight, basic bandaging, and patient and equipment
preparation for recording and mounting a 12-lead electrocardiogram (EKG). Pulse oximetry procedure, applying a Holter monitor, and the use of
ultrasound will be reviewed and demonstrated.
96 | P a g e
Number
Name
110-M
MA Clinical II
Prerequisite: 102-M Medical Terminology,
135-M Anatomy and Physiology I, 109-M MA
Clinical I, or taking concurrently
MED110
MA Clinical II
Prerequisite: MED102 Medical Terminology
MED135 Anatomy and Physiology I, MED109
MA Clinical I, or taking concurrently
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
7.0
Lecture
Hrs.
50
Lab Hrs.
40
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
35.0
6.0
50
40
0
30.0
In MA Clinical II, the student will refresh math skills in decimals, will have an introduction to drug measurement using metric, apothecary and
household measurements, will learn how to read medication labels and syringe calibrations, will learn dosage calculations and medication
administration. Along with the calculation and administration of medications, the course presents how to properly give oral, topical, intradermal,
subcutaneous and intramuscular medications, including the general uses and most common side effects of drugs on the body.
Number
Name
111-M
MA Clinical III
Prerequisite: 109-M MA Clinical I and 110-M
MA Clinical II
MED111
MA Clinical III
Prerequisite: MED109 MA Clinical I and
MED110 MA Clinical II
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
7.0
Lecture
Hrs.
50
Lab Hrs.
40
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
35.0
6.0
50
40
0
30.0
In MA Clinical III, instruction is given on commonly performed laboratory tests and procedures, including collection of micro-biologic specimens
and incubation. Carrying infant and measuring height, weight, head and chest circumference. Plotting growth charts. Lecture and practice
venipuncture, finger sticks procedure, hemoglobin, hematocrit, pregnancy tests, and throat cultures and, urinalyses, preparat ion of blood and
urine specimens for viewing under the microscope by the physician are presented.
Number
Name
114-M
MA Externship
Prerequisite: Successfully completion of
Quarters I, II and III courses and
competencies.
MED114
AMA Externship
Quarters I through V courses and
competencies.
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
160
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
4.5
0
0
160
22.5
The student is placed in a physician’s office, hospital or clinic. The student is rotated through the facility in the clerical and clinical areas for a total
of 160 Hours. A representative from PSI will phone/visit the Externship site to check on the student’s progress and determine that the student is
receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Externship facility at the end of the Externship practicum.
Externship must be completed within six (6) months from the date of last registered quarter. After six months, students will be required to repeat
technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Externship.
Externship Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be
used in place of a staff member.
Number
Name
115-M
MED115
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
20
Lab Hrs.
40
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
3.5
20
40
0
17.5
Course Description:
The Electronic Medical Record contains real-life examples of how EMR systems are being used to improve healthcare, how they might be used in
the future. In this course we will discuss common issues that often arise during the conversion of paper to electronic medical records. Students
will also gain insight into the conversion process. In the course they will also explore issues of EMR security and pat ient privacy as pertained to
EMR systems. Also included in this course is web-based SimChart software an Electronic Medical Record. Students will learn how to enter data
into an EMR through hands-on assignments, which include critical thinking exercises. The course will also focus on both the electronic medical
record and the administrative procedures that use the EMR. The concepts are broad enough to cover most EMR software available to medical
practices.
97 | P a g e
Number
Name
116-M
Medical Terminology II
Prerequisite: 102-M Medical Terminology I
MED116
Medical Terminology II
Prerequisite: MED102 Medical Terminology I
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
5.0
60
0
0
25.0
Course Description:
In this course the student continues to build the necessary medical terminology base which is essential for accurate communication both in future
courses in his/her program and in the workplace. The content relates directly to word building, pathology, oncology, pharmacology, diagnostic,
symptomatic and therapeutic terms and procedures of the sense organs, the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, gastrointestinal, genitourinary,
and female reproductive systems.
Number
Name
118-M
Prerequisite: 106-M Medical Insurance I
MED118
Prerequisite: MED106 Medical Insurance I
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
40
Lab Hrs.
20
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
4.0
40
20
0
20.0
Course Description:
The focus of this class is learning the coding rules for the ICD-10-CM, coding systems and then applying the rules to code patient services. In
addition, a variety of payment systems is presented. The medical topics of Medicare fraud, HMOs, and QIOs are also reviewed. The universal claim
form (CMS-1500) continues to be explored.
Number
Name
119-M
MBCS Externship
competencies.
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
160
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
After completion of classroom requirements, the student is placed in a physician’s office, hospital or clinic. The student will work in the clerical
area doing a variety of insurance forms and billing. A representative from PSI will visit/phone the Externship site to check on the student’s progress
and determine that the student is receiving a variety of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Externship facility at the end of the
Externship practicum.
technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Externship.
Number
Name
135-M
Program
MED135
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
5.0
60
0
0
25.0
Anatomy and Physiology I presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in
Anatomy and Physiology I, are chapters on Introduction to the Body, Cells, Tissues, Organ Systems, Senses, Blood, and the Circulatory, the
Lymphatic and the Respiratory Systems.
Number
136-M
Name
Prerequisite: 135-M Anatomy and
Physiology I
MED136
Prerequisite: MED135 Anatomy and
Physiology I
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
5.0
60
0
0
25.0
Anatomy and Physiology II presents the study of body systems, including the structure, function and diseases of each system. Presented in
Anatomy and Physiology II are chapters on the musculoskeletal, nervous, endocrine, digestive, urinary, male and the female reproductive systems.
98 | P a g e
Number
Name
152-M
Job Readiness
MED152
Job Readiness
Quarter
Credits
3.0
Lecture
Hrs.
30
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
15.0
2.5
30
0
0
12.5
Course Description:
Job Readiness presents the fundamentals of preparing a cover letter, resume, and reference sheet. Instruction is given on ho w to prepare for a
job using mock interview techniques. Job Readiness includes discussion on proper interview attire and practice on how to properly fill out
employment forms. The student will review updated OSHA regulations along with discussion on Hepatitis B and the HIV virus.
Number
Name
153-M
Prerequisite: 106-M Medical Insurance I and
118-M Medical Insurance II
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
40
Lab Hrs.
Clinical
Hrs.
0
20
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
Medical Insurance III covers the following:
•
The use of the UB04 job aid and completion of the UB04/CMS1450 claim form for inpatient and outpatient admissions.
•
The completion of claim forms for durable medical claim submissions (HCPCS) and use of modifiers, when applicable.
•
CPT coding at a level of increased difficulty.
•
Comprehension of electronic claims, claims systems, status reviews, claim management techniques and claim inquires.
•
The appeal process, EOB’s insurance payment history, credit/payment laws, collection process, cash flow, billing cycle, manual and
electronic billing process, aging analysis, small claims court, fee schedules and adjustments.
Number
Name
154-M
MED154
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
40
Lab Hrs.
20
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
4.0
40
20
0
20.0
Course Description:
Computer Applications provides an overview of microcomputer components and applications. In this course the student will be exposed to practical
examples of the computer as a useful tool and become acquainted with the proper procedures to create documents, worksheets and presentations
suitable for course work and professional use. Each project in the textbook presents a practical problem and complete solution in an easy-tounderstand approach. Students will learn the fundamentals of Microsoft Office Word 2010, Excel 2010 and PowerPoint 2010. The student will
complete projects in MS Word using various word processing functions along with inserting graphics. Students will complete a research paper in
MS Word according to the specified MLA format. Students will create a worksheet and chart in Excel and learn basic and intermediate Excel
functions. Using a design template, the student will be able to create and design a class presentation using Power Point 2010.
Number
Name
155-M
Prerequisite: 135-M Anatomy and Physiology
I and 136-M Anatomy and Physiology II
MED155
Prerequisite: MED135 Anatomy and
Physiology I and MED136 Anatomy and
Physiology II
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
5.0
60
0
0
25.0
Course Description:
This course includes information on (but not limited to) hundreds of human diseases and conditions, presented in an orderly, concise and easy to
comprehend manner. It breaks down the mechanisms of each disease. The subject matter flows through integrated aspects important for the
student to consider in the study of human disease such as; genetics, immune disorders, preventive health care, traditional and non-traditional
medicines and patient teaching. This course also includes cancers with foundational information about the pathology, pathogenesis and prognostic
indicators of the disease (staging and grading of tumors). A diagnostic code is assigned to each disease. ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM codes are
included to aid in locating the appropriate diagnostic code for each of the individual’s disease to aid in the billing of insurance claims.
99 | P a g e
Number
Name
156-M
Prerequisite: Enrollment into the Pharmacy
Technician (PhT) program
Quarter
Credits
7.5
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
30
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
37.5
Course Description:
Introduction to Pharmacy Technician Practice will begin with the evolution and history of the Pharmacy and the role of the technician in various
practice settings. Dosage forms and routes of administration will be covered, as well as inventory control and med error prevention. Understanding
pharmacy law, ethics and confidentiality, along with the technician’s role in ensuring patient’s rights will be the focus. A n introduction to the
pharmacy lab and pharmacy software, as well as calculations needed to assure correct dose and quantities will also be taught in this course. The
text not only explains the standards and scope of pharmacy technician practice; it also offers insights into the future of this rapidly evolving
profession.
Number
Name
157-M
PhT Clinical I
Prerequisite: 156-M Introduction to
Pharmacy Technician
Quarter
Credits
7.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
30
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
35.0
Course Description:
PhT Clinical I will cover the mechanics of evaluating prescriptions, and communicating clearly with patients, co-workers and other healthcare
professionals. Pharmacy software lab will introduce the student to data entry, drug interactions, and filling and labeling prescriptions. Included in
this course will be an overview on non-prescription or over-the-counter medications and special dispensing rules. A major focus of this class will
be to understand pharmacy medical insurance by learning how to handle payments and the use of third party payers.
Number
Name
158-M
PhT Clinical II
Prerequisite: 157-M PhT Clinical I
Quarter
Credits
7.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
30
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
35.0
Course Description:
PhT Clinical II will introduce the student to the proper preparation of compounded oral and topical mixtures and sterile products, or IV compounding.
Included will be an introduction to microbiology and aseptic technique, inpatient hospital and homecare prescription processing. Practice in
preparation of compounds, large volume parenteral, TPN’s, and chemotherapeutic products, will be exercised with simulated medications. To
complete this class, professional organizations for pharmacy technicians are identified and continuing education resources provided.
Number
Name
159-M
PhT Externship
competencies.
Course Description:
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
160
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
The student is placed in various Pharmacy Practice settings (i.e. Retail, Hospital, Institutional), and is rotated throughout the different areas of
responsibility required of a Pharmacy Technician. The Clinical sites are properly licensed and regulated. Under the direction of a Pharmacist or
qualified Supervisor, the student will apply their knowledge and skills developed in the didactic and laboratory phases of their training at PSI.
Upon completion of the clinical practicum experience, students will demonstrate entry-level proficiency in all areas of the curriculum. A
representative from PSI will phone/visit the Clinical site to check on the student’s progress and determine that the student is receiving a variety
of experiences. An evaluation is completed by the Clinical facility at the end of the Clinical Practicum program.
technical courses at an additional tuition charge to prepare them for Clinical Practicum.
Number
Name
160-M
PhT Pharmacology I
Prerequisite: Enrollment into the Pharmacy
Technician (PhT) program
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
In today’s pharmacy, technicians are increasingly taking on the dispensing functions previously performed by pharmacists. This course will
prepare you for the technician’s growing responsibilities by helping you understand how drugs affect human function. PhT Pharmacology I will
introduce the student to the fundamentals of pharmacology and the definition. Covered will be the drugs that affect the nervous system, central
nervous system, the musculoskeletal system, and the ophthalmic and otic systems. Brand names and generic names will be studied.
100 | P a g e
Number
Name
161-M
PhT Pharmacology II
Prerequisite: 160-M PhT Pharmacology I
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
In today’s pharmacy, technicians are increasingly taking on the dispensing functions previously performed by pharmacists. This course will prepare
you for the technician’s growing responsibilities by helping you understand how drugs affect human function. This course is the second of three
(3) quarters of classwork which is needed to present all of the classes of drugs and how they affect the entire human body. Covered in PhT
Pharmacology II will be the drugs that affect the ophthalmic and otic systems, the musculoskeletal system, the nervous system, the endocrine
system, the gastrointestinal system, the urinary system, and the reproductive systems.
Number
Name
162-M
Prerequisite: 161-M PhT Pharmacology II
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
In today’s pharmacy, technicians are increasingly taking on the dispensing functions previously performed by pharmacists. This course will
complete your preparation of the technician’s growing responsibilities, by helping you learn and understand the top 226 Drugs on their brand
names, generic names, indication and drug class, as well as preparation and storage procedures. This course is the third of three (3) quarters of
classwork which is needed to present all of the classes of drugs and how they affect the entire human body.
General Education Courses:
Number
Name
COM102
Interpersonal Communications
Prerequisite: Enrollment into an Associate
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
FA Credits
5.0
Course Description:
This course presents interpersonal communication with emphasis on one-to-one relationships and group discussions. The course includes practice
in articulation of ideas, feeling, and ideals and develops an understanding and appreciation of these through listening and decision-making skills.
The course helps the student become a more competent communicator, understanding themselves, expressing themselves and understanding
others better on the job, in the classroom, at home, and in society.
Number
Name
ENG101
English Composition
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course is designed as an introductory course to academic writing, the type of writing based on careful, deliberate reading and the clear,
critical thinking demand of students throughout their college careers.
Number
Name
PSY101
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course will present information to help the student understand themselves and others. Psychology is relevant in almost every aspect of life
as it teaches about the roots of aggression and the influence of groups on individual behavior, highly relative topics in light of recent terrorist
activities. Research is discussed on stress, coping and health, which can help people to live fuller, happier personal and professional lives,
regardless of their circumstances. The latest research findings are presented to stress the scientific nature of the discipline.
101 | P a g e
Number
Name
SOC101
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course will expose the student to sociology’s basic ideas, theories, research and insights. The student will learn the key methods sociologists
use to test and refine their knowledge and how people everywhere develop their humanity as they learn to participate in society over the lifespan.
Students will explore groups and organizations, differing cultures, deviance, sexuality, social, global and gender stratifications, race and ethnicity,
family and religion, education and medicine, population, urbanization, environment and social change in both a modern environment and a
postmodern society.
Number
Name
MTH101
Basic Mathematics
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course begins with a review of operations on whole numbers, multiplying and dividing fractions, adding and subtracting fractions, decimals,
ratios and proportions, percentages, geometry and measure, data analysis and statistics, the real number system and an introduction to algebra.
Repetitive exercises in each chapter help with the retention of information. Chapter review exercises reinforce previously presented information.
Self- tests finalize attainment of skills.
Number
Name
MTH102
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course presents those mathematic applications that are of utmost importance in the world of business. After a review of basic mathematics,
the applications presented are: accounting, percentage, interest, basic business, corporate, and advanced applications which includes compound
interest, annuities, business statistics, and application of equations, business math in computer operations, and math in employment tests.
Note General Education Courses:
It is the responsibility of each student to update the Registrar each quarter on the status of the general education courses until they have been
completed.
102 | P a g e
College of Allied Health (AH) ---General Information
(Revised 04-2016)
Additional rules and regulations for the College of Allied Health are published on-line in the Student Handbook.
Competency Evaluation Policy:
offered.
AH Externships:
(Revised May 19, 2016)
Externship Requirements:
In order for an Allied Health student to qualify for Externship Placement, the student is required to:
1.
Successfully complete all didactic and lab requirements of his/her program, up to the point where an externship can be
assigned.
2.
Be in compliance with attendance and academic Satisfactory Progress as stated on page 53 of the catalog.
3.
Have reliable transportation and is able to drive up to 90 minutes to an externship site.
4.
Verification of current FBI/BCI Background Checks without felonious conviction.
5.
*Verification of current CPR certification.
6.
Verification of a negative 12-panel urine drug screen. The urine drug screen must be obtained through PSI’s
contracted provider, US Healthworks. The student may go to the Holland, Ohio or Oregon, Ohio location.
7.
Verification of Completed of PSI’s Immunization Form (providing proof of immunizations, titers lab results and TB
screening.)
*Only two (2) certifications for Basic Life Support (BLS) will be accepted.
1.
American Heart Association - Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers (or)
2.
American Red Cross - CPR/AED for Professional Rescuers and Health Care Providers
Note: Students are responsible for the cost of any externship requirement, such as immunizations, drug testing, and criminal
background checks. Non-compliance of items 3 and 4 will result in not being assigned an externship.
The Externship education section of the curriculum includes one (1) clinical experience period during which the student is given
opportunities to apply theory and technical skills in a clinical setting.
The Externship clinical is a 12-week course of 160 clock hours. The student’s specific schedule will vary as to the days of the week
and the specific time schedule at the assigned clinical site. The student must complete 160 clock hours over the 12-week period.
To ensure proper communication while the student is serving a clinical practicum, several definitions follow for those persons
directly involved with the Externship education section of the program.
Externship /Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their
education.
Externship Personnel Descriptions:
Externship Coordinator/Supervisor (ES): The person employed by the PSI who organizes, directs, supervises, and coordinates
the clinical education section of the curriculum.
Clinical Site (CS): The educational institution that provides the entry level curriculum in the professional preparation of students
leading to diploma or an A.A.S.
Clinical Instructor (CI): The person employed and designated by the clinical educational facility to organize, direct, supervise,
coordinate, and evaluate the activities of a students assigned.
103 | P a g e
Externship Personnel Roles:
The AH division current Externship Supervisors are: AMA/MA Program - Hazel Hart, RMA
MBCS Program - Martha Davis, RHIT
PhT Program - Bonnie Mason RPT
ES will:
a.
Research and formalize a clinical agreement with a site through a written agreement that will provide quality clinical
educational experiences for the students.
b.
Develop and coordinate the clinical site with the student and the site clinical instructor.
c.
Develop, organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the Externship activities of each individual student.
d.
Help develop, implement and evaluate clinical faculty development programs.
CI will:
a.
To identify, organize and coordinate the specific learning experiences within his/her student
b.
To organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the activities of the student assigned to his/her facility.
c.
To maintain communication with the Externship Supervisor and the assigned student during the externship.
(I.e. notification of student problems and progress)
Student will:
a.
To report to the CS at the assigned time, in proper attire with a name badge identifying him/her as a student.
b.
To abide by the rules and regulations of the CS.
c.
To fulfill the duties required by the CI.
d.
To protect the privacy and confidentiality of the individual’s medical record, and will avoid disclosure of personal
identifiable medical or social information, and any professional medical judgments.
e.
To participate in any seminars or workshops offered by the CS.
f.
To meet with the school representative or the CI as needed.
g.
To participate in the evaluation of his/her mastery of the competencies.
h.
To evaluate the effectiveness of the externship experience at the CS and return a copy of the evaluation to the school.
i.
To report to the CI if he/she becomes ill while at the CS, who will dismiss the student or recommend medical treatment.
j.
To notify the CS and the school if he/she will not be attending that day.
k.
To be courteous to the staff of the CS and offer help if not otherwise occupied.
l.
To avoid clinical staff conflicts by staying neutral in any disagreements among the staff.
m.
To exhibit the utmost professionalism in the performance of his/her assigned duties.
The Externship Supervisor screens possible Clinical Sites to ensure high quality learning experiences for the student in a variety
of settings.
Grading for Externships:
Grades are calculated by using the Externship Evaluation form. Each program has a list of procedures used to evaluate the student’s
performance on Externship. At the end of the total required Hours of Externship, the clinic or office supervisor(s) grade the student
on the categories the student has completed. Each category is given a number from 0 to 4. The score of four (4.0) being the
highest grade possible. The numbers are then added and divided by the number of categories completed. The grading scale is as
follows:
A= 3.5 to 4.0
B= 3.0 to 3.49
C= 2.0 to 2.99
F= 1.99 and below
PSI will not send any student on an Externship whose academic average is not adequately prepared to enter the professional world.
104 | P a g e
College of Allied Health (AH) ---Advisory Board Members
(Revised 04-2016)
Program
AMA/MA
AMA/MA
AMA/MA
AMA/MA
MBCS
MBCS
PhT
PhT
PhT
PhT
PhT
General
Advisory Member
Dr. Anthony Atkins
Physician
Alexandria Lytle
Medical Assistant
Trista Obee
Medical Assistant
Pam Taylor
Medical Assistant/Supervisor
Mindy Nottage
Pharmacy Technician
Theresa McGaharan
Director
Christopher Higgins
Pharmacy Technician
Andrew Thompson
In-Patient Pharmacy
Technician/Supervisor
Dawn Fry
Pharmacy Technician
Billie Jo Mehl
Pharmacy Technician
Hal Levine
Pharmacist/Manager
Additional Members
Mary Wells
Director of Compliance
AH Program Director
MD
Employer
NWO Urgent Care and Primary Care Network
CMA
Mercy St. Charles
RMA
Oregon Urgent Care
MA
NWO Urgent Care and Primary Care Network
MBCS/PhT
Omnicare
RHIT
NWOHMA
CPhT
Omnicare
CPhT
Promedica Toledo Hospital In-Patient
Pharmacy
CPhT
St. Vincent Hospital
CPhT
James Pharmacy
CPH
Rite-Aid Pharmacy
AAS, RMA, CMA, CPT
Employer
PSI
General
Kim Osburn
Dean of Education
MSN/ed, BSN, RN
PSI
MBCS
Martha Davis
Advisory Board Chairperson
MBCS Externship Supervisor
AH Instructor
BS, AAS, RHIT
PSI
AMA/MA
Hazel Hart
AMA/MA Externship
Supervisor
AH Instructor
AAS, RMA
PSI
PhT
Bonnie Mason
PhT Instructor
PhT Program Coordinator
Melissa Rybka
PhT Lab Assistant
BS, RPH
PSI
CPhT
Promedica Toledo Hospital In-Patient
Pharmacy
PRN PSI
PhT
105 | P a g e
106 | P a g e
Associate of Applied Science Program:
PTA —Physical Therapist Assistant
107 | P a g e
108 | P a g e
Admissions
(Revised 07-2016)
The Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is taught in the State of Ohio. The licensing requirements and statutes affecting
the practice of physical therapy in the State of Ohio will be the guiding philosophy for the PTA curriculum regardless of the state of
residency of the student.
It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the applicant’s acceptance into
the program. The School of Physical Therapist Assisting, Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is completely residential in
nature and no component is done through distance learning.
PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the PTA program is offered in
April and October of each year. The academic calendars are located on page 7 of this catalog.
The PTA Program Cost Sheet and the PTA Retention, Placement, and Licensure Program Disclosure Form are given to each applicant
as an insert to this catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting.
PTA Admissions Requirements:
Each School of Physical Therapist Assisting applicant for admission is assigned an admissions representative. The Admissions
Representative will direct the applicant through the steps of the admissions process. The Admissions Representative will provide
information on curriculum, policies, procedures, and services, and assist the applicant in setting necessary appointments and
interviews.
1.
2.
3.
4.
diploma.
may be required.
Upon completion of the interview, applicants determined to have the aptitude, qualifications, and motivation to pursue a
selected program of study within the School of Physical Therapist Assisting will be given the opportunity to schedule a
time to take the next scheduled Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAStm). The applicant must submit a $65.00 TEAS
testing fee prior to/or on the day of testing. The minimum passing score on the TEAS is 50% on the Adjusted Individual
Total Score. Only one retest is permitted per enrollment cycle. A retesting fee of $65.00 must be paid in order to retest.
The test score will remain in effect for a period of 2 years from the test date. A student may submit a qualifying TEAS
test result from another testing facility that is within the last 2 years.
Note: An applicant that fails the TEAS on the second attempt will be ineligible to take the TEAS again during the current
enrollment cycle.
5.
6.
An applicant who achieves a qualifying score on the TEAS will be invited to apply to the Physical Therapist Assisting
Program. An applicant must submit a $25.00 application fee.
7.
Prior to the submission of an applicant's application to the School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection Committee
the applicant must also;
1.
Provide documentation of graduation in the form of an Official High School transcript, or other acceptable documentation
which confirms that the applicant meets or exceeds the academic achievement equivalent to a high school diploma in the
USA. All documents submitted must be translated into English.
109 | P a g e
High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high
school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcripts must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S.
credential evaluation service.
2.
3.
4.
Complete 60 hours of observation in a Physical Therapy Clinic or department under the supervision of a licensed PT or
PTA. Observation hours must be obtained from a minimum of two (2) different sites and minimum of 15 hours at any
site.
Upon completion of the required observation hours, the applicant will complete a written essay, at the campus, based on
the completed observation experience.
If an applicant is employed in a PTA facility, they may submit a letter of reference from a supervisor in lieu of 45
observation hours.
Acceptance Process:
Each applicant will have his/her application file reviewed by the School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection
Committee using the following criteria:
Verified completion of ALL required application process documents. Receive a minimum score of 64 on the PTA Candidate Summary
Qualification Form.
The applicable high school and college transcripts are used by the PTA Program Director for calculation of points for admission
selection. Applicant must have a minimum of nine (9) semester credits or 15 quarter credits before college GPA can be used for
calculation of points for the Admissions Selection Committee.
Note:
An applicant that fails to achieve a qualifying score of 64 will be notified by their Admissions Representative of the options
available to increase their qualification score.
The School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection Committee may be comprised of the following, but not limited to;
the Campus Director, the Dean of Education, the Program Directors, the Program Coordinators, the Associate Program Coordinators,
the Director of Compliance, and/or the Registrar.
The School of Physical Therapist Assisting Admissions Selection Committee will determine the acceptance or denial of the students'
application. The selection committee will notify the students Admission Representative, via letter, of the acceptance or denial of a
student's application. The Admission Representative will then notify the student of the committee's determination via letter and
phone.
Orientation:
Due the difficulty of the PTA program PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the program at this time.
110 | P a g e
PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE
DEGREE (PTA)
The Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) program is a two (2) year associate degree program and has full accreditation approval from
CAPTE until December 31, 2019. The program is a total of 96 weeks, divided into eight (8) 12-week quarters. Enrollment into the
PTA program is available two (2) times per year, April and October. The schedule is Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.
Clinical Practicum time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day depending on the availability
of the clinical site. The total credits required to complete this program is 109.
Upon successful completion of the PTA program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will receive an
Associate of Applied Science Degree (AAS) and will be eligible to sit for the appropriate state licensure or approval examination for
Physical Therapist Assistants. Associate of Applied Science (AAS) transferability of credits to other institutions is at the discretion
of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability.
To practice physical therapist assisting in the State of Ohio, graduates of PSI’s PTA program must successfully complete the NPTE:
PTA licensing examination owned by the Federation of State Boards of Physical Therapy. The license is issued by Ohio Occupational
Therapy, Physical Therapy and Athletic Trainers Board. The graduate will then be qualified to practice as a Licensed Physical
Therapist Assistant (PTA). The PTA may be eligible to work in other states, but before relocating must communicate with that state
for its regulations on practice and licensure. Ohio licensure does not guarantee licensure in other states. The school will assist the
graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting salary.
their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PTA program is 31-2021.00. Students should
Course No.
Course Name
BIO101
BIO102
BIO103
BIO306
BIO307
PTA101
PTA102
PTA203
PTA204
PTA305
PTA306-A
PTA306-B
PTA307
PTA408
PTA409
PTA410-A
PTA410-B
PTA411
KIN101
KIN201
ENG101
PSY101
SOC101
Medical Terminology
Growth and Development
PTA Techniques
Musculoskeletal I
Musculoskeletal II
Clinical Practicum I-A
Clinical Practicum I-B
Administrative Procedures
Rehabilitation Therapy II
Special Topics
Clinical Practicum II-A
Clinical Practicum II-B
PTA Seminar
Kinesiology I
Kinesiology II
English Composition
Course Credit
Course Clock Hours
2.0
6.0
6.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
5.0
5.0
2.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
109
24
72
72
48
48
60
96
96
96
84
144
144
48
96
96
184
184
24
60
60
60
60
60
1916
submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation.
Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education.
Note: PSI reserves the right to add, change, or delete classes, and/or other graduation
requirements for any program based upon newly adopted requirements of our accrediting bodies, and/or ever-changing trends or requirements within
a chosen profession.
Clinical Practicum Note: Students do not receive remuneration for the clinical experience, as this is a part of their educational experience. The student
cannot be used in place of a staff member at any clinical site. CPR certification must be earned prior to the end of Quarter V and be maintained until
the end of Quarter VIII to be eligible for clinical practicum assignment.
111 | P a g e
PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT – ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE (PTA)
Curriculum Sequence
The PTA curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will
Quarter 1
BIO101
BIO102
PTA101
ENG101
Quarter 2
BIO103
PTA102
PSY101
Quarter 3
BIO306
BIO307
KIN101
SOC101
Quarter 4
PTA204
KIN201
Quarter 5
PTA203
PTA305
Quarter 6
PTA306-A
PTA306-B
PTA307
Quarter 7
PTA408
PTA409
Quarter 8
PTA410-A
PTA410-B
PTA411
Course Name
Medical Terminology
English Composition
Total Possible
Course Name
Total Possible
Course Name
Kinesiology I
Total Possible
Course Name
Musculoskeletal I
Kinesiology II
Total Possible
Course Name
PTA Techniques
Musculoskeletal I
CPR
Total Possible
Course Name
Total Possible
Course Name
Special Topics
Total Possible
Course Name
PTA Seminar
Total Possible
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Quarter Credits
Total Required PTA Program Credits
Course Credit
2.0
6.0
5.0
5.0
18.0
Course Credit
6.0
6.0
5.0
17.0
Course Credit
4.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
17.0
Course Credit
6.0
4.0
10.0
Course Credit
6.0
5.0
0.0
11.0
Course Credit
4.0
4.0
4.0
12.0
Course Credit
6.0
6.0
12.0
Course Credit
5.0
5.0
2.0
12.0
109
All courses must be passed with a minimum of 76.5 percent. If the course has a lecture and competency component, both parts
must be passed with a minimum of 76.5 percent each to pass the course.
Note: The sequence of the General Education courses will remain as published. The day of the week and time for each course may
vary from quarter to quarter. The Registrar will update the students regarding the schedule prior to registration for the specific
quarter.
112 | P a g e
PTA Clinical Skills
In order to ensure that a student Physical Therapist Assistant is ready to practice competently at an entry level the following
clinical skills must be demonstrated and evaluated throughout curriculum.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Perform all tasks in a safe manner that minimizes risk to patient, self and others.
Conduct self in a responsible manner.
Interacts with others in a respectful manner.
Adheres to ethical standards.
Adheres to legal standards.
Communicates in ways that are congruent with situations/needs.
Produces documentation to support the delivery of physical therapy services.
Delivers established care to reflect respect for and sensitivity to individual differences.
Participates in patient status judgements within the clinical environment based on the plan of care established by the
Physical Therapist.
Obtains accurate information by performing selected data collection consistent with plan of care established by the
Physical Therapist.
Discusses the need for modifications to the plan of care established by the Physical Therapist.
Performs physical therapy interventions in a technically competent manner.
Educates others (patients, family, care givers, staff, students, other health care providers) using relevant and effective
teaching methods.
Participates in activities addressing quality of service deliver.
Participates in addressing patient needs for services other than physical therapy.
Manages resources (space, time, and equipment) to achieve goals of the clinical setting.
Participates in fiscal management of the physical therapy clinical setting.
Uses physical therapy aides and other support personnel according to legal standards and ethical guidelines.
Implements a self-directed plan for career development and lifelong learning
Assists the Physical Therapist in addressing primary and secondary prevention needs of individuals and groups.
PTA Program – Mission Statement and Philosophy
PSI’s mission is to educate the student to be able to demonstrate behavioral objectives that are consistent with the role of the
Physical Therapist Assistant who provides interventions determined by and performed under the direction and supervision of the
Physical Therapist. PSI’s emphasis is on educational preparation of the student to prepare him/her to understand and implement
the interventions that are delegated to the Physical Therapist Assistant by the Physical Therapist, and not to develop a treatment
program. PSI believes that the program must be inherently beneficial to the educational needs of a diverse PTA student population.
This includes offering foundational general education classes integrated with more advanced classes of basic and clinical sciences,
physical therapy arts and sciences and health services administration. This also includes the “right to try” philosophy within the
PTA program. If a prospective applicant meets all the admission criteria, that student must be offered the opportunity to be admitted
into the PTA program and to attempt the curriculum. The marketing slogan of “Career education for a lifetime of success” signifies
that the Institution with its professional core of Faculty will assist the student in achieving his/her goal of a skilled Physical Therapist
Assistant but that the student must demonstrate dedication, commitment, motivation and perseverance in order to succeed at the
opportunity given to become a PTA. By working together, the student and the Institution /Faculty will achieve the goal of a highly
marketable Physical Therapist Assistant who is employable nationwide but who could aspire to other career dreams too.
The opportunity to try and the right to try at the opportunity for a lifetime of success are the guiding philosophies of the program.
The Institution, the Advisory Board, the PTA Program Director, the ACCE, the Faculty and the many clinical facilities who support
and /or are involved with the PTA program, believe that each student has a right to try the program, provided all admissions criteria
are met and be guided through the program by them, while experiencing an ever increasing degree of expected, demonstrable
competencies in the sequentially planned curriculum. The stated philosophies are in keeping with PSI’s mission of educating the
PTA student to demonstrate objectives that are consistent with the role of a Physical Therapist Assistant who provides interventions
determined by and performed under the direction and supervision of the Physical Therapist.
PTA Program – Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
APTA - American Physical Therapy Association - HOD S06-09-20-18 [Amended HOD S06-00-13-24; HOD 06-91-06-07; Initial HOD
06-82-04-08] [Standard] (EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 2010) (For more information, go to www.apta.org/ethics)
Preamble:
The Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant (Standards of Ethical Conduct) delineate the ethical obligations
of all physical therapist assistants as determined by the House of Delegates of the American Physical Therapy Association (APTA).
The Standards of Ethical Conduct provide a foundation for conduct to which all Physical Therapist Assistants shall adhere.
Fundamental to the Standards of Ethical Conduct is the special obligation of Physical Therapist Assistants to enable patients/clients
to achieve greater independence, health and wellness, and enhanced quality of life.
No document that delineates ethical standards can address every situation. Physical Therapist Assistants are encouraged to seek
additional advice or consultation in instances where the guidance of the Standards of Ethical Conduct may not be definitive.
113 | P a g e
Standards:
Standard #1:
1A.
1B.
Physical therapist assistants shall act in a respectful manner toward each person regardless of age, gender, race,
nationality, religion, ethnicity, social or economic status, sexual orientation, health condition, or disability.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall recognize their personal biases and shall not discriminate against others in the provision
of physical therapy services.
Standard #2:
2A.
2B.
2C.
2D.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall respect the inherent dignity, and rights, of all individuals.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall be trustworthy and compassionate in addressing the rights and needs of
patients/clients.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall act in the best interests of patients/clients over the interests of the physical therapist
assistant.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide physical therapy interventions with compassionate and caring behaviors that
incorporate the individual and cultural differences of patients/clients.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide patients/clients with information regarding the interventions they provide.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall protect confidential patient/client information and, in collaboration with the physical
therapist, may disclose confidential information to appropriate authorities only when allowed or as required by law.
Standard #3:
Physical Therapist Assistants shall make sound decisions in collaboration with the physical therapist and within
the boundaries established by laws and regulations.
3A.
3B.
3C.
Therapist Assistants shall make objective decisions in the patient’s/clients best interest in all practice settings.
Therapist Assistants shall be guided by information about best practice regarding physical therapy interventions.
Therapist Assistants shall make decisions based upon their level of competence and consistent with patient/client
3D.
3E.
Physical
Physical
Physical
values.
Physical
Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide physical therapy services under the direction and supervision of a physical
therapist and shall communicate with the physical therapist when patient/client status requires modifications to the
established plan of care.
Standard #4:
4A.
4B.
4C.
4D.
4E.
4F.
5C.
5D.
5E.
6C.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall fulfill their legal and ethical obligations.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall comply with applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall support the supervisory role of the physical therapist to ensure quality care and promote
patient/client safety.
Physical Therapist Assistants involved in research shall abide by accepted standards governing protection of research
participants.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall encourage colleagues with physical, psychological, or substance-related impairments
that may adversely impact their professional responsibilities to seek assistance or counsel.
Physical Therapist Assistants who have knowledge that a colleague is unable to perform their professional responsibilities
with reasonable skill and safety shall report this information to the appropriate authority.
Standard #6:
6A.
6B.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall demonstrate integrity in their relationships with patients/clients, families,
colleagues, students, other healthcare providers, employers, payers, and the public.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall provide truthful, accurate, and relevant information and shall not make misleading
representations.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall not exploit persons over whom they have supervisory, evaluative or other authority
(e.g., patients/clients, students, supervisees, research participants, or employees).
Physical Therapist Assistants shall discourage misconduct by health care professionals and report illegal or unethical acts
to the relevant authority, when appropriate.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall report suspected cases of abuse involving children or vulnerable adults to the
supervising physical therapist and the appropriate authority, subject to law.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall not engage in any sexual relationship with any of their patients/clients, supervisees, or
students.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall not harass anyone verbally, physically, emotionally, or sexually.
Standard #5:
5A.
5B.
Therapist Assistants shall not engage in conflicts of interest that interfere with making sound decisions.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall enhance their competence through the lifelong acquisition and refinement of
knowledge, skills, and abilities.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall achieve and maintain clinical competence.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall engage in lifelong learning consistent with changes in their roles and responsibilities
and advances in the practice of physical therapy.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall support practice environments that support career development and lifelong learning.
114 | P a g e
Standard #7:
7A.
7B.
7C.
7D.
7E.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall promote work environments that support ethical and accountable decision-making.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall not accept gifts or other considerations that influence or give an appearance of
influencing their decisions.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall fully disclose any financial interest they have in products or services that they
recommend to patients/clients.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall ensure that documentation for their interventions accurately reflects the nature and
extent of the services provided.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall refrain from employment arrangements, or other arrangements, that prevent Physical
Therapist Assistants from fulfilling ethical obligations to patients/clients.
Standard #8:
8A.
8B.
8C.
8D.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall support organizational behaviors and business practices that benefit
patients/clients and society.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall participate in efforts to meet the health needs of people locally, nationally, or
globally.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall support organizations that meet the health needs of people who are economically
disadvantaged, uninsured, and under-insured.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall advocate for people with impairments, activity limitations, participation restrictions, and
disabilities in order to promote their participation in community and society.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall be responsible stewards of health care resources by collaborating with physical
therapists in order to avoid overutilization or underutilization of physical therapy services.
Physical Therapist Assistants shall educate members of the public about the benefits of physical therapy.
Goals, Objectives and Outcomes of the PTA Curriculum (Revised 9-2014)
Upon graduation, students from the PTA program will possess and demonstrate capabilities that are a result of the process of
becoming a physical therapist assistant.
Graduates of the PTA program will be able to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Adhere to legal practice standards, both federal and state, and perform duties in a manner consistent with the Guide for
Conduct of the PTA and with the Value Based Behaviors for the PTA.
Communicate effectively, both expressively and receptively, with respect for differences in values, cultures, and needs
with patients/clients, family members, caregivers, interdisciplinary team members, consumers, payers, and policymakers.
Use critical thinking, problem solving and evidence-based judgement in the protection of the patient, co-workers, and
themselves, in the usage of any equipment in performance of the job, to determine whether the prescribed procedure
should be completed, and to determine whether direction by the Physical Therapist should be sought.
Practice sound physical therapy services as specified in the Physical Therapy Plan of Care, demonstrating technical
competency.
Advocate for the health and wellness needs of society, including participation in professional and community service
organizations and activities, and demonstrate a commitment to lifelong learning.
Professional Development Aspirations
Graduates of the PTA program will be able to demonstrate the following professional development aspirations, should he/she wish
to do so:
1.
Participate in professional and educational experiences offered through the APTA and other allied professional groups.
2.
Be involved in any legislative action that involves physical therapy and in which the graduate has appropriate interest
and knowledge.
3.
Participate in continuing education courses, workshops and seminars to keep updated in the profession.
4.
Advance the level of professional achievement to a higher degree or a broader degree, if desired. This is PSI’s
mechanisms to communicate PTA goals and outcomes to stakeholders.
These expected student outcomes are published and provided to the students:
1.
Published in the Academic Catalog which the student receives prior to signing the enrollment agreement.
2.
Published in the PTA Student Handbook.
3.
Both the Academic Catalog and Student Handbook are available electronically on-line at www.proskills.edu under the
PTA Program tab.
3T
3T
These expected student outcomes are published and provided to the current faculty, clinical faculty and advisory board members
via the Academic Catalog and PSI’s website. Potential employers and the community at large can find the expected student
outcomes published on PSI’s website at www.proskills.edu.
3T
3T
115 | P a g e
PTA Generic Abilities
Ten (10) generic abilities were identified through a study conducted at UW-Madison in 1991-92. The ten abilities and definitions
developed are listed. These abilities will be used to assess professional behavior while attending PSI and to teach self- assessment
skills.
Commitment to Learning--- The ability to self-assess, self-correct, and self-direct; to identify needs and sources of learning; and
to continually seek new knowledge and understanding.
Interpersonal Skills--- The ability to interact effectively with patients, families, colleagues, other health care professionals, and the
community, and to deal effectively with cultural and ethnic diversity issues.
Communication Skills--- The ability to communicate effectively (i.e., speaking, body language, reading, writing, listening) for varied
audiences and purposes.
Professionalism--- The ability to exhibit appropriate professional conduct and to represent the profession effectively.
Responsibility--- The ability to fulfill commitments and to be accountable for actions and outcomes.
Critical Thinking--- The ability to question logically; to identify, generate, and evaluate elements of logical argument; to recognize
and differentiate facts, illusions, assumptions, and hidden assumptions; and to distinguish the relevant from the irrelevant.
Stress Management--- The ability to identify sources of stress and to develop effective coping behavior.
Problem-Solving--- The ability to recognize and define problems: to analyze the data, develop and implement solutions, and
evaluate the data outcomes.
Effective Use of Time and Resources--- The ability to obtain: the maximum benefit from a minimum investment of time and
resources.
Use of Constructive Feedback--- The ability to identify: sources of and seek out feedback and to effectively use and provide
feedback for improving personal interaction.
Essential Job Functions of the Student
Students must be able to perform all essential job functions to enter a clinical practicum.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Attends a minimum of 85 percent of the registered clock hours for the quarter, consistently, reliably, and in a timely
manner.
Learns vast amounts of new information and demonstrates that learning through satisfactory performance on written, oral
and practical examinations.
Instructs/motivates patients, families and others in physical therapy interventions using multiple methods/ modalities,
including demonstration, to optimize carry over.
Operates all physical therapy equipment, which is taught in the program, and correctly apply it to peers and patients.
Observes peers and patients from all distances to detect movement dysfunctions/disorders and responses to treatment.
Communicates effectively with all members of the health care team, especially with the evaluating Physical Therapist,
regarding patient status and progress, including documentation of treatment sessions.
Performs appropriate tests and measures which will help the physical therapist to quantify the nature/severity of
movement dysfunction or show progress toward achieving treatment goals.
Physically assists peers/patients in physical therapy treatment interventions, i.e. exercises, transfers, gait training and
functional activities/daily living activities.
Works under the direction of and as assistant to a Physical Therapist.
Appropriately adapts/adjusts treatment established by the evaluating Physical Therapist according to the patient
needs/responses in order to optimize achievement of treatment goals.
Trains others in the fitting and adjusting of all types of supportive/adaptive equipment, i.e. ambulation aids, braces,
orthotic and prosthetic devices, wheelchairs, etc.
Performs clerical duties such as filing, billing and inventory.
Monitors treatments administered by physical therapy aides.
Behaves in a professional manner at all times, as defined by the PTA program and the physical therapy profession.
Complies with the Standards of Ethical Conduct for the PTA and Standards of Practice of the American Physical Therapy
Association.
116 | P a g e
Physical Demands of the student Physical Therapist Assistant
The items in parentheses indicate the demands of the professional PTA where they potentially differ from those of the student PTA.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Sitting:
Standing:
Walking:
Climbing stairs:
Balancing:
Stooping:
Kneeling:
Crouching:
Crawling:
Twisting:
Reaching overhead:
Handling:
Fingering:
Feeling:
Talking:
Hearing:
Tasting/smelling:
Near acuity (<20"):
Far acuity (>20'):
Depth perception:
Accommodation:
Color vision:
Field of vision:
constant (occasional)
occasional (frequent)
frequent (constant)
occasional
not present
frequent
frequent
frequent
occasional
frequent
frequent
frequent
frequent
frequent
frequent
constant (frequent)
(not present)
frequent
occasional (not present)
(not present)
frequent
occasional
occasional
(i.e. to see audio visual)
(i.e. focal length change)
(i.e. peripheral vision)
Amount of Weights: (lbs.)
24.
25.
26.
27.
Lifting:
Pulling 250 lbs.:
Carrying 50 - 75 lbs.:
Pushing 280 lbs.:
frequent
frequent
frequent
frequent
Strength:
The DOT (Dictionary of Occupational Titles) places this job at the MEDIUM Physical Demand Level. The characteristics which define
this level of work include the ability to exert forces up to 50 pounds on an occasional basis, up to 25 pounds frequently and up to
10 pounds on a constant basis in the course of an average 8-hour workday.
Occasional:
Frequent:
Constant:
0-33% of work day, 1 lift/30 minutes, or 2.5-3 Hours total duration
34-66% of work day, 1 lift/2 minutes, or 3-5 Hours total duration
67-100% of work day, 1 lift/15 seconds, or 5-8 Hours total duration
Environmental Exposures:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Extreme cold:
Extreme heat:
Wet and/or humid:
Noise intensity:
Moving mechanical parts:
Electrical shock hazard:
Exposure to radiation:
Exposure to infectious agents:
occasional
occasional
occasional
moderate
occasional
occasional
occasional
occasional
(not present)
(not present)
(not present)
(not present)
(not present)
(not present)
For further descriptors of the current job requirements for the professional Physical Therapist assistant, including the areas of
general educational development, aptitudes and temperaments, please refer to the DOT job description and/or sample employer
job descriptions.
117 | P a g e
118 | P a g e
School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) ---Course Descriptions
(Revised 05-25-2016)
Number
Name
BIO101
Medical Terminology
Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA
program
Quarter
Credits
2.0
Lecture
Hrs.
24
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
10.0
Course Description:
This course presents the basic medical concepts, terms and structures concentrating on building a basic foundation and frame-work of the language
of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the
student will be able to analyze numerous medical terms. The student will have a solid base on which to build a larger vocabu lary, spell medical
terms correctly, recognize these terms in dictation and understand the context in which that word will be applied and enjoy working with a healthrelated field due to good comprehension of medical terminology used.
Number
Name
BIO102
Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PTA program
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
72
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This course presents the study of the structure and function of the systems of the human body. Focus is on different types of cells, tissues, organs
and systems. The musculoskeletal system is studied in great detail, emphasizing origins, insertions, bony landmarks, interventions and actions of
the muscles. Study will be through the instructional media of reading, explanation, demonstration of bones and muscles, analysis of motion,
model exploration, palpation and planned redundancy. This course presents a gross anatomy covering bones, bony landmarks and muscles of the
shoulder, elbow, forearm, wrist, hand, trunk, and neck.
Number
Name
BIO103
Prerequisite: BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology
I
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
72
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This course presents the study of the musculoskeletal system by completing the final 2 gross anatomy modules of the gluteal region, thigh, lower
leg and foot. Other body systems studied include the structure and function of the human nervous system, cardiovascular, and respiratory
systems. Included in the course is a specialized section on basic Applied Neuroanatomy.
Analysis, through a critical thinking term project, is done to better understand how the body systems work together to create function or
dysfunction. Lectures, modules, videos, anatomical models and class discussion will be included to make the class more understandable. Palpation
modules along with torso anatomy and anatomical model exploration are used illustrate to students posture, movement, normal position and
normal alignment of anatomical parts.
Number
Name
BIO306
Prerequisite: Successful completion of all
didactic course work in Quarters 1 and 2; and
satisfactory performance on all psychomotor
skills assessments
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course presents foundational information about common medical conditions. Numerous diseases of the cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous,
endocrine, integumentary, musculoskeletal and digestive systems are presented. Emphasis is placed on those conditions that could potentially
affect the mobility of the client or outcome of the physical therapy treatment. Following an overview of the disease processes, then infectious
diseases, neoplasms, congenital diseases, and characteristics of pain are covered. Consideration is given to what the disease is, how it is diagnosed
and treated, and the likely sequella of the disease.
Following the presentation of a study of specific diseases, the student will become familiar with doing research, reading professional literature and
using critical thinking skills in relation to how disease would cause functional limitations in patients and affect physical therapy plans of care and
treatment, during the course.
119 | P a g e
Number
Name
BIO307
Prerequisite: BIO102 Anatomy and Physiology I
and BIO103 Anatomy and Physiology II
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course presents the relationship of structure and function to the development of movement skills across the entire life span. Presented in
this course is functional independence, theories affecting development, motor control and learning, movement skills and funct ional assessment
skills used in physical therapy. Normal development of the individual is presented from the time of conception through old age. This course will
increase the awareness of wellness issues and provide a model for comparison for the physical therapist assistant who will work with patients who
present movement problems. Presented is a skeletal system change from neonatal to geriatrics which include, muscle development and function,
cardiopulmonary, nervous changes, vital functions, development of posture and locomotion, pretension, and health and fitness. Those movement
disorders that are common to older adults are also presented. Classroom activities are designed to enhance the lecture material and in clude
critical thinking exercises, student research projects and group interactions.
Number
Name
PTA101
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course will utilize lecture, instructor guided discussion and activities as instruction methods to present the student with an introductory, but
detailed description of the profession and practice of physical therapy, from its early development to the present day complexities of our professional
organization. As the initial socialization of the PTA student into the profession, it is intended to familiarize the student with the history, development
and organization of the profession, to instill an appreciation for the diversity of the profession and the role of the Physical Therapist Assistant. The
emphasis will be on the role of the PTA, on the state practice act, scope of practice for the PTA and on the PT/PTA team concept on the APTA, the
professional organization.
Number
Name
PTA102
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
Basic rehabilitation procedures and techniques are presented. These include principles and practices of infection control, transfer and lifting
techniques, vital sign monitoring, documentation review, general safety, basic wheelchair management, basic exercises and positioning techniques,
use of ambulation aids, including gait training. Students are introduced to the concept of psycho-social adjustment to disability. Students are
evaluated on each procedure through written exams, practical exams and role playing in the lab setting.
Number
Name
PTA203
PTA Techniques
didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 4; and
skills assessments
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
48
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This course presents the basic principles and physiological responses of the majority of physical agents used in the practice of physical therapy,
e.g. thermal agents, ultraviolet, infrared heat, ultrasound, phonophoresis, massage, hydrotherapy, electrical stimulation, iontophoresis, traction
and intermittent compression. The pain and inflammatory responses to injury along with integration of physical modalities into therapeutic
treatments following the POC established by the PT will be covered. All procedures will be demonstrated, practiced and each student will be
evaluated on his/her performance. Evaluation will focus on the safe and competent application of principles, indications and contraindications,
ability to recognize the need to modify a modality due to client’s physiological needs, modify the treatment techniques as indicated in the plan of
care of the physical therapist, inform the PT and the ability to document treatment. The student will choose a recently written modalities-related
article from one of the professional journals and give a class presentation on this subject.
120 | P a g e
Number
Name
PTA204
Musculoskeletal I
skills assessments
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
48
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This course presents the practical and theoretical foundation for one of the most important physical therapy interventions, therapeutic exercise.
This course will provide a foundation of appropriate exercise techniques that are based upon contemporary rationale as indicated by the APTA
Guide to Physical Therapist Practice. Specifically, this course will address exercise techniques and interventions for upper extremity weakness,
lower extremity weakness, range of motion deficits, aerobic deficits, and balance deficits. Foundational concepts such as the impact of therapeutic
exercise on physical function will be addressed as well. Exercise interventions for the spine, shoulder, elbow, forearm, wrist, hand, hip, knee,
ankle, and foot will be taught. This course utilizes a therapeutic exercise for the human body and is integrated with and builds upon Kinesiology I
and II, which covers joint motion and muscle action of the upper extremity, lower extremity, pelvis and trunk. Musculoskeleta l I will serve as a
foundation for subsequent courses of Musculoskeletal II, Special Topics, and Rehabilitation Therapy II.
Number
Name
PTA305
Musculoskeletal II
skills assessments
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
36
Lab Hrs.
48
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course builds upon the foundation of therapeutic exercise presented in PTA 204 Musculoskeletal I. This course will revie w the indications for
exercise, as well as the basic principles and physiological responses of therapeutic exercise protocols as they relate to orthopedic conditions of
the cervical, thoracic, lumbosacral spines, the lower extremity, and the upper extremity. This course will be the last clinical procedures course
for the PTA student prior to the first clinical practicum. The student will continue to become proficient in all areas of treatment techniques,
producing a well-trained physical therapist assistant who will be able to apply the psychosocial, communication and technical skills necessary to
be successful in the physical therapy profession, under the guidance and supervision of the physical therapist.
Special exercise considerations for musculoskeletal conditions will be emphasized. Specifically, musculoskeletal pathologies, orthopedic
tests/measures appropriate for the PTA, and exercise concepts for the upper and lower extremities and spine. This course is designed to integrate
with, and build upon, Kinesiology I and II, and Musculoskeletal I. Manual muscle testing and goniometry both will be re-evaluated for the upper
and lower extremities and spine.
Number
Name
PTA306-A
didactic course work in Quarters 1 to 5;
skills assessments; proof of current CPR
certification, required immunizations and
current student liability insurance
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
144
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course is the first formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where there is delivery of PT interventions to consumers
under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a
clinical setting. This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous five (5) quarters.
The student will spend 4 days a week for 6 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 144 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT
(Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI).
This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of student’s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of
advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA student will also develop a practical
understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This first clinical experience focuses on ach ieving Intermediate
Performance in clinical competency 4, 6, 8-14, while maintaining safety, legal, and ethical criteria at Advanced Intermediate Performance for 1, 5,
7, and Entry-level Performance for 2 and 3.
121 | P a g e
Number
Name
PTA306-B
successful completion of PTA306-A Clinical
Practicum I-A; satisfactory performance on
all psychomotor skills assessments; proof of
current
CPR
certification,
required
immunizations and current student liability
insurance
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
144
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course is the second formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum where there is delivery of PT interventions to consumers
under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT in a
clinical setting.
This course is a practical/ hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous five (5) quarters. The student
will spend 4 days a week for 6 weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 144 hours. Each student will be supervise d by a PT (Physical
Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI). This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of the student’s own
strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and
teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA will also develop a practical understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment.
This second clinical experience focuses on achievement of increasing skill levels in the CPI criteria 4, 6, 8-14 at Advanced Intermediate Performance
(data collection and intervention) while maintaining the safety, legal and ethical criteria Advanced Intermediate Performance (red flag criteria 1,
5, 7) and Entry-level Performance for 2 and 3.
Number
Name
PTA307
skills assessments successful completion of
PTA306-A Clinical Practicum I-A or concurrently
enrolled
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course presents important information on aspects of working in and being responsible for physical therapy services and is divided into three
modules:
Module 1: This module deals with the different types of PT facilities available for job placement, the accrediting and regulatory agencies of these
facilities, basic medical coding (ICD-9 and CPT), reimbursement from third party payers/insurance companies, review of the CMS 1500 and a brief
overview of patients accounts receivable.
Module 2: This module deals with the legal issues of medical insurance along with a review of general laws and rules governing the scope of
practice of physical therapy in the State of Ohio.
Module 3: This module deals with Working in Health Care related to PT practice. Covered are the working environment, verbal and nonverbal
communications, management, informal organizations, performance evaluations, management decisions, change, job satisfaction, stress
management, and becoming employed. The student will learn how to properly search for a job, prepare a resume and cover letter, and be able
to participate in a mock interview to be better prepared for the job market. This class will also prepare the student to deal with job search,
employee relations with regard to supervision, job description and performance evaluation.
Number
Name
PTA408
skills assessments; completion of all general
education courses; concurrently enrolled in
PTA409 Special Topics
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
48
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This is the primary clinical neuroscience class within the curriculum. It will present a detailed look at the field of physical medicine and rehabilitation,
focusing primarily on the adult neurological patient. As there are many “schools of thought” relating to treating this patient population, this class
takes a detailed and eclectic approach towards the assessment and treatment of the neurologically involved patient. It begins with foundation
material that provides an overview of neurological assessment and treatment, and then covers the more common clinical syndromes related to
motor ,postural and learning control e.g. CVA (cerebrovascular accident), TBI (traumatic brain injuries), SCI (spinal cord injuries), MS (multiple
sclerosis), Parkinson’s Disease, ALS (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis), AD (Alzheimer’s Disease), PPS (post-polio syndrome), GBS (Guillain Barre
Syndrome ), MD ( Muscular Dystrophy), and developmental disabilities such as spina bifida, cerebral palsy and Down’s syndrome. The psychosocial
and economic aspects of rehab will be explained.
122 | P a g e
Number
Name
PTA409
Special Topics
skills assessments; concurrently enrolled in
PTA408 Rehab II
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
48
Lab Hrs.
48
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This course presents the theoretical foundation for treatment of some of the less common patient populations/ diagnoses seen in the physical
therapy clinic. It will cover the indications for exercise, as well as the basic principles and physiological responses of therapeutic exercise protocols
for specific patient populations. Particular exercise considerations for these special patient conditions will be emphasized. Topics will include: PVD/
wound/ burn management, amputee/ prosthetics/ orthotics management, cardiac rehab, pulmonary/ respiratory rehab, management of the
obstetric patient, and management of the chronic pain patient. The nature of each pathology, tests/ measures appropriate for the PTA, and
exercise concepts for each population will be explained. This course provides a foundation of appropriate exercise principles and techniques that
is based upon contemporary rationale. It will allow the PTA student to implement and modify therapeutic exercise treatment techniques as
indicated in the plan of care designed by a physical therapist. Although such clients may not be seen in all physical therapy settings, the ability to
treat such patients is an essential entry-level skill for the well-rounded PTA. This course will build upon concepts introduced in MS I and II, and it
will serve as a complement to PTA408 Rehabilitation Therapy II.
Number
Name
PTA410-A
didactic course work in quarters 1 to 7;
Practicum II-A; satisfactory performance on
current
CPR
certification,
required
insurance.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
184
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course is the third formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum, where the delivery of PT interventions to consumers is
under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant. This is within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT
in a clinical setting. This course is a practical/hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills, learned in the previous seven (7)
quarters. The student will spend five (5) days a week for five (5) weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 184 hours. Each student will
be supervised by a PT (Physical Therapist) or a PTA who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI).
This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of the student’s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out
sources of advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA will also develop a practical
understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment.
This course focuses on the student achieving Advanced Intermediate Performance in clinical competency for Skills 4, 6, and 8-14, and Entrylevel Performance for Skills 1, 2, 3, 5, and 7.
Number
Name
PTA410-B
Clinical Practicum II-B
didactic course work in quarters 1 to 7;
Practicum II-A; satisfactory performance on
current
CPR
certification,
required
insurance
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
184
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course is the fourth formal clinical exposure the student has within the PTA curriculum, where delivery of PT interventions to consumers is
under the direct supervision of a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant. This is within the scope of a PT plan of care designed by a PT
in a clinical setting.
This course is a practical/hands-on experience, incorporating knowledge and clinical skills learned in the previous seven (7) quarters. The student
will spend five (5) days a week for five (5) weeks in a physical therapy setting for a total of 184 hours. Each student will be supervised by a PT or
a PTA, who will be known as the Clinical Instructor (CI).
This course places emphasis on self-directed learning of one’s own strengths, growth needs, and the ability to identify and seek out sources of
advanced education while learning and appreciating the roles and teamwork of the PT and PTA. The PTA student will also develop a practical
understanding of ethical and professional behavior in the clinical environment. This course focuses on the student achieving Advanced Intermediate
Performance in clinical competency for Skills 6, and 8-14, with demonstrated progression towards Entry-level Performance, as supported by written
comments by the CI on the CPI. The student PTA will continue to demonstrate Entry-level Performance for Skills 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7.
123 | P a g e
Number
Name
PTA411
PTA Seminar
didactic course work in Quarters 1 through 7;
skills assessments; successful completion of all
general education courses
Quarter
Credits
2.0
Lecture
Hrs.
24.0
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
10.0
Course Description:
This course will provide a review of specific educational areas via practice tests and discussion groups in preparation for the National Physical
Therapy Assistant Exam. This review will include the basic sciences as well as the PT theory and practice. A discussion of the final practicum
experience will be ongoing throughout the course, with emphasis on relating clinical experience to didactic areas of training. Students will present
a case study of a patient from one of their Senior Clinical rotations, as well as satisfactorily completing various assignments including computerized
mock examination, and passing all 9 competency tests at a minimum of 85%.
Students
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
will also be expected to demonstrate competency (via multiple choice examinations) before graduation in the following nine (9) areas:
Musculoskeletal physical therapy
Neurological physical therapy
Cardiac/pulmonary physical therapy
Pathological and psychological conditions
Physical agents
Therapeutic exercise, Gait, Functional Devices and Training
Administration, Communication, Education and Ethical considerations
Pediatrics/geriatrics
Clinical decision making
These competencies will be assessed via multiple choice questions and will be graded as a pass/fail, with 85% being the pass mark. If a student
fails to achieve at least an 85% grade on any of the competencies after 2 attempts, the student will be required to complete extra work in the
area of failure before attempting the competency again. This competency passing will be part of the grade in Seminar.
Number
Name
KIN101
Kinesiology I
didactic course work in Quarters 1 and 2;
successful completion of BIO102 Anatomy and
Physiology I and BIO103 Anatomy and
Physiology II; satisfactory performance on all
psychomotor skills assessments
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
36
Lab Hrs.
24
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course lays a basic foundation for the study of Kinesiology, which is the study of movement. It focuses on describing a joint motion and
muscle action. Explained are the commonly agreed upon prime movers, using terminology most widely accepted within the discipline of physical
therapy. A regional anatomy approach will then be used, similar to that of A & P I, to cover specific joints and muscles, and will build upon those
foundational terms learned in the anatomy and physiology classes. In Kinesiology I, the areas covered will include the upper extremity, neck,
and trunk, including an introduction to manual muscle testing and goniometry for each area. This class will integrate with, and provide a
foundation for Musculoskeletal I which covers therapeutic exercise.
Number
Name
KIN201
Kinesiology II
didactic course work in Quarters 1, 2 and 3;
successful completion of BIO102 Anatomy and
Physiology I and BIO103 Anatomy and
Physiology II; successful completion of KIN101
Kinesiology I; satisfactory performance on all
psychomotor skills assessments
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
36
Lab Hrs.
24
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course presents continued study of human movement by describing joint motion and muscle action of the neck, trunk, and lower extremity,
including an introduction to manual muscle testing and goniometry for those areas. In addition, there will be detailed instructor lead instructor
guided discussion of human posture, normal and abnormal gait. Following didactic lecture, principles will be demonstrated with opportunity for
lab palpation, lab activities and lab practice. Anatomical models of joints and muscles are used to aid in understanding anatomy and movement.
This course will integrate with and provide a foundation for Musculoskeletal I which covers therapeutic exercises for the upper and lower
extremities, and trunk.
124 | P a g e
Number
Name
ENG101
English Composition
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course is designed as an introductory course to academic writing, the type of writing based on careful, deliberate reading and the clear,
critical thinking demand of students throughout their college careers.
Number
Name
PSY101
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course will present information to help the student understand themselves and others. Psychology is relevant in almost every aspect of life
as it teaches about the roots of aggression and the influence of groups on individual behavior, highly relative topics in light of recent terrorist
activities. Research is discussed on stress, coping and health, which can help people to live fuller, happier personal and professional lives,
regardless of their circumstances. The latest research findings are presented to stress the scientific nature of the discipline.
Number
Name
SOC101
Degree Program.
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course will expose the student to sociology’s basic ideas, theories, research and insights. The student will learn the key methods sociologists
use to test and refine their knowledge and how people everywhere develop their humanity as they learn to participate in society over the lifespan.
Students will explore groups and organizations, differing cultures, deviance, sexuality, social, global and gender stratifications, race and ethnicity,
family and religion, education and medicine, population, urbanization, environment and social change in both a modern environment and a
postmodern society.
125 | P a g e
126 | P a g e
School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) ---General Information
(Revised 04-2016)
Additional rules and regulations for the School of Physical Therapist Assisting are published on-line in the Student Handbook.
PTA Class Dress Code:
All students will attend classes with a clean, neat appearance. Sloppy pants, T-shirts, sandals, hats, baseball caps, blue jeans, or
revealing clothing are not allowed. Artificial nails are not allowed at any time due to infection control issues and patient safety
concerns. Jewelry is to be kept to a minimum. The only allowed visible piecing is a pair of small earrings for males and females.
(Maximum size, no wider than 1 inch, no longer than 1 inch) All tattoos are to be covered---- non visible.
The PTA dress code consists of neutral-color dress pants with a PSI logo polo shirt, soft-soled, closed-toed shoes (including socks)
in good repair and the official PSI ID badge should be worn on the lanyard at all times for identification including dress down days.
No hoodies are to be worn. No undergarments are to be visible at all.
A student found to be in noncompliance with the dress code, at PSI or the clinical site, will receive one (1) written warning from
his/her instructor or a member of the administrative staff. A copy of the warning will be given to the student and the original
placed in the student’s academic file. If a second violation occurs, the student will be referred immediately to the PTA Program
Director.
Instructors will refuse admittance to the classroom if the student is not in proper dress for the second time and the student will be
counted absent for the class.
The PSI Enrollment Agreement which each student signs is a contractual agreement. PSI is obligated, by this agreement. This
obligation includes professional appearance. The student, through this mutual agreement, is also required to abide by all
appearance requirements of this institution.
Student Roles and Responsibilities for Laboratory Classes:
A percent of the total grade for courses with a lab component will be based on the student’s professional conduct during lab
sessions. The following are the criteria to which the student must adhere to receive full credit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Promptness--- Repeated lateness will result in dismissal from a lab session.
Appropriate Lab Dress--- Students should be appropriately dressed for the particular lab activity planned for that day, and
will be dismissed from class if attire is inappropriate. In general, shorts or sweat pants may be worn when appropriate for
activities of the lab. Cover-ups may be brought to the lab if the room is cold. Only close-toed, low-heeled rubber-soled
shoes will be allowed. Long hair must be pinned back and jewelry must be removed (i.e. dangling earrings, sharp rings,
long chains, multiple bracelets, etc.)
Passing each lab practical with a minimum 76.5 percent.
Maintaining appropriate lab behavior--- A professional atmosphere should be maintained in lab at all times. Subjects
should be properly draped and positioned. Dignity of subjects must be respected at all times. Comfort and safety will
always be considered.
Abiding by PSI class rules-- No food or drink in the classroom or lab at any time.
Lab Cleanup--- At the end of each lab session, it is the responsibility of the students to leave the lab in the condition it
was found when the lab began.
All labs must be left in the following condition:
•
Plinths spaced properly
•
Two pillows under each plinth
•
All supplies and equipment returned to appropriate storage areas
•
All wheelchairs in line in the storage room
•
All trash must be placed in the waste containers
•
All used linen must be placed in laundry bags and full bags brought to the front of the classroom
•
All modalities except for cold packs, hot packs, and paraffin bath should be unplugged and stored
7.
Laboratory Linens--- Linen, (sheets, towels, and pillow cases) should be changed when used then placed in the laundry
bag. Avoid using the towels for any cleanup purposes. Instructor is responsible to restock clean linen in cupboard. No
linen or pillows should ever be placed on the floor.
At the end of each lab:
•
Any unused linen is to be refolded and returned to the linen closet
•
Wet, hot pack covers and wet towels should be hung to dry
•
After towels are hung to dry, they should be placed in laundry hamper to be laundered
•
If bag is full, the instructor will be responsible to assign students to bring the bag of dirty linen the front
desk for laundering
127 | P a g e
Care of Laboratory Equipment and Supplies:
All of the physical therapy equipment, including models and skeletons, are expensive and students are expected to take personal
responsibility for the care and maintenance.
No linen, equipment or supplies are to be taken from the laboratory without the expressed consent of the lab instructor/PTA
Program Director.
At the end of lab/lecture:
•
Chairs are to be replaces under the desks
•
Wall curtains replaced so the curtains hang neatly adjacent to the wall
•
Foot stools replaced under foot end of plinths.
Complaints Outside of the Published Policies:
Complaints or suggestions which fall outside PSI's stated Grievance and Suggestion Policies, found in this academic catalog, may
occur. Should this happen within the PTA Program, possibly from clinical education sites, employers of graduates, or the general
public, the Director of the PTA Program shall receive the complaint, document the complaint/suggestion using the Institution's
complaint Tracking Form. All complaints shall be handled.
The Program Director shall:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Document the complaint and investigate the complaint.
Document the findings of the investigation.
Discuss the findings with the Dean of Education and arrive at a decision concerning the complaint.
Maintain the tracking form listing the PTA Program complaint using the Institution’s Complaints Tracking Form.
Keep all documentation and the tracking form in a file in the PTA Director's office for 3 years, after which it shall be
destroyed.
This file shall assist in monitoring of possible reoccurring complaints which would require action.
If action is required, the complaint source shall be informed of the action taken.
This file may be verbally reviewed with the Director of PTA Program and any complaint requiring action will be made
known to the Advisory Board and the Appeal Committee.
Clinical Practicum Requirements:
In order for a student to be placed in a Clinical Practicum, that student must maintain an accumulative GPA of 2.0 receive at least
a 76.5 percent grade in all courses, have satisfactory attendance, be able to perform all essential functions as stated in this catalog,
meet all physical requirements, have reliable transportation, and be able to drive up to 90 minutes to a Clinical Practicum.
Students are responsible for the cost of any clinical requirements, such as immunizations, drug testing, physical exams, and criminal
background checks that may be required from Lucas county or county of residence. This is not a part of tuition or fees.
The clinical education section of the curriculum includes four (4) practica experience periods during which the student is given
opportunities to apply theory and technical skills in a clinical setting under the direct supervision of a licensed PT or PTA. The first
and second practica are experienced in the sixth quarter (6th) and the third and fourth practica are experienced in the eighth (8th)
quarter.
P
P
P
P
The first and second (PTA306-A and PTA306-B), Clinical Practicum I-A and I-B consists of 144 Hours each, for a total of 288
Hours.
The third and fourth (PTA410-A and PTA410-B), Clinical Practicum II-A and II-B consists of 184 Hours each, for a total of 368
Hours.
Total clinical practicum Hours for the PTA program is 656 Hours. It is the student’s responsibility to accurately complete his/her
time card and have it signed by the CI.
To ensure proper communication while the student is serving a clinical practicum, several definitions follow for those persons
directly involved with the clinical education section of the program.
Pediatric rotations are considered very specialized. Before a student would be considered, he/she must have earned a grade of
“A” in both BIO307 and PTA408 and have met with the PTA Program Director for authorization.
128 | P a g e
Clinical Personnel Descriptions:
Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) --- The person employed by the academic facility who organizes, directs,
supervises, and coordinates the clinical education section of the PTA curriculum.
Academic Facility (AF) --- The educational institution that provides the entry level curriculum in the professional preparation of
PTA students leading to an associate degree.
Center Coordinator of Clinical Education (CCCE) --- The PT employed and designated by the clinical educational facility to
organize, direct, supervise, coordinate, and evaluate the activities of PTA students assigned to that clinical educational facility by
the program.
Clinical Educational Facility (CEF) --- The accredited or approved health care facility, that provides the PTA student with a
learning laboratory and patient contact for the development of PTA competencies.
Clinical Instructor (CI) --- The PT or PTA under the supervision of the PT employed by the CEF who is designated by the CCCE to
supervise and evaluate the activities of the PTA students assigned by the CCCE.
Qualifications of the Clinical Instructor (CI):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Licensed as a PT or PTA in the State of Ohio or in those states without licensure, must be a graduate of an accredited PT
or PTA program.
Have 18 to 24 months’ experience since licensure.
Willing to take on the responsibility of a PTA student.
Have effective interpersonal and communication skills especially in providing and receiving constructive feedback and
active listening.
Demonstrate professional, ethical and legal behavior.
Have a commitment to provide accurate written evaluation of a student in the student’s evaluation instrument.
Be considered competent by employer in the areas of safety, knowledge, technical skills and delivery of care.
Be a credentialed APTA Clinical Instructor would be an asset.
Clinical Personnel Roles:
ACCE:
a.
b.
c.
d.
CCCE:
a.
b.
c.
d.
To
To
To
To
select CEFs that will provide quality clinical educational experiences for the students.
develop and coordinate the selected CEFs with the CCCE.
develop, organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the practicum activities of each individual student.
help develop, implement and evaluate clinical faculty development programs.
To identify, organize and coordinate the specific learning experiences within his/her CEF.
To organize, direct, supervise, coordinate and evaluate the activities of the student assigned to his/her facility.
To participate in clinical faculty development programs.
To maintain communication with the ACCE and the assigned student during the practicum,
(I.e. notification of student problems and progress)
PTA Student:
a.
To report to the CEF at the assigned time, in proper attire with a PSI issued photo identification, identifying him/her as a
student.
b.
To abide by the rules and regulations of the CEF.
c.
To fulfill the duties required by the CI.
d.
To protect the privacy and confidentiality of the individual’s medical record, and will avoid disclosure of personal
identifiable medical or social information, and any professional medical judgments as indicated by HIPAA.
e.
To participate in any seminars or workshops offered by the CEFs.
f.
To meet with the school representative or the CI as needed.
g.
To participate in the evaluation of his/her mastery of the PTA performance criteria.
h.
To evaluate the effectiveness of the practicum experience at the CEF and return a copy of the evaluation to the school.
i.
To report to the CI, if he/she becomes ill while at the CEF, who will dismiss the student or recommend medical
treatment AND
j.
To notify the CEF and the school if he/she will not be attending the CEF.
k.
To be courteous to the staff of the CEF and offer help if not otherwise occupied.
l.
To avoid clinical staff conflicts by staying neutral in any disagreements among the staff.
m.
To exhibit the utmost professionalism in the performance of his/her assigned duties.
The ACCE screens possible CEFs to ensure high quality learning experiences for the PTA student in a variety of settings.
129 | P a g e
Clinical Personnel Responsibilities:
The ACCE is responsible for:
1.
2.
Determining the interest of possible CEFs.
Screening the possible CEFs through:
a.
A tour of the CEF and the Physical Therapy Department.
b.
Total completion of the Clinical Center Information Form including the accreditation status of the CEF.
c.
Formalizing the relationship between the AF and the CEF through a written clinical agreement.
d.
Setting up a system of communication through:
1)
Initial sharing of information between the AEF and the CEF.
2)
Philosophy of the facility.
3)
Objectives of the facility.
a) Table of Organization of the facility.
b) Other general information concerning clinical education.
e.
Informal communication on a continuous basis.
f.
As warranted, formal site visits by the academic faculty to the CEF during the practicum experiences.
g.
Maintenance of the Clinical Contracts to assure that the contracts are current and updated as needed.
Development of the selected CEFs results from interaction between the academic faculty and the clinical faculty. This process is
coordinated by the ACCE and the CCCE.
A written agreement is made between the AF and the CEF. Within the agreement form, the responsibilities of the AF, the CEF
and the student are listed.
The ACCE Clinical Complaint Procedure:
When a complaint has been received regarding a student the ACCE will:
1.
Go to the clinical site and meet with the CCCE and or the CI to research and gather information regarding the complaint.
2.
Meet with the student regarding the complaint to research and gather information.
3.
Meet with the PTA Program Director and review complaint and gathered information to arrive at a solution and plan of
action.
Clinical Practicum Dress Code:
If a clinical site has its own required dress code, students must be prepared to adhere to the clinical site’s policies during both
practica.
If not otherwise stated by the clinical site, the PTA dress code consists of neutral-color dress pants with a PSI logo polo shirt, softsoled, closed-toed shoes (including socks) in good repair and the official PSI ID badge should be worn on the lanyard at all times
for identification including dress down days. No hoodies are to be worn. No undergarments are to be visible at all.
Whatever dress code is assigned to the student at the clinical practicum, the student will follow, without exception.
Grading for Clinical Practicum:
PSI utilizes CPI (Clinical Performance Instrument) for use by the clinical sites in evaluation of the student’s performance during
Clinical Practica I and II experiences. The CPI evaluation notebook is used for the student’s entire program and will contain, when
complete, the evaluations of all of the required skills during the two clinical experiences of the program.
PTA students please refer to each course syllabus for the appropriate grading scale.
The originals of the Clinical Summative Comments Sheets, pages 21, 22 and 23 for each of the four (4) are given to the Registrar
for placement in the student’s academic file.
A student will be allowed to repeat only one (1) of the four (4) clinical practica. If a student fails two (2) practica he/she will be
terminated from the PTA program. Prior to each practicum, the Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) will review with
the students what is expected from them and the minimum skills that must be evaluated. During the first practicum, a minimum
number of skills and high level of competence will be expected to be evaluated as indicated on the course syllabus. During the
second and final practicum, a higher number of skills and even higher level of competence will be expected to be evaluated. In
order to receive a passing grade for a clinical experience, the student must have at least the minimum skills evaluated by the
Clinical Instructor.
130 | P a g e
PTA Clinical Site and Educator Information – (Revised September 2015)
Absolute Rehab (15)
CCCE: Kevin Moore
Accelerated Rehabilitation (1)
CCCE: Heidi Bush, PT
Advanced Health Rehabilitation (4)
CCCE: Jean Wobser
CI: Christine Pleasnick, DPTCredentialed
CI: Dave Ott, PT-Credentialed
CI: Christy Davis, PTA
CI: Steve Volpe, PT
Advantage Physical Therapy &
Wellness (1)
CCCE/CI: Todd Nighswander, PT
Allied Health (1)
CCCE: Teresa Shema, PTA
CI: Bonnie Yarbough, PTA
Arbors at Clyde (1)
CCCE: Cindy Jewett
Arbors at Oregon (1)
CCCE: Mary McLaughlin, PT
CI Michael McInerney, PTA-Credentialed
Arbors at Sylvania (1)
CCCE: Lisa Katalinich
CI: Jason Crots, PTA
CI: Elena Petrovski, PT
CI: Rick Cline, PTA
CI: Laura Crow, PTA
CI: Raymond Sisler, PTA
Arbors at Waterville (1)
CCCE: Diana Thomas
CI: Jessica Steinman, PTA
Archbold Physical Therapy (1)
CCCE/CI: Alison Durham, DPT
CI: Michelle Riedeman, PTA
CI: Phil Roseman, PTA
Avalon of Monclova (1)
CCCE: Erin Wagner
CI: Jeanie Duby, PTA
Avalon of Perrysburg (1)
CCCE: Erin Wagner
CI: Michele Mazurek, PTA- Credentialed
Balance & Mobility (3)
CCCE/CI: Marianne Keller, PTA
CI: Melissa Miller, MPT- Credentialed
CI: Dan Schriner, PTA
Bay Park Hospital (1)
CCCE: Jennifer Hodulik, PT
Bellevue Hospital (1)
CCCE/CI: Beth Weber, PTA
CI: Erica Flinn, PTA
CI: Tony Lombardi, PT
Blakely Care Center (1)
CI: Jen Dever, PTA
Blue Sky (2)
CCCE/CI: Kathy Haydu-Credentialed
CI: Jamelah Abdouni, PTA-Credentialed
Carter Rehab (1) Tecumsch
CCCE: Robert Leffler, PT
CI: Bill Klasner, PTA
Carter Rehab (2) Adrian
CCCE: Aaron Deline, PT
CI: Josh Valdez, PTA
CI: Justine Benton, PTA
Central Park West (1)
CCCE/CI: Paul Boes, PTA
CI: Paul Barnes, PT
CI: Joel Cousino, PTA
Community Hospital & Wellness
Center (2) Bryan/Archbold
CCCE: Patricia Timmerman, PT
CI: Jeremy Dauber, PT-Credentialed
CI: Susan Sumpter, PT
CI: Alice Walker, PT
CI: Tara short, PT-Credentialed
CI: Stan Roth, PT-Credentialed
CI; Charlene Mitschelen, PT Credentialed
CI: Ann Bowers, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Tanya Fleischmann, PTA Credentialed
CI: Jeannine Walker, PT
Community Hospital & Wellness
Center (1) Montpelier
CCCE/CI: Sharilyn Webb,
PT-Credentialed
Community Memorial Hospital (1)
CCCE: Camie Stallbaum, PT
CI: Tiffanie Baird, PTA
CI: Vicki Gatchell, PT
CI: Sadie Burdine, PTA
Defiance Clinic-Pro Rehab (1)
CCCE: Stacy English, PT
CI: Erica Noggle, PTA
CI: Mark Burken, PTA
CI: Brenda Keck, PT
CI: Christina Smith, PT
CI: Amy Meyer, PT
CI: Rachel Barlow, PT
CI: Diana Evers, PTA
CI: William Zartman, PTA
East Point PT (1)
CCCE/CI: Donald Walendzak, PT
EncompassCare (1)
CCCE: Chris Valigosky, PT-Credentialed
CI: Jennifer Loth, PTA
Encore Rehabilitation (1) Monroe,
MI
CCCE: Jennifer Werner, PTA
Fairview Manor (1)
CCCE: Paulette Klinger
CI: Lottie Buno, PT
CI: Jermain Hamilton, PTA
Firelands Regional Medical Center
(3)
CCCE: Stephanie Boos, PT
CI: Susan Riggs, PT
CI: Debbie Kyle, PT
CI: Connie Klausz, PT
CI: Brian Hall, PT
CI: Patricia Gerber, PT
CI: Chris Schaeffer, PT
CI: Amanda Schafer, PTA
CI: Jessica Rieder, PT-Credentialed
Fisher-Titus Medical Center (1)
CCCE/CI: Kim Skeel, PTA- Credentialed
CI: Jane Hedrick, PTA
CI: Tricia Ebner, PTA
CI: Krista Schafer, PTA
CI: Craig Winke, PTA
131 | P a g e
Fisher-Titus Medical Center (1)
CCCE/CI: Kim Skeel, PTA- Credentialed
CI: Jane Hedrick, PTA
CI: Tricia Ebner, PTA
CI: Krista Schafer, PTA
CI: Craig Winke, PTA
Flower Hospital (3)
CCCE: Lisa Cooper, PT-Credentialed
CI: Lisa Wright, PTA
CI: Kathy Schroll, PTA- Credentialed
CI: Cheryl Eckles, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Shelley Black, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Melissa Weisz, PTA
Fostoria Community Hospital (3)
CCCE:
CI: Rick Gilbert, PTA
CI: Becky Heiser, PTA
CI: Kathy Emerson, PT
CI: Christina Peterman, PT
CI: Sara Christman, PT
CI: Mary Rall, PTA
Fountain View of Monroe (1)
CCCE: Tonya Daniels
CI: Kortney Bodi, PTA
Fox Run Manor (2) Opti Health
Group
CCCE/CI: Dawn Laytart, PTA
CI: Christine Meyer, PTA
CI Jamie Stewart, PTA
Franciscan Care Center (1)
CI: Matt Austin, PTA
CI: Jennifer Krayneck, PTA
Fulton Co. Health Center Rehab (2)
CCCE/CI: Lisa Aschliman, PTA
CI: Trish Otto, PTA
CI: Lynne Prigge, PT
CI: Jennifer Sanford, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Kristy Gerig, PTA
Heatherdowns Rehab & Care Center
(1)
CCCE: Jennifer Knorr, COTA
CI: Robin Mason, PTA
Heartland of Perrysburg (1)
CCCE: Tasha Schunk, PT
CI: Jeaneen Hall, PT
Heartland of Holy Glen (1)
CCCE: Ann Montion, PT
CI: Christopher Wilbarger, PTACredentialed
Heartland of Waterville (1)
CCCE: Jessica Rieman, PT, DPT
CI: Shandell Contrestus
Henry Co. Hospital (1)
CCCE: Emily Stamm, PT
CI: Sara Shepherd, PTA
CI: Kim Woods, PTA
CI: Laura Wolfrom, PTA-Credentialed
Henry Ford Medical Group (6)
CCCE: Michelle Thibodeau, MPTCredentialed
CI: Farah Sheena, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Ada Anaeme, PT-Credentialed
CI: Sue Lazenby, PT-Credentialed
CI: Barb Bishop, PT-Credentialed
CI: Jennifer Starchenko, MPTCredentialed
CI: Derek Chan, PT-Credentialed
CI: Toni Wibel, PT-Credentialed
CI: Dawn Chambers, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Jill Norander, PT-Credentialed
CI: Nicole Robinson, PT-Credentialed
CI: Tanya Ullmer, PT-Credentialed
CI: Dorene Cummins, PT-Credentialed
CI: Brian Vasicek, MPT-Credentialed
Henry Ford Hospital (1)
CCCE: Krissy Stein, MPT-Credentialed
CI: Nazir Ahmed, PT-Credentialed
CI: Heather Boyd, PTA -Credentialed
CI: Amy Bryant, PT-Credentialed
CI: Judith Covert-Sisung
PT-Credentialed
CI: Edward Kornacki, PT-Credentialed
CI: Karyn Kuzniar, PT-Credentialed
CI: Adele Myszenski, PT-Credentialed
CI: Julie Norton, PT-Credentialed
CI: Stephanie Shamus, PT-Credentialed
CI: Christine Sockow, PT-Credentialed
Herrick Memorial Hospital Total
Rehab (3)
CCCE: Kris Owens, OTR
CI: John Upton, MPT
CI: Syndon Reed, PTA
CI: Mary Bruno, PTA
CI: Jill Brennan, PTA
CI: Jennifer Yape, MPT
CI: Andrea Jackson, PTA
CI: Beth Haines, PTA
CI: Elizabeth Alcock, PT
CI: Linda Hilinski, PT- Credentialed
Hickory Ridge of Temperance (2)
CCCE: Tammy Allen, PT
CI: Christine Pierce, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Josh Ravary, PTA
CI: Julie Burger, DPT
Holiday Park PT (2)
CCCE/CI: Todd Dean, PTA
Kingston Healthcare Center of
Perrysburg (1)
CCCE: Lavonne Elston, PT
CI: Ashlea LaCourse, PTA
Kingston Healthcare Center of
Sylvania (1)
CCCE: Lavonne Elston, PT
CI: Cathy Aldrich, PTA
CI: Andrea Senecal, PTA
CI: Peggy Thatcher, PTA
CI: Stacy Schneider, PT
Laurels of Defiance (1)
CCCE: Renee Bockrath
CI: Kim Wilhelm, PT
CI: Stacy Knueven, PTA
CI: Krisy Elkins, PTA
CI: Sarah Chamberlin, PTA
Heartland of Oregon (1)
CCCE: Val Aboor
CI: Mary Crawford, PTA
CI: Jennifer Daly, PTA
CI: Jennifer Sass, PTA
132 | P a g e
Laurels of Dekalb (1)
CCCE: Renea Hamman
CI: Amber Heckler, PT
CI: Stephanie Anderson, PTA
Laurels of Toledo (1)
CCCE: Julie Leidel, PTA
CI: Justin Bates, PTA
CI: Matthew Snyder, PTA
Luther Home of Mercy (1)
CCCE: Rebecca Sparks, PT
CI: Kimberly Pierce, PTA
Lutheran Home of Toledo (1)
CI: Laura Bondy, PT- Credential
CI: Samantha Fuller, PTA
Lutheran Memorial Home (1)
CCCE/CI: Rebecca Liskai, PTA
CI: Laura Taylor, PTA
Lynwood Manor (1)
CCCE/CI: Krista Isenhower, PTA
CI: Traci Osburn, PT
Magruder Hospital (2) Port
Clinton/Oak Harbor
CCCE: Tom Legando, PT
CI: Christopher Bender, PTA
CI: Dave Moore, PT
Mercy Memorial of Monroe (1)
CCCE: Lisa Granlich
CI: Angel Vance, PTA-Credentialed
UTMC (4)
CCCE: Alison Pollacek, PT-Credentialed
CI: Suzette Whetro, PT
CI: Sarah Myers, MPT
CI: Elizabeth Obringer, MPT
CI: Mary Bagrowski, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Christine Marlow, PTA
CI: Rachael Kern, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Ashley Bilek, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Jennifer Garringer, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Kim Roberts, PTA
CI: Kelly Jagodzinski, PTA-Credentialed
CI: John Matters, PTA
CI: Deb Rohloff, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Stephanie Giesler, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Amy Martin, PTA
CI: Sue Winterhalter, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Laura McPike, PTA-Credentialed
Northcrest Golden Living Center (1)
CCCE: Tonya Richardson, PTA
CI: Melissa Stutzman, PT
Oak Grove Center (1)
CCCE: Mary Habegger
Opti-Health Group (3)
Findlay/Sylvania/Bowling Green
CCCE/CI: Alan Distel, PT
CI: Christy Threet, PTA
CI: Kathy Long, PTA
CI: Lydia Coca, DPT-Credentialed
CI: Ed Carmichael, PT
Orchard Villa (1)
CCCE: Elizabeth (Vicky) Kuehn
CI: Valerie Smith, PTA
CI: Susan Lambrecht, PTA
CI: Angela Holt, PTA
CI: Kim Hertfeld, PT
CI: Jeaneen Hall, PT
CI: Mike Guziolek, PTA
CI: Deb Chaney, PTA
Otterbein Portage Valley (1)
CCCE: Erin Wagner
CI: Tiffany Slowinski, PTA
CI: Sue Noethen, PTA
CI: Mario Baker, PT
Parkview Care- Fremont (1)
CCCE: Daneshea Wofford, PT
Parkview Physicians Group, MCHA
(1)
CCCE/CI: Matthew Strayer, PT
CI: Katie, PTA
CI: Steve Leathers, PTA
Perrysburg Care & Rehab (1)
CCCE: Tara De Bortoil
Physical Therapy Consultants (2)
CCCE/CI: Julie Olmstead, PT
CI: Amy Fisher, PTA
Point Place Care & Rehab (1)
CCCE: Lynn Nidek, MPT
CI: Lisa Zaleski, PTA
CI: Melissa Aponte, PTA
Progressive Therapy & Aquatic
Center (1)
CCCE/CI: Martha Graham, PTA
ProMedica Hospital Health Care
System (Fremont) (4)
CCCE: Lisa Lotycz, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Lesley King, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Shannon Reardon, PT-Credentialed
CI: Brittany Tyson, PTA
CI: Brandi Wammes. PTA
CI: Mark Cross, PTA
ProMedica Skilled Care & Rehab (1)
CI: Dana Knapik, PTA
Provincial House (2)
CCCE/CI: Nicole Rothman, PTA
CI: Vicki Iott-Schultz, PTA-Credentialed
PT Link (8)
CCCE: Brittany Mensing
CI: Shawn Chesser, PT
CI: Sam Rakyta, PT-Credentialed
CI: John Longmore, PTA
CI: Jason Rotar, PT
CI: Sarah Skilliter, MPT
CI: Eric Snyder, PT
CI: Mike Coulter, PT
CI: Tom Hallett, MPT
133 | P a g e
PT Services /Optima Rehabilitation
Services (1) Tiffin
CCCE/CI: Brad Adelsperger, PTA
Rehabilitation Specialists (1)
CI: Barb Ginther, PTA- Credentialed
Ridgewood Manor (1)
CI: Melanie Gibbs, PTA
Riverview (1)
CCCE: Erin Wagner
CI: Andrea Meng, PTA
Sandusky Physical Therapy (1) Opti
Health
CI: Beverly Weber, PT-Credentialed
Sensational Kids (1)
CCCE/CI: Stacey Creps, PT
South Toledo PT (1)
CI/CCCE: Aaron Nowakowski, PTA
Spring Meadows (1) Therapy
Partners
CCCE/CI: Jamie Sheskey
Sportscare of Wildwood (2)
CCCE: Brendon Smith, PT
CI: Deb Elliott, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Jason Soncrant, PT
CI: Shannon Buchwald, PTA
CI: Michelle Sheely, PTA
CI: Lindsay Olah, PTA
St. Anne Mercy Hospital (1)
CCCE: Beverly Goings, PT
CI: Frank Johnson, PT
CI: Lothar Drosd, PTA
CI: Angels Pahl, PT
CI: Sara Leonardi, PTA
St James Therapy (2)
CCCE/CI: Christie Hofmann, PTACredentialed
St. Luke's Hospital (3)
CCCE: Tom Garvin, PTA
CI: Michelle Kessler, PTA
CI: Scott Giest, PT- Credentialed
CI: Kim Huffman, PT
St. Vincent (3)
CCCE: Susan Hartman, PT
CI: Steve Allen, PT
CI: Carl Micaliceck, PTA
CI: John Murphy, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Donna Copeland, PT
CI: Jaimee Scarborough, PTA
CI: Julie Ritter, PT
CI: Garth Longstreet, PTA
Summit Rehab (1)
CCCE/CI: Nick Encheff, PT
CI: Mike Gose, PTA
Swan Point (1)
CI: Amy Patton, PTA
Sylvania Care & Rehab Center (1)
Genesis
CI: Gina Bollman, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Deborah Wallace, PTA
CI: Kelly Borgman, PT
CI: Linda Kilgus, PT
Swanton Health Care (1)-Therapy
Partners
CCCE/CI: Joe DeBortoil, PTA
Swanton Valley Care & Rehab (1)
Genesis
CCCE/CI: Lyn Lemon, PTA
Therapy in Motion (1)
CCCE: Renee Biskner
CI: Michell Schiel, PTA
Therapy Providers of America (9)
CCCE/CI: Louis Galvan, PT
CI: Mashkoor Khan, PT
CI: Beth Go, PT
CI: Mimi Abebe, PTA
Therapy Solutions (9)
CCCE: Lisa Barrientos, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Shaura Steffe, PT
CI: Adam Bowden, PT
CI: April Rellinger, PTA
CI: Deborah Compton, PT
CI: Christina Springer, PTA
CI: Sara Offenbacher, PTA
CI: Stephanie Boroft, PTA
CI: Mindy Ankney, PTA
CI: Philp Ross, PT
CI: Stacy Ward, PTA
The Lake of Monclova (1)
CCCE/CI: Marsha Carrick, PTA
The Toledo Hospital (3)
CCCE: Jennifer Gwin, PT
CI: Aaron Koontz, PTA
CI: Ed Van Camp, PTA
CI: Shelly Becker, PTA-Credentialed
Toledo Orthopedic Surgeons (1)
CCCE: Bill Hartman, PT
CI: Ken Freeman, PT
CI: Jo Hartman, PT
Trilogy (1)
The Willows @ Bellevue
CCCE: Julianna Hermes, PT
CI: Ashlee Durst, PTA-Credentialed
Veterans Affairs (1)
CCCE: Alexandra Sciaky,
DPT - Credentialed
CI: Jackie Deron, PT- Credentialed
CI: Jo Dolecki, PT-Credentialed
CI: Karen Fouty, PT-Credentialed
CI: Shiny John, PT-Credentialed
CI: Todd Bailey, PT-Credentialed
CI: Leslie Westbury, PT-Credentialed
CI: Catherine McGavran,
MPT-Credentialed
CI: Jennifer Kibler, PTA-Credentialed
VA -OP Toledo (1)
CCCE: Alexandra Sciaky, DPT
CI: Amie Richardson, PTA-Credentialed
CI: Jean Revivor, PT-Credentialed
CI: Joe Stokes, PTA-Credentialed
134 | P a g e
Volunteer of America: Bethesda
Care Center (1)
CCCE: Deb Swim
CI: Makensie Quaintance, PT
CI: Anthony Esker, PTA
Waterford Commons (1)
CCCE/CI Kathy Johnson, PTA
Wolf Creek-Lutheran Homes (1)
CCCE: Teresa Sutter, PTA
CI: Rich Shehorn, PTA
Wood County Hospital (1)
CCCE: Mary Bostelman, PT
CI: Diane Lusky-Stubbs, PTA
CI: Kathy Burnside, PTA
135 | P a g e
School of Physical Therapist Assisting (PTA) ---Advisory Board Members
(Revised 04-2016)
Program
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
Advisory Member
Alison Pollacek
PT Clinical Coordinator of
Clinical Education
Julie Liedel
Program Manager, Clinical
Coordinator of Clinical
Education
Mary Sue Mercer
Upper Extremity/Hand
Specialist
Catherine Hornbeck
PT-Assistant Professor
Additional Members
Deanna Lamb
Denise Stevens
ACCE
Melissa Miller
PTA Instructor
Mobility Specialist
Heidi Wallace
PTA Instructor
Roger Lewis
PTA Teaching Assistant
Karen Sims
PTA Teaching Assistant
MPT
Employer
University of Toledo Medical Center
PTA
The Laurels of Toledo
PT
St. Vincent Mercy Medical Center
PhD
University of Toledo
PT, MA
Employer
PSI
PTA, M.Ed.
PSI
MPT
PSI
PTA, BS, ATC
PSI
PTA
PSI
PTA
PSI
136 | P a g e
Diploma Program:
PN —Practical Nurse
137 | P a g e
138 | P a g e
Admissions
(Revised 07-2016)
It is very important to understand that fulfilling the admission requirements DOES NOT guarantee the applicant acceptance into
the School of Practical Nursing, Practical Nurse (PN) program. The PN program is completely residential in nature and no component
is done through distance learning. PN clinical rotations may be scheduled morning, afternoon, nights and on weekends.
PSI is on a 12-week quarter system with a one (1) week break between quarters. Enrollment into the PN program is offered in
January, April, July and October of each year for a daytime and an evening schedule. The academic calendars are located on page
7 of this catalog.
The PN Cost Sheet and the Retention, Placement, and Licensure Disclosure Forms are given to each applicant as an insert to this
Catalog by an Admissions Representative during the first meeting.
PN Admissions Requirements:
Each School of Practical Nursing applicant for admission is assigned an admissions representative. The Admissions Representative
will direct the applicant through the steps of the admissions process. The Admissions Representative will provide information on
curriculum, policies, procedures, and services, and assist the applicant in setting necessary appointments and interviews.
1.
2.
3.
4.
diploma.
may be required.
Upon completion of the interview, applicants determined to have the aptitude, qualifications, and motivation to pursue a
selected program of study within the School of Practical Nursing will be given the opportunity to schedule a time to take
the next scheduled Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAStm). The applicant must submit a $65.00 TEAS testing fee
prior to/or on the day of testing.
The minimum passing score on the TEAS is 41.2% on the Adjusted Individual Total Score. Only one retest is permitted
per enrollment cycle. A retesting fee of $65.00 must be paid in order to retest. The test score will remain in effect for a
period of 2 years from the test date. A student may submit a qualifying TEAS test result from another testing facility that
is within the last 2 years.
Note: An applicant that fails the TEAS on the second attempt will be ineligible to take the TEAS again during the current
enrollment cycle.
5.
6.
An applicant who achieves a qualifying score on the TEAS will be invited to apply to the Practical Nursing Program. An
applicant must submit a $25.00 application fee.
7.
Prior to the submission of an applicant's application to the School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee the applicant must
also;
1.
Provide documentation of graduation in the form of a High School Diploma, transcript, or other acceptable documentation
which confirms that the applicant meets or exceeds the academic achievement equivalent to a high school diploma in the
USA. All documents submitted must be translated into English.
139 | P a g e
High school diplomas/transcripts from other countries are acceptable, as long as the diploma is equivalent to a U.S. high
school diploma. To assure compliance all applicants with foreign transcripts must have the transcript reviewed by a U.S.
credential evaluation service.
2.
Submit a BCI&I and FBI background checks receipt within seven (7) days of applying.
Acceptance Process:
Each applicant will have his/her application file reviewed by the School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee using the
following criteria:
Verified completion of ALL required application process documents.
The School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee may be comprised of the following, but not limited to; the Campus Director,
the Dean of Education, the Program Directors, the Director of Compliance, and/or the Registrar.
The School of Nursing Admissions Selection Committee will determine the acceptance or denial of the students' application. The
selection committee will notify the students Admission Representative, via letter, of the acceptance or denial of a student's
application. The Admission Representative will then notify the student of the committee's determination via letter and phone.
Orientation:
At this time PSI does not offer Probationary Admission into the School of Practical Nursing due to the difficulty of the program.
PN – Part-Time Status:
The professional curriculum of each program is structured so that each successive quarter is built on information, knowledge, skills
and attitudes obtained in the previous quarters. Students are thus encouraged to maintain full-time status to complete the
curriculum.
However, there may be situations when a student due to medical or personal reasons needs to assume a part-time status. If this
situation presents itself, the student will meet with the PN Program Director to design an appropriate plan of study.
Procedure for Part-Time Status:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The student must schedule an appointment with the PN Program Director to discuss his/her intent to go from full-time to
part-time status. At this meeting the student will discuss his/her reasons for requesting a part-time schedule. Students
will be encouraged to maintain a full-time schedule whenever possible.
If a full-time schedule cannot be maintained, the PN Program Director will do a Plan of Study (POS) for the student that
will outline how and when the student will complete his/her program.
The student’s POS is then submitted to the Dean of Education for review and final academic approval.
With educational approval the POS is then submitted to the Director of Financial Aid who reviews the request with the
student.
Students who are on part-time schedule may face registration restrictions. Registration for individual courses will be
limited to the availability of seats for that course.
Students who cannot maintain the part-time POS will have to withdraw from the program and enroll at a later date.
140 | P a g e
PRACTICAL NURSE – DIPLOMA (PN)
The Practical Nurse (PN) is presented over a period of 72 weeks. This period is divided into six (6) 12-week quarters. Enrollment
into the day and evening schedule PN program is available four (4) times per year, January, April, July and October. The day
schedule is Monday through Friday, from 8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. The evening schedule is Monday through Friday, from 5 to 10:20
p.m. Nursing Clinical time may be scheduled any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day or evening depending on
the availability of the clinical site. The total credits required to complete the PN program is 123.5.
The Practical Nurse works under the direction of the physician or Registered Nurse to give direct patient care, assist with patient
education, manage team nursing patient care delivery, and supervise unlicensed assistive personnel.
Upon successful completion of the PN program, providing all requirements for graduation are met, the graduate will receive a
diploma and will be eligible to sit for National Council Licensure Examination for Practical/Vocational Nurses (NCLEX-PN®) developed
by The National Council of State Boards of Nursing, Inc., to become a Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN). Transferability of credits to
other institutions is at the discretion of the receiving institution and PSI makes no guarantees of transferability. The school will
assist the graduate in every way possible in finding employment. This is not a guarantee of employment or a minimum starting
salary.
their chosen program. Each program is given an O*Net-SOC code. The code for the PN program is 29-2061.00. Students should
Course No.
Course Name
101-H
102-H
103-H
106-H
201-H
203-H
302-H
PN104
PN105
PN202
PN204
PN205
PN304
PN305
PN306
PN307
PN401
PN404
PN405
Medical Terminology
Math for Meds
Student Success in Academics
Principles of Psychology
Basic Nutrition and Diet Therapy
Gerontological Nursing
Pharmacology I
Medical/Surgical Nursing
Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing
Pharmacology II
Electronic Charting in Nursing
Job Readiness/ NCLEX-PN Review
Maternal/Infant Nursing
Pediatric Nursing
Course Credit
Course Clock Hours
3.0
5.0
5.5
1.0
4.0
6.0
5.0
6.0
13.0
5.0
4.0
13.0
5.0
13.0
6.0
3.0
8.0
8.5
9.5
123.5
30
50
55
10
40
60
50
60
195
50
50
190
70
190
60
50
80
115
120
1525
submit an official transcript for credit transfer evaluation. Transfer credits are approved by the Dean of Education and Program Director. Refer to the
Transfer of Credit section in this catalog for courses that may be transferred.
Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education and cannot be used in
place of a staff member at any clinical site. Clinical can be held any day of the week or weekend, and at any time of the day.
141 | P a g e
PRACTICAL NURSE – DIPLOMA (PN)
Curriculum Sequence
The PN curriculum is presented in the following sequence to guide the student through the program, so that the student will
Quarter 1
101-H
102-H
103-H
106-H
201-H
Quarter 2
203-H
302-H
PN104
PN202
Quarter 3
PN105
PN306
PN307
Quarter 4
PN204
PN205
Quarter 5
PM304
PN305
Quarter 6
PN401
PN404
PN405
Course Name
Medical Terminology
Math for Meds
Course Name
Pharmacology I
CPR
Course Name
Pharmacology II
Course Name
Course Name
Credits
Credits
Credits
Credits
Course Name
Pediatric Nursing
Total Possible Quarter Credits
Total Required PN Program Credits
Course Credit
3.0
5.0
5.5
1.0
4.0
18.5
Course Credit
6.0
5.0
6.0
5.0
0.0
22.0
Course Credit
13.0
6.0
3.0
22.0
Course Credit
4.0
13.0
17.0
Course Credit
5.0
13.0
18.0
Course Credit
8.0
8.5
9.5
26.0
123.5
All courses in the PN program must be completed with a minimum final grade average of 76.5% and if applicable successful passage
of each competency test with a minimum score of 76.5%.
For a course that has both a lecture component, lab competency component and/or clinical component; each component must be
passed separately with a minimum of a 76.5 percent to pass the lecture component of the course and a satisfactory grade for the
lab competency component and clinical component. If the student does not pass all three (3) components the entire course is
failed and the course will be repeated in its entirety the next time it is offered.
142 | P a g e
Practical Nurse Clinical Skills:
PSI Practical Nursing students will care for a variety of patients, this includes but is not limited to patients of different ages, races,
color, male or female; a variety of marital statuses, disabilities, religions, political affiliations and national origins. PSI will not be
able to accept you as a student unless you can agree to all of the preceding information.
The Practical Nurse uses the nursing process to meet the patient’s needs by promoting and maintaining health and wellness,
preventing illness and disease, and assisting with restoring the patient’s health. Examples of skills (but not limited to) performed
by the Practical Nurse under the direction of a physician or RN are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Obtaining vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiration and blood pressure)
Bathing, feeding and performing all needed personal hygiene measures for the patient
Calculating intake and output
Making an occupied and unoccupied bed
Placing patient’s in therapeutic positions
Performing range of motion exercises
Assisting patients with ambulation, using canes, walkers, or crutches.
Performing patient transfers (i.e. bed to chair, bed to wheelchair)
Performing isolation techniques
Maintaining universal precautions
Preparing sterile fields and donning sterile gloves
Changing clean and sterile dressings
Performing oropharyngeal and tracheal suctioning
Inserting and maintaining urinary catheters
Maintaining nasogastric tubes
Maintaining enteral tube feedings
Administering various types of enemas
Caring for various types of ostomies
Administering medications and treatments
Providing basic infant care
Monitoring, regulating and discontinuing peripheral intravenous therapies
Assisting with the patient health assessment and physical examination
Charting -documenting
Providing patient and family education
Maintaining interpersonal skills and therapeutic communication
Collecting body fluid samples (urine, sputum, stool, and wound)
Starting IVs on adult patients only (18 years or older)
The Practical Nurse will care for patients in a variety of different health care settings, such as hospitals, ambulatory care centers,
home care, long-term care settings, specialized care centers, and hospice.
Terminal Objectives for Graduates of the Practical Nurse Program







Demonstrates knowledge of nursing science and nursing concepts based on physical and behavioral sciences.
Demonstrates therapeutic communication skills, both verbally and nonverbally, in relationships with patients, families
and other health care members.
Performs safe appropriate nursing skills in the delivery of patient care.
Applies logical and skillful clinical reasoning while delivering patient care.
Utilizes Marjory Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns as the conceptual framework as the basis for nursing care.
Applies the nursing process while delivering nursing care to patients and families.
Acts in a professional manner while conducting nursing care.
Goals for the Practical Nurse Program




Provide a practical nurse program from which graduates are prepared to perform the functions of a beginning practical
nurse.
Provide a curriculum based on sciences, humanities, and nursing which allows the student to make safe, appropriate and
logical decisions in the clinical area.
Provide a positive learning environment, which fosters students’ growth and expected performance.
Provide information on how graduates can advance their professional education in order to obtain an associate degree,
or higher, for registered nursing through an accredited institution, if desired.
143 | P a g e
PN Program – School of Practical Nursing Philosophy
The faculty, of the Practical Nurse Program at Professional Skills Institute (PSI), supports the mission and goals of the Institute. It
is our intent to educate practical nurses who are competent to provide service in a variety of health care settings. Competence
requires that a practical nurse be able to integrate, and apply, a specific knowledge base to the professional execution of nursing
services for individuals, in accordance with the State of Ohio Nurse Practice Act.
We, the faculty of PSI Practical Nursing Program, believe that the concepts of person, health, nursing, environment, and learning,
are central components to holism in nursing education. Using Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns as an organizing framework for
learning, holism is explored. This includes physiological, psychological, sociological, religious, and cultural experiences. These
experiences change and develop human behavior across the life span.
Each individual interacts with their immediate and global environment. This interaction develops a cooperative coexistence with
other individuals in the context of family, culture, and community. These interactions are dynamic and directly influence and
individual’s perception of health.
Health is an individual’s perception of their physiological and psychological functioning. Health is a balance between and within
states of wellness and illness. This balance is maintained on a continuum with fluctuations between these states influenced by and
individual’s ability adapt. Adaptation is an individual’s response to change in the internal and external environment. It is influenced
by physiological, psychological, sociological, religious and cultural components.
Nursing is a profession which strives to develop interpersonal and caring relationships with the individual and their family. Nursing
care directly impacts health promotion, maintenance, and restoration by supporting self-care abilities of the individual and family.
Nursing practice is founded on a specialized and shared knowledge base with influences from the physiological, psychological and
behavioral sciences. This knowledge is acquired through direct study, application, and experience. Nursing process provides a
systematic approach to the practice of nursing science. The process of assessment, diagnosis, planning, implementation, and
evaluation guides the nurse through all patient care settings.
Practical nurse education allows the individual to explore and learn the appropriate theory and skill necessary to provide care for
persons throughout the life-span. This delivery of care will be directed by the registered nurse or other appropriate health care
professional.
Professional Skills Institute believes strongly, and is committed to, an obligation to the students enrolled in the practical nurse
program, to provide quality education to enable each one to meet their professional ideals and goals, instilling in them the belief
that the dignity and worth of all individuals is fundamental regardless of race, sex, religious beliefs, age, nationality or financial
status.
Graduates of the practical nurse program enter nursing at the technical level and practice in the role as defined by the State of
Ohio Nurse Practice Act for the practical nurse. Continual advances in health care require that graduate to participate in a practice
of life-long learning.
Conceptual Model/Threads of the Practical Nurse Program
Professional Skills Institute faculty has designed this Conceptual Model of Nursing to give direction to nursing education and to
facilitate student learning. The model consists of seven component parts. Understanding and attaining the required knowledge of
each component is necessary for successful completion of the practical nursing program. These component parts serve to guide
the curriculum by ensuring that these common themes are addressed throughout the program.
There is an interaction between each of the seven components of the conceptual model. Holism
the model interact. As the student completes each progressive quarter, there is an increasing
and applying the components. Professionalism encircles all the other components since the
standards, values, and morals in nursing practice as a lifelong commitment. Descriptions of the
occurs as all seven components of
depth of understanding, knowing,
student must uphold professional
model components are as follows.
Commitment to learning starts with the ability to utilize knowledge needed to practice nursing. This knowledge is drawn from the
sciences, humanities, and nursing. Needs and resources of learning are identified, while new knowledge and understanding are
continually being sought. The ability to self-assess, self-correct, and self-direct is emphasized along with flexibility. Continuing
education is identified as a requirement for nursing practice.
Communication skills include the ability to communicate effectively verbally, nonverbally, and in writing. Interpersonal skills,
which are the ability to interact effectively with patients, families, colleagues, other health care professionals, and the
community, are included. Principles of transcultural nursing care are also applied for effective communication.
Technical skills are procedures and techniques necessary for safe and effective assessments and interventions. They are carried
out within the scope of practice. These psychomotor skills are based on scientific principles and theories.
Critical thinking is the ability to question logically and to identify, generate, and evaluate elements of logical argument. The concept
of critical thinking allows the idea that utilizing competencies, attitudes, and standards develop analytical thinking. It recognizes
and differentiates between facts and assumptions. It is being able to distinguish relevant from irrelevant, while applying skillful
clinical reasoning.
144 | P a g e
Conceptual framework of Marjory Gordon’s Eleven Functional Health Patterns is utilized to facilitate a holistic assessment of patients’
life and lifestyle. The functional assessment focuses on the psychosocial, physical, and environment needs and abilities of patients.
Functional patterns are influenced by biological, developmental, cultural, social, and spiritual factors. No one health pattern can
be understood without input from the other patterns. Evaluating each health pattern assists in identifying patients’ strengths and
dysfunctional patterns, which leads to the development of a nursing care plan.
Nursing Process is an organized method of giving individualized nursing care for actual or potential health problems. The nursing
process for the practical nurse includes having an understanding of the nursing assessment, diagnosis, planning, implementation,
and evaluation phases, all under the direction of the registered nurse. The practical nurse may offer observations to assist the
registered nurse in providing individualized care.
Professionalism is the ability to exhibit appropriate professional conduct and to represent the profession effectively. Professionalism
includes being knowledgeable, responsible, and accountable for actions and outcomes. A professional nurse has knowledge of, and
practices, within legal boundaries.
Practical Nurse Program Student Conduct Policy
Referenced from Rules Promulgated from the Law Regulating the Practice of Nursing, Chapter 4723-5-12-C of the Ohio
Administrative Code (Effective 02-01-2014)
Student conduct that incorporates the standards for safe nursing care which includes, but is not limited to the following
requirements: 4723-5-12 (C)
(C)
In addition to the policies required in paragraph (A) of this rule, the program administrator and faculty shall implement
policies related to student conduct that incorporate the standards for safe nursing care set forth in Chapter 4723 of the
Revised Code and the rules adopted under that chapter, including, but not limited to the following:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
A student shall, in a complete, accurate, and timely manner, report and document nursing assessments or
observations, the care provided by the student for the patient, and the patient's response to that care.
A student shall, in an accurate and timely manner, report to the appropriate practitioner errors in or deviations
from the current valid order.
A student shall not falsify any patient record or any other document prepared or utilized in the course of, or in
conjunction with, nursing practice. This includes, but is not limited to, case management documents or reports,
time records or reports, and other documents related to billing for nursing services.
A student shall implement measures to promote a safe environment for each patient.
A student shall delineate, establish, and maintain professional boundaries with each patient.
At all times when a student is providing direct nursing care to a patient the student shall:
(a)
Provide privacy during examination or treatment and in the care of personal or bodily needs; and
(b)
Treat each patient with courtesy, respect, and with full recognition of dignity and individuality.
A student shall practice within the appropriate scope of practice as set forth in division (B) of section
4723.01 and division (B) (20) of section 4723.28 of the Revised Code for a registered nurse, and division (F) of
section 4723.01 and division (B) (21) of section 4723.28 of the Revised Code for a practical nurse;
A student shall use universal and standard precautions established by Chapter 4723-20 of the Administrative
Code;
A student shall not:
(a)
Engage in behavior that causes or may cause physical, verbal, mental, or emotional abuse to a
patient;
(b)
Engage in behavior toward a patient that may reasonably be interpreted as physical, verbal, mental,
or emotional abuse.
A student shall not misappropriate a patient's property or:
(a)
Engage in behavior to seek or obtain personal gain at the patient's expense;
(b)
Engage in behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as behavior to seek or obtain personal gain at
the patient's expense;
(c)
Engage in behavior that constitutes inappropriate involvement in the patient's personal relationships;
or
(d)
Engage in behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as inappropriate involvement in the patient's
personal relationships.
For the purpose of this paragraph, the patient is always presumed incapable of giving free, full, or informed consent to the
behaviors by the student set forth in this paragraph.
(11)
A student shall not:
(a)
Engage in sexual conduct with a patient;
(b)
Engage in conduct in the course of practice that may reasonably be interpreted as sexual;
(c)
Engage in any verbal behavior that is seductive or sexually demeaning to a patient;
(d)
Engage in verbal behavior that may reasonably be interpreted as seductive, or sexually demeaning to
a patient.
145 | P a g e
For the purpose of this paragraph, the patient is always presumed incapable of giving free, full or informed consent to sexual
activity with the student.
(12)
A student shall not, regardless of whether the contact or verbal behavior is consensual, engage with a patient
other than the spouse of the student in any of the following:
(a)
Sexual contact, as defined in section 2907.01 of the Revised Code;
(b)
Verbal behavior that is sexually demeaning to the patient or may be reasonably interpreted by the
patient as sexually demeaning.
(13)
A student shall not self-administer or otherwise take into the body any dangerous drug, as defined in
section 4729.01 of the Revised Code, in any way not in accordance with a legal, valid prescription
issued for the student, or self-administer or otherwise take into the body any drug that is a schedule I
controlled substance.
A student shall not habitually or excessively use controlled substances, other habit-forming drugs, or alcohol or
other chemical substances to an extent that impairs ability to practice.
A student shall not have impairment of the ability to practice according to acceptable and prevailing standards
of safe nursing care because of the use of drugs, alcohol, or other chemical substances.
A student shall not have impairment of the ability to practice according to acceptable and prevailing standards
of safe nursing care because of a physical or mental disability.
A student shall not assault or cause harms to a patient or deprive a patient of the means to summon
assistance.
A student shall not misappropriate or attempt to misappropriate money or anything of value by intentional
misrepresentation or material deception in the course of practice.
A student shall not have been adjudicated by a probate court of being mentally ill or mentally incompetent,
unless restored to competency by the court.
A student shall not aid and abet a person in that person's practice of nursing without a license, practice as a
dialysis technician without a certificate issued by the board, or administration of medications as a medication
aide without a certificate issued by the board.
A student shall not prescribe any drug or device to perform or induce an abortion, or otherwise perform or
induce an abortion.
A student shall not assist suicide as defined in 3795.01 of the Revised Code.
A student shall not submit or cause to be submitted any false, misleading or deceptive statements,
information, or document to the nursing program, its administrators, faculty, teaching assistants, preceptors,
or to the board.
A student shall maintain the confidentiality of patient information. The student shall communicate patient
information with other members of the health care team for health care purposes only, shall access
patient information only for purposes of patient care or for otherwise fulfilling the student's assigned
clinical responsibilities, and shall not disseminate patient information for purposes other than patient care or
for otherwise fulfilling the student's assigned clinical responsibilities through social media, texting, emailing or
any other form of communication.
To the maximum extent feasible, identifiable patient health care information shall not be disclosed by a student
unless the patient has consented to the disclosure of identifiable patient health care information. A student
shall report individually identifiable patient information without written consent in limited circumstances only
and in accordance with an authorized law, rule, or other recognized legal authority.
For purposes of paragraphs (C)(5), (C)(6), (C)(9), (C) (10), (C) (11) and (C) (12) of this rule, a student shall
not use social media, texting, emailing, or other forms of communication with, or about a patient, for
non-health care purposes or for purposes other than fulfilling the student's assigned clinical responsibilities.
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
Effective: 02/01/2014
Note: That any proven, documented breach of these rules is reason for immediate dismissal for the PN program. These rules of
conduct are also part of the Student Responsibility Form which all students read and sign prior to participation in a clinical
rotation.
The above-mentioned behaviors, along with the student conduct for Unprofessional/Conduct Behavior and Unacceptable/Conduct
Behavior found in the current Academic Catalog, will govern the student conduct for the PN program.
146 | P a g e
School of Practical Nursing (PN) ---Course Descriptions
(Revised 05-25-2016)
Number
Name
101-H
Medical Terminology
Prerequisite: Enrollment into a PSI program
Quarter
Credits
3.0
Lecture
Hrs.
30
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
15.0
Course Description:
This course presents the basic medical concepts, terms and structures concentrating on building a basic foundation and frame-work of the language
of medicine. Through memorization and practice in spelling and pronunciation of medical root words and the prefixes and suffixes presented, the
student will be able to analyze numerous medical and nursing terms and have a solid base on which to build a larger vocabulary, spell medical and
nursing terms correctly, understand the context in which that word will be applied, and enjoy working with a health-related field due to an increased
understanding of medical terminology.
Number
Name
102-H
Math for Meds
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
50
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course presents a review of basic mathematic calculations, drug measurements using metric, apothecary and household measurements,
reading medication labels and syringe calibrations, dosage calculations, medication administration systems, dosage calculation from body weight
(adult and pediatric), and pediatric medication conversion and calculations. A brief introduction to IV calculations of flow rates is included.
Number
Name
103-H
Quarter
Credits
5.5
Lecture
Hrs.
55
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
27.5
Course Description:
This course introduces the basic structures and functions of the human body. Included are an examination of the body as a whole, cell structure
and function, body tissues and membranes, and basic chemistry principles. Instruction is given on several anatomy systems including
integumentary, skeletal, and muscular. The composition and functions of the blood are also included.
Number
Name
106-H
Quarter
Credits
1.0
Lecture
Hrs.
10
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
5.0
Course Description:
This course discusses the core topics of: setting academic, personal and career goals; study strategies; critical thinking; self-assessment;
learning styles and methods of effective communication. Students develop educational and career plans utilizing college resources. Students
learn and apply strategies for success in practical nursing education.
Number
Name
201-H
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
40
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course presents an introduction in the areas of psychology and sociology. This information presented includes motives, human needs and
wants, senses, perception, personality, health, problem-solving, and family living patterns. Text discussions are used to broaden the student’s
self-understanding and a fuller development of his/her individual potential. Once learned, the student will be able to apply these concepts in
his/her nursing care during clinical nursing courses. Also discussed are the effects of economic, political, religious and cultural factors as they
relate to individuals’ behaviors.
147 | P a g e
Number
Name
203-H
Prerequisite: 103-H Anatomy and Physiology
I
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This course completes the study of the structures and functions of the human body systems. Included are several systems that include the
nervous, the sensory, the endocrine, the circulatory, lymphatic and immunity, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and reproductive including human
development.
Number
Name
302-H
Prerequisite: 103-H Anatomy and Physiology
I
Prerequisite or Concurrent: 203-H Anatomy
and Physiology II
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
50
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course presents the basic principles of nutritional science, nutrition throughout the life cycle, community nutrition and health care, and clinical
nutrition. The study begins with the functions of good health (carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals, and water). Important
considerations studied are: community food supply, food habits and cultural patterns, weight management, and nutrition and physical fitness.
Nutritional considerations in planning and implementing nutritional care, gastrointestinal problems, coronary heart disease, diabetes, renal disease,
surgery and nutritional support, and nutritional support in cancer and AIDS patients conclude the course. Gordon’s Functiona l Health Pattern of
Nutritional/Metabolic is the prime focus of this course. In order to gather data and assist the whole person, it is necessary to address some of
Gordon’s other Functional Health Patterns. This is completed by integrating the course content found relevant to the other Functional Health
Patterns throughout the lectures of every chapter. A person’s general health as it relates to his/her eating habits is covered in the Health
Perception/Health Management Pattern. Diseases that affect the bowel and urinary systems and their effects on nutrition will be addressed with
Gordon’s Elimination Pattern. Nutritional problems that result from sleep disturbance will be covered with the Sleep/Rest Pattern. A person with
either sensory difficulties, or experiencing any form of pain, or having any kind of impaired decision making abilities is di scussed with the
Cognitive/Perceptual Pattern. Meals are discussed while taking into consideration today’s many different family styles and living arrangements.
This is the focus of the Role//Relationship Pattern. Stress affects the body in many different physical and psychological ways that will result in
changes of diet. This is addressed in the Coping/Stress/Tolerance Pattern. Cultural, religious beliefs and personal values do impact a person’s
choice of food. This is discussed in Gordon’s Value/Belief Pattern. By examining a person’s dietary habits while keeping in mind Gordon’s Functional
Health Patterns, holistic care is accomplished.
Number
Name
PN104
Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN program
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30
Course Description:
This course focuses on the older adult and those considerations necessary to provide competent and compassionate bedside nurs ing care during
the clinical rotations of the Practical Nursing Program. The information is presented in 5 areas: the nursing role, promotion of physical health,
promotion of psycho social health, special challenges in care of the older adult, and management skills in care of the older adult. Gerontological
data collection will be discussed using Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns as a framework.
Number
Name
PN105
Prerequisite: Enrollment into the PN program
Quarter
Credits
13.0
Lecture
Hrs.
85
Lab Hrs.
50
Clinical
Hrs.
60
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
65.0
Course Description:
This course assists the student to gain knowledge concerning the holistic care of adults. Basic human needs are explored. Emphasis is placed
upon fundamental nursing care principles, performing safe nursing interventions, developing basic procedural skills, and documentation. Basic
microbiology is explained as it relates to infection control. The nursing process, Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns, and communication skills are
introduced. The history of practical nursing and nursing trends are discussed as well as the role of the practical nurse as a member of the health
care team. Professional, moral, ethical, and legal issues are explored. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Health Perception/Health
Management, Sleep/Rest, and Role Relationships are covered in full. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Activity/Exercise, Self-Perception/SelfConcept, and Values/Belief are introduced. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical time in a long-term care facility or an
assisted living facility.
148 | P a g e
Number
Name
PN202
Pharmacology I
Prerequisite or Concurrent: 102-H Math for
Meds, 103-H Anatomy and Physiology I
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
50
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course introduces the basic structures and functions of the human body. Included are an examination of the body as a wh ole, cell structure
and function, body tissues and membranes, and basic chemistry principles. Instruction is given on several anatomy systems including
integumentary, skeletal, and muscular. The composition and functions of the blood are also included.
Number
Name
PN204
Prerequisite: 102-H Math for Meds
Prerequisite or Concurrent: PN202
Pharmacology I
Concurrent: PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing
Quarter
Credits
4.0
Lecture
Hrs.
30
Lab Hrs.
20
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
20.0
Course Description:
This course discusses the legal aspects affecting the administration of medications. Preparation and administration of medications are presented
stressing general principles of accuracy, acceptance of responsibility and asepsis. Lab time will consist of reading and documenting on medication
records, plus learning the different routes of medication administration. These routes include: oral, sublingual, buccal, topical, transdermal, rectal,
vaginal, and inhalation. Nasal, ophthalmic, and otic installations, as well as subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal injections are presented
and practiced to competency. Administration of medication by gastric tube is included. Intravenous medication maintenance is addressed, as
well.
Note: A passing grade, both didactic and lab, in PN204 Medication Administration is required in order to attend PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing
clinical.
Number
Name
PN205
Prerequisite: 102-H Math for Meds
Quarter
Credits
13.0
Lecture
Hrs.
90
Lab Hrs.
40
Clinical
Hrs.
60
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
65.0
Course Description:
This course assists the student in utilizing knowledge from the physical sciences and fundamentals of nursing to better under stand adult patients
with medical and/or surgical problems. The student will utilize the framework of Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns to facilitate a holistic
examination in order to implement an appropriate nursing care plan, at the discretion of the registered nurse. Common medical/surgical topics,
in addition to nursing care, are discussed. End of life care and hospice care are included. Emphasis is placed on patients’ ethnicity and cultural
upbringing. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Activity/Exercise and Value/Belief are carried over from last quarter and completed in full. The
other health patterns that are introduced are Nutritional/Metabolic and Cognitive/Perceptual. The student will begin to pass medications in the
clinical area. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical time in one or more of the following areas: acute care setting, long
term care facility, and hospice.
Note: A passing grade, both didactic and lab, in PN204 Medication Administration is required in order to attend PN205 Medical/Surgical Nursing
clinical.
Number
Name
PN304
Prerequisite: PN105 Fundamentals of
Nursing, 201-H Principles of Psychology,
PN202 Pharmacology I, PN204 Medication
Administration, PN205 Medical/Surgical
Nursing, PN104 Gerontological Nursing
Pharmacology II
Quarter
Credits
5.0
Lecture
Hrs.
40
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
30
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
25.0
Course Description:
This course assists the student to gain knowledge in the holistic care of patients experiencing mental health and psychological problems in childhood
through late adulthood. An emphasis on Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns of Self-Perception/Self-Concept, Cognitive/Perceptual, Role
Relationship, Coping/Stress Tolerance, and Value/Belief are stressed. The nursing process is utilized to assist patients with health alteration in
cognition, perception, and role relationships. Self-awareness and empathy are emphasized when caring for patients with altered/impaired
communication. Skills will be adapted in working with patients experiencing deficits in cognition, perception, and role relationships. The role of
advocate will be explored relating to professional issues involving legal, moral, and ethical concerns. Clinical sites will consist of one or more of
the following: acute care setting, sub-acute care setting, and outpatient mental facilities.
149 | P a g e
Number
Name
PN305
Prerequisite: PN104 Gerontological Nursing,
PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing, PN202
Pharmacology I, PN204 Medication
Administration, and PN205 Medical/Surgical
Nursing
Pharmacology II.
Quarter
Credits
13.0
Lecture
Hrs.
90
Lab Hrs.
40
Clinical
Hrs.
60
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
65.0
Course Description:
This course provides a continuation of the study of physical sciences and nursing to better understand hospitalized adult patients with medical
and/or surgical problems. The student will continue to gain knowledge in the holistic care of adult patients experiencing med ical and/or surgical
problems, while Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns allow the student to identify abilities and needs of patients. The nursing process will then be
utilized in order to provide individualized nursing care. Emphasis is placed upon increasingly complex principles of nursing care while performing
in a safe manner. Medication administration skills are broadened in the clinical area. Elimination Functional Health Pattern is covered in full, while
Cognitive/Perceptual, Nutritional/ Metabolic, and Activity/Rest Functional Health Patterns are continued from the previous quarter. The student will
spend time in the learning lab as well as clinical in one or more of the following facilities: acute care setting, sub-acute care setting. The role of
the practical nurse in IV therapy is taught. Successful completion of all IV curriculums will result in the student being authorized by The Ohio Board
of Nursing to provide limited intravenous therapy, after passing the NCLEX-PN and becoming an LPN.
Number
Name
PN306
Pharmacology II
Prerequisite(s): 102-H Math for Meds, 103-H
Prerequisite or Concurrent: 203-H Anatomy &
Physiology II, PN202 Pharmacology I
Quarter
Credits
6.0
Lecture
Hrs.
60
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
30.0
Course Description:
This course discusses the different classifications of drugs. Emphasis is placed on patient variables that may affect drug action and cultural
influences related to medications. Drugs are studied in groups: drugs affecting the autonomic and central nervous systems, drugs affecting the
cardiovascular system, gonadal hormones, and drugs affecting the reproductive system.
Number
Name
PN307
Prerequisite: PN105 Fundamentals of
Nursing
Quarter
Credits
3.0
Lecture
Hrs.
10
Lab Hrs.
40
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
15.0
Course Description:
This class presents the basic computer concepts of keyboarding; using a mouse, and opening, saving, editing and retrieving documents through a
word processing program. Students will explore the application of Electronic Health Records (EHR) in different nursing practices. Emphasis is
placed on providing learners with a comprehensive understanding of the history, theory, and functional benefits of Electronic Health Records.
Electronic Charting systems will be examined with hands-on student participation.
Number
Name
PN401
Prerequisite: Successful completion of ALL
previous quarters, and concurrently taking
courses in last quarter.
Quarter
Credits
8.0
Lecture
Hrs.
80
Lab Hrs.
0
Clinical
Hrs.
0
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
40.0
Course Description:
This course reviews the practical nurse’s role in the nursing process as well as the nursing field. Focus will consist of assertiveness as a nursing
responsibility and developing leadership skills, as well as reviewing delegation skills to the unlicensed assistive personnel and accepting skills
assigned by the registered nurse. Different health care settings where LPNs are employed will be explored. The process of finding a job is stressed
by reviewing good communications skills, completing a cover letter, developing a resume, and writing a follow-up letter. Nursing leadership and
management will also be addressed. How to interview for a prospective job is discussed. Preparation for the NCLEX-PN is stressed. The PN
Comprehensive Predictor Assessment On-line Practice and the Leadership and Management Exam will be given to assess areas to focus on during
the review sessions. The PN Comprehensive Predictor and the Leadership and Management Exams will be given to assess the student in his/her
readiness for the NCLEX-PN Exam.
150 | P a g e
Number
Name
PN404
Prerequisite(s): PN105 Fundamentals of
Nursing, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN306
Pharmacology II, PN204 Medication
Nursing, PN304 Mental Health Nursing,
PN305 Advanced Medical /Surgical Nursing
Concurrent: PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN
Review and PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing
Quarter
Credits
8.5
Lecture
Hrs.
65
Lab Hrs.
20
Clinical
Hrs.
30
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
42.5
Course Description:
This course focuses on the health care needs of women during childbearing years, with an emphasis on pregnancy, labor, and birth. Gynecological
care of women throughout their life span is also discussed. Nursing care of the newborn infant will be explored. Cultural influences are stressed.
Current ethical, moral, legal, and professional issues are addressed to facilitate the interaction of personal values with the standards of the nursing
profession. Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns are utilized to review patients’ families’ needs, in order to implement an individualized plan of
care. The student will spend time in the learning lab as well as 30 hours of clinical experience in one or more of the following: acute care setting,
ambulatory care setting.
Number
Name
PN405
Pediatric Nursing
Prerequisite(s): PN105 Fundamentals of
Nursing, PN202 Pharmacology I, PN306
Pharmacology II, PN204 Medication
Nursing, PN304 Mental Health Nursing,
PN305 Advanced Medical /Surgical Nursing
Concurrent: PN401 Job Readiness/NCLEX-PN
Review and PN404 Maternal/Infant Nursing
Quarter
Credits
9.5
Lecture
Hrs.
80
Lab Hrs.
10
Clinical
Hrs.
30
*Outside
Clock Hrs.
47.5
Course Description:
This course focuses on the health care needs of newborn infants through adolescent years, including the families. Developmental concepts focusing
on the interrelationships between physiological, psychological, spiritual, and cultural dimensions provide the fundamental knowledge required in
recognizing and understanding the uniqueness of patients and families. The student will utilize Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns to facilitate a
holistic examination in order to implement an appropriate nursing care plan. Concepts of communication and teaching/learning principles are used
to assist the patients and families as they adapt to changes in their environment. Nursing skills are acquired/ adapted to meet the unique needs
of this population. All of Gordon’s Functional Health Patterns, as they relate to the pediatric patient, are covered, with a special emphasis on
Role/Relationship and Coping/Stress Tolerance as they relate to the family. The student will spend time in the learning lab a s well as clinical
experience in one or more of the following: acute care setting, therapeutic recreational setting for special needs children, wellness screening in
schools.
151 | P a g e
152 | P a g e
School of Practical Nursing (PN) ---General Information
(Revised 04-2016)
Additional rules and regulations for the School of Practical Nursing are published on-line in the Student Handbook.
PN Clinical Rotation Policy Acknowledgment
Clinical rotations are a necessary part of the PN curriculum and passage is necessary for advancement to the next course level in
this program. The following criteria pertains to the attendance requirements which must be met in order to obtain a satisfactory
completion of the clinical portion of the PN program, which entitles the student to advance to the next level:
A.
Clinical site placement is at the discretion of the nursing course instructor. The instructor may ask for student
preference, but this is not a guarantee that the student will be assigned that clinical site. Students must notify the
nursing course instructor of past and present health care facilities that they have worked in. Students must also include
with this written documentation any family members who presently work in any of PSI’s assigned clinical sites,
regardless of what job they may hold. Students will be placed in other facilities to prevent any conflicts. If any student
does not disclose this information to the nursing course instructor, prior to clinical assignments being made, that student
may be terminated from the PN program.
B.
There can be no more than 1 tardy allowed for the following clinical rotations: Mental Health Nursing, Pediatric Nursing
and Maternal/Infant Nursing. There can be no more than two tardies allowed for the following clinical rotations:
Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing, and Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing. More than the allotted
tardies will result in an automatic fail or unsatisfactory for the clinical rotation. Tardy is defined as not being present, on
the floor, and ready to work, at clinical shift start time, which includes the beginning of the shift, all lunch/dinner breaks,
and any other break. This is directed and set forth by the term coordinator, instructor, and facility and will clearly be
made known to each student prior to beginning clinical rotation.
The definition of tardy is further defined as:
•
•
•
C.
Tardy, but allowed to stay on the clinical unit, is allowable up to 60 minutes beyond the start time. After 60
minutes, the student will be dismissed from the experience. This is considered an unexcused absence, and the
student will earn a failing grade/unsatisfactory for Clinical.
Telephone contact is required on tardy days. The student must contact the facility and the clinical instructor
within 30 minutes of the start time. If a student arrives within 60 minutes late to a clinical site, but does not
contact the facility and the instructor, it is the clinical instructor’s discretion to allow the student to remain at the
site.
No excuse will expand this time frame. Most non-emergency situations can be corrected within 60 minutes with
advance planning. If the student is in an emergency situation the clinical absence policy should be enacted to
allow for these situations.
The following circumstances will constitute an excused clinical absence. (Note: rescheduling of the clinical day will be
attempted.)
•
•
•
•
•
•
A death in the immediate family.
Overnight hospitalization of a member of the immediate family. (Immediate family member must be hospitalized
at the start of the clinical day.)
Overnight hospitalization of a student. (Student must be hospitalized at the start of the clinical day.)
Vehicle Accident which precipitates emergency medical care immediately prior to clinical.
Student arrives at clinical but is too ill to remain at the site.
Student has a mandatory court date. Documentation must be submitted prior to and after the court appearance.
D.
No more than 1 clinical day per each nursing course can be missed based on the above circumstances. More than 1
clinical day missed will be equal to an unsatisfactory completion grade or failure. The student will need to repeat the
entire course and clinical at an additional tuition fee, the next time a seat becomes available for the failed course.
E.
If you are a “no call no show” to Clinical, you are terminated from that nursing class and must repeat the
theory/lab/clinical components in its entirety at an additional tuition charge.
F.
Inclement Weather and Clinical Only:
If there is a level II or III snow emergency issued in Lucas County, Clinical will be cancelled and rescheduled when the
clinical site is available.
G.
If an excused clinical absence occurs in Mental Health Nursing, Maternal/Infant Nursing, or Pediatric Nursing (See “C” in
this section for excused clinical absences.), a clinical make-up day for these (3) courses is contingent on clinical site
availability and the student’s performance of the last scheduled clinical day. If the student obtains all satisfactory
ratings for every criterion in each thread of the clinical evaluation tool, a clinical make-up day is not required; but if the
site is available, the student will make the day up. If there is one unsatisfactory rating in any criteria of the clinical
evaluation tool, a clinical make-up day is required at an addition cost to the student.
H.
If an excused clinical absence occurs in Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing, or Advanced
Medical/Surgical Nursing, there will not be any clinical make-up day offered. The exception to this rule is the IV clinical
day for Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing which needs to be made-up.
153 | P a g e
The preceding circumstances must be accompanied by written proof from an authorizing individual and submitted to your
clinical instructor before the next scheduled clinical day for final review and acceptance. This documentation must be
turned in within one week of the excused absence, or the student will fail clinical, therefore failing the nursing course and
needing to repeat it in its entirety at an additional tuition charge. If this is deemed an acceptable excuse, the missed
clinical day will be excused and it will not adversely affect your attendance record for clinical rotation requirements. Every
attempt will be made to get your allotted clinical hours completed before the end of the quarter- this includes excused
absences. This is based on clinical availability. In rare circumstances an “I” (Incomplete) grade may be earned until clinical
availability occurs.
•
If a student is convicted and sentenced to any type of probation by a court, while the student is actively enrolled
at PSI, all court papers must be shared with the Practical Nursing Associate Program Coordinator immediately.
Failure to disclose these papers within one week of conviction/sentencing will result in immediate termination
from the practical nursing program. Furthermore, these papers will be shared with clinical sites. It is solely up
to the clinical site to determine if the student is eligible to complete Clinical at the facility. If all clinical sites deny
the student access, then the student will be terminated form the practical nursing program.
Clinical Worksheet Notice: All areas that have an asterisk (*) must be completed pre-clinically. If these asterisk areas are NOT
completed pre-clinically, it will result in an automatic unsatisfactory grade for the clinical component of this course. The student
will receive a failing grade, and must repeat the entire course (theory, lab, and clinical) when a seat is available. This is at an
additional tuition charge.
Clinical Note: Students do not receive remuneration for externship or clinical experience, as this is a part of their education.
PN Cell Phone/Electronic Devices Policy for Clinical (Revised 06-2015)
Cell phones and all types of electronic devices are prohibited in the clinical area. PN students may not have these devices anywhere
in the clinical area. This includes clinical preparation and the actual patient care clinical day(s).
If a Practical Nursing student is seen with any type of cell phone/electronic device in the clinical facility, a warning is given to the
student for the first violation. This is documented on the Clinical Evaluation Tool and a copy will be put in the student’s academic
file.
If a student is seen with any type of cell phone/electronic device in the clinical facility for a second violation, that student will fail
the clinical rotation of that nursing course and must repeat the entire course (theory, lab, clinical) when a seat is available. This is
at an additional charge. (Please see the exception to this rule below for Northwest Ohio Psychiatric Hospital.)
Note: If a student is seen with a cell phone at Northwest Ohio Psychiatric Hospital, the student is immediately terminated from
the course and earns a failing grade. The course must be repeated in its entirety when it is available, and at the student’s expense.
PN Policy Revision for Nursing/Medication Labs
Due to the many absences in the lab portion of our nursing and medication administration courses and the extreme difficulty in
making up the missed lab time, the following policy was adopted by the Board of Directors of PSI and is effective immediately.
1.
100% attendance is required for all nursing and medication administration labs.
2.
In an EXTREME emergency, an absence from a nursing and medication administration labs requires a phone call to
notify the course instructor and the school of the student’s absence.
3.
Nursing and Medication Administration labs will have a mandatory $75 fee added to the student account for each lab
that needs to be made up, regardless of how much lab was missed. Make-up date and time will be at the discretion of
the course instructor.
4.
If the student does not contact the course instructor within five school days of the missed lab, he/she will be
terminated from that nursing/medication administration course.
5.
If it is final exam week and the student misses a lab, the student must contact the course instructor prior to clinical
orientation or he/she will be terminated from that nursing/medication course.
6.
If the student misses his/her assigned make-up time and does not notify the course instructor, the student will be
considered a “no call/no show” and the student will be immediately terminated from the nursing/ medication
administration course.
7.
The failed nursing/medication administration course will need to be repeated the following term at an additional tuition
charge. This will delay completion of the regularly scheduled practical nursing program.
154 | P a g e
Grading for Clinical Rotation Policy
Clinical Evaluation Tool
(Revised 2015)
In order to receive a satisfactory clinical grade, all of the criteria in each thread on the clinical evaluation tool must be performed
at the satisfactory level after the completion of the last day of clinical. If a student is consistently having difficulty with obtaining
a satisfactory grade in any of the criteria, he/she must initiate contact and meet with the clinical instructor for further guidance. If
an unsatisfactory grade is earned in any criteria on the last clinical day, the student receives an unsatisfactory grade for the clinical
component. A satisfactory grade for clinical is mandatory for passing the nursing class. The following are definitions for the ratings
of the clinical evaluation tool.
Satisfactory (“S”)
The student performs in a safe, therapeutic manner in the described or expected behavior. The student requires minimal guidance
to function in nursing situations appropriate for this level of student. The student prepares adequately for each clinical experience.
Unsatisfactory (“U”)
The student requires continuous guidance or assistance to perform in the described or expected behavior. The student does not
prepare adequately for each clinical experience.
In order to assess for growth, the student must actively be working on obtaining a satisfactory evaluation in all criteria during the
entire clinical rotation. Demonstrating continued effort in learning in the clinical area is essential to the application of theory in
patient care situations. Examples of poor effort in learning include: a) turning in paperwork incomplete, b) not preparing adequately
for clinical or providing daily updates, c) performing skills poorly in clinical placing patients at risk and d) not making corrections in
his/her performance or written documentation after receiving guidance from the clinical instructor. If the student engages in any
of these or similar behaviors, he/she will earn an unsatisfactory rating in the clinical criteria and place themselves at risk for failure.
Demonstrating insufficient effort will be defined by the following criteria and will result in dismissal prior to the completion of the
clinical course:
1.
2.
3.
A greater number of unsatisfactory ratings versus satisfactory ratings in four or more of the seven threads at the
completion of two thirds (⅔) of the clinical hours.
Failure to correct and provide a written response on the clinical worksheet and/or the clinical evaluation tool at the
request of the clinical instructor prior to the next scheduled clinical day.
Failure to complete/address the majority or 50% of the criteria in each thread of the Clinical Evaluation Tool prior to the
start of the next clinical day.
Directions in Completing the Clinical Evaluation Tool
The student will complete the clinical evaluation tool after every day of the clinical experience by either placing an “S” or “U” in the
column of the same date. Comments should be made for every criterion to explain the rationale of why the “S” or “U” was earned
and provide a clinical example of the student’s performance. Due dates and times are assigned by the clinical instructor. If the
majority or 50% of the criteria in each thread of the clinical evaluation tool is not completed/addressed prior to the start of the
next assigned clinical experience, the student cannot attend the clinical experience, therefore earning an unsatisfactory grade for
the clinical, and failing the nursing course.
After the instructor receives the completed clinical evaluation tool from the student, the instructor will complete the evaluation tool
by either agreeing or disagreeing with the student’s self-evaluation. The instructor makes comments for any area of disagreement.
The instructor will then date and sign it, and return it to the student for reviewing. The student will keep EVERY clinical evaluation
tool and turn them ALL in to the instructor on the day that the last clinical evaluation tool is turned in. These tools will be part of
the student’s permanent file.
All clinical evaluation tools must be turned in to the clinical instructor prior to receiving a final clinical evaluation. If any tools are
missing, the student cannot receive a final clinical evaluation. An “I” (incomplete) grade will be given to the student until all
paperwork is complete and a final clinical evaluation is received.
Other Criteria that will result in dismissal prior to the completion of the clinical course, therefore earning an unsatisfactory grade
for clinical.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Obtaining more than two (2) medication errors (either actual or potential) during the clinical rotation.
Having an unexcused clinical absence.
Having more than one excused clinical absence.
Being tardy more than 60 minutes to the clinical unit.
Being tardy (less than 60 minutes) more than one time for Mental Health Nursing, Pediatric Nursing or
Maternal/Infant Nursing clinical.
Being tardy (less 60 minutes) more than two (2) times for Fundamentals of Nursing, Medical/Surgical Nursing or
Advanced Medical/Surgical Nursing.
Violating clinical cell phone/electronic device policy two (2) times per clinical rotation.
Not completing asterisk (*) areas on the clinical worksheets pre-clinically.
155 | P a g e
PN Clinical Requirements
Physical Exam, PPD, Immunizations, Influenza Vaccination, Criminal Background Checks, Drug Screening and BLS/CPR
Certification:
PSI’s clinical sites require that the Health Records Coordinator provide the clinical site with information regarding each PN
student’s health status, immunizations, criminal background checks, drug screening and BLS/CPR certification prior to accepting
students.
Health physicals, PPDs, influenza vaccination, and criminal background checks all expire yearly. BLS/CPR certification also has an
expiration date, depending on when the student was certified. Immunizations that are not complete need to be updated as
required interval dates occur, until immunizations are complete.
Prior to participation in clinical rotations, practical nursing students must complete PSI’s mandatory Clinical Requirements
including:
1.
FBI/BCI Background Checks
2.
*Verification of CPR
3.
Verification of a negative 5-Panel urine drug screen
4.
Verification of Completion of PSI’s Physical Assessment Form
5.
Verification of Completion of PSI’s Immunization Form (providing proof of immunizations, titers lab results and TB
screening.)
6.
Verification of Completion of annual Influenza (Flu) vaccination.
*Only two (2) certifications for Basic Life Support (BLS) will be accepted.
1.
American Heart Association - Basic Life Support for Healthcare Providers (or)
2.
American Red Cross - CPR/AED for Professional Rescuers and Health Care Providers
A negative 5-panel urine drug screen must be completed prior to PN105 Fundamentals of Nursing clinical rotation health clinical
requirements due date.
The drug screen must be obtained through PSI’s contracted provider, U.S. Healthworks (at either the Holland, OH or Oregon, OH
location).
The Healthcare documentation (i.e. Physical Assessment and Immunizations) must be completed on PSI forms, or official source
forms (i.e. Health Care Provider (HCP) office for, Health Department form, or Urgent Care form).
If documentation is submitted on a PSI form, the HCP must stamp the form with their address, and sign and date the form.
If documentation is submitted on the provider’s form, the address must appear on the form and the HCP must sign and date the
form. The original must be submitted for the student record, and the student should keep a copy for their own record.
An annual influenza (Flu) vaccination (either injection or nasal spray) must be obtained every fall quarter once a student is enrolled
in nursing courses with a clinical component.
It is solely the responsibility of the PN student to keep his/her health physical exam, PPD, immunizations, criminal background
check, drug screening, and BLS/CPR records updated and current, without exception. The following is a list of the final due date
for these for each specific nursing course.
The Due Dates for the Health/Clinical Requirements are as follows:
Course No.
PN105
PN205
PN304
PN305
PN404
PN405
Pediatric Nursing
Due Date
By 5 p.m.
Tuesday of
Tuesday of
Tuesday of
Tuesday of
Tuesday of
Tuesday of
Week
Week
Week
Week
Week
Week
7
5
5
5
5
5
It is entirely up to the student to stay in compliance with this requirement.
Non-Compliance of Health Physical Exam, PPD, and Immunization Requirements, annual influenza vaccination, Criminal Background
Checks, drug screening or BLS/CPR Certification will result in the following:
No clinical site will be assigned to the student after the due date, the student will receive a letter grade of “D” if the student was
passing the specific nursing course(s) at the time of the non-compliance; Or the student will receive a letter grade of “F’ if the
student was failing the specific nursing course(s) at the time of the non-compliance.
Note:
IF this was the first attempt for the course, the course can be repeated one more time when an available seat is open at
an additional tuition cost.
IF this was a second attempt at a course, the student will be terminated from his/her enrollment.
156 | P a g e
PN Lab Competencies
If a student fails a lab demonstration (competency), the student is responsible for scheduling practice time and scheduling an
appointment with the instructor for a return demonstration.
Students are to be prompt for the appointment, 5 minutes late and the student will lose that appointment slot.
It is the student’s responsibility to reschedule a failed or missed return demonstration.
The student will be allowed to finish the didactic part of the course but will not be allowed to attend clinical for that course. The
clinical fee charged to the student will be credited to his or her account. The tuition for the course will have been earned in full.
If the student fails to show for the scheduled first, second or third attempt at the competency and with no communication with the
instructor, the student fails the competency and must repeat the entire course. Changes in the scheduled competency time made
with the instructor PRIOR to the scheduled time are acceptable.
The student will be required to repeat the course in its entirety at an additional cost when an available seat is open.
Medical Release for PN Program
If a student is, or becomes pregnant during her enrollment, the student will be required to obtain a release from the student’s
OB/GYN physician, Nurse Midwife, or Nurse Practitioner, allowing the student to participate in all academic and clinical requirements
without any limitations.
Students who have become ill, have sustained an injury, have had surgery, or have had a baby and are post-partum during his/her
enrollment will be required to obtain a medical release from the student’s physician allowing the student to participate in all
academic and clinical requirements without any limitations.
PSI has a “Medical Release Form” that is to be completed to document the release. This form may be obtained from the Program
Director, Dean of Education or from the Administrative Assistant at PSI. This form is to be completed by the student’s personal
physician.
A student will not be assigned a clinical rotation until this documentation has been completed and submitted by the assigned due
date.
PN Curriculum Content Rule 4723-5-14 (C) (5) (c)
Curriculum for a nursing course which requires a clinical component in a Practical Nursing Education Program “includes clinical and
laboratory experiences which shall....be provided concurrently with the related theory instruction.”
Due to the above Ohio Board of Nursing Rule, all students must complete the theory, lab and clinical components of a nursing
course in the same term/quarter. If a student passes the theory and lab components of a nursing course, but cannot complete
the clinical, for ANY reason, the entire course must be repeated in its entirety when an available opening occurs. This will be at an
additional tuition and fees cost to the student.
Failure of a Nursing Course /Seat Availability Process
Due to limited seating in the practical nursing program, PSI will use the following criteria to determine which student is given a
seat for the following quarter, based on seat availability.
To be considered for a repeat seat in a nursing course:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The student should have completed the theory component of the class in its entirety and received a final percentage
grade for that class.
The student should have maintained a minimum of 85% attendance for the quarterly registered clock hours.
The student is not on behavioral probation.
The student who is not on academic probation will be given priority for a seat over the student who is on academic
probation.
The student has passed ALL of the other courses in which he or she was enrolled for that quarter, and has not withdrawn
from any course.
157 | P a g e
If the above criteria are met, the student is able to progress to the next level- seat availability criteria.
1.
First seat will be awarded to;
Students, who have passed all other courses, including the didactic and lab components of the nursing course, but failed
the clinical component of the nursing course;
a.
If more than one student, PSI will start with the highest accumulative GPA and go down until seats are filled.
If seats remain;
2.
Second seat will be awarded to:
Students, who have passed all other courses for the quarter, passed the nursing theory component of the course but
failed the lab practical(s).
a.
If seats remain;
3.
Third seat will be awarded to:
Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a “D” in the theory component of the nursing
course, and have passed the lab practical(s)
a.
If seats remain;
4.
Fourth seat will be awarded to:
Students, who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a “D” in the theory component of the nursing
course, and have failed the lab practical(s).
a.
If seats remain;
5.
Fifth seat will be awarded to:
Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received a “F” in the theory component, and passed the
lab practical(s).
a.
If seats remain;
6.
Sixth seat will be awarded to:
Students who have passed all other courses for the quarter and received an “F” in the theory component, and failed the
lab practical(s)
a.
If a student passes the nursing course for the quarter but fails one or two of the other courses, the student will not be allowed to
take a new nursing course until the failed non-nursing course or courses are passed successfully.
All students who fail a course will be given a Plan of Study (POS) as to how, when and if they will be able to complete the PN
Program.
This POS cannot be accomplished until ALL courses are completed, and final grades are recorded. This POS will be shared with the
student over break week. Students will be contacted per phone, and an appointment will be set up for them.
158 | P a g e
School of Practical Nursing (PN) ---Advisory Board Members
(Revised 04-2016)
Program
PN
PN
PN
PN
PN
PN
Advisory Member
Kathy Brentlinger
Owner
Beth Butler
Staff Nurse
Lisa Drager
Staff Developer Coordinator
Nicole Justus
Staff Nurse
Medical Assistant/Supervisor
Ann King
Staff Development Specialist
Cathy Weigand
Director
LPN, LSW
Employer
Senior Care Management
BSN, RN
Toledo Hospital -8N Psychiatry
BSN, RN
Hickory Ridge
MSN, RN
Toledo Hospital
Kingston Care Center
MSN, RN
Advanced Specialty Hospital
MSN, BSN, RN
Employer
PSI
Additional Members
PN
Annette Martin
PN Program Director
PN Advisory Chairman
PN
Kim Osburn
Dean of Education
PN Advisory Co-Chairman
MSN/ed, BSN, RN
PSI
PN
Mary Pat Vetter
PN Instructor
Laura Welborn
PN Instructor
Cynthia Bohland
PN Instructor
BSN, RN
PSI
MSN, RN
PSI
BSN, RB
PSI
PN
PN
159 | P a g e
160 | P a g e
PP
Career education for a lifetime of success.
Professional Skills Institute
1505 Holland Road
Maumee, Ohio 43537
419.720.6670 ph.
419.720.6674 fax
www.proskills.edu

Academic Catalog Professional Skills Institute

Transcription

Similar documents

Western School District 5-1-15

ST. VASILIOS PTA LAMBATHES SALE

UTR Angles and Channels

101 Communicating 2016

November 2014 WOWG v2

CBD-6 6.0 Cryogenic Belt Deflasher

application

Print October`s Newsletter Here

Slick-Line Unit Information Pack

Waples Mill Elementary School